Content Charmed with Context
GenHexer
Vulnerable Perspectives
12-09-2024
I share a lot of things on the internet. So much that to the untrained eye, or less interested party, you might think that I share it all-that there is nothing I hold back about in my life. This could not be further from the truth.
I admit I have relied on the concept that if you give people so many details beyond what anyone would normally share, they won’t ask deeper questions, or be curious about other hidden aspects.
I found this method has protected me most of my adult life from having to answer uncomfortable questions. People think there could not possibly anything else to tell, which has been my autistic way of coping with deep emotions I can’t process. If they don’t ask, I don’t have to tell.
But the greatest most intense moments in my life- the joys, the adventures, the grief and despair, the satisfactions, and the endless passions of love, have, for the most part never been publicly shared, or shared even in private except for the very few people who showed genuine interest.
Not because I am trying to obfuscate some grander mystery about my life. I mostly hold back on telling people about many awesome or intense experiences because sharing these often extraordinary parts of my story mean I am unprotected.
And more importantly, the people I care about also become vulnerable, or a potential target.
However, on occasion my method of keeping my sensitive self safe and hidden has backfired. Because, if I am honest, I want some people in my life to be the emotional archeologists uncovering the great finds and digging deeper. But like many great ruins of unknown ancient cities, people just walk right over them everyday never once thinking there is more to know just below the surface..
Over exposure can be emotionally deadly, so not allowing commentary on intense experiences for most of my life has been a very good boundary.
Leaving yourself out there, subject to ridicule can shrink your soul.
However, not allowing yourself to be vulnerable in your art has an equally deadening effect.
This month the challenge of sharing just enough, but also protecting the secret aspects of my exceptional life that are not only mine to keep, has led to some serious sacrifices in an artistic sense on my part.
I was shortlisted for something about being “vulnerable,” ironically. I had to withdraw from the contest to protect one such story because winning requires I share the story publicly on social media.
This I could never do, regardless of the money, accolades, or connections it might provide.
Now, it’s got me wondering how many truly incredible stories, art, images, music, and experiences are never shared in order to protect the people living these intense lives?
I find myself looking at the profiles of friends and family wondering just how much don’t I know.
Tonight I feel this is a gift greater than winning an art competition. I’m seeing everyone I have connected with in these past few decades in a new light of renewed curiosity and mystery.
And my brain is alive with stories I would write about them, questions I would like to ask.
This is my last blog post for 2024 and having a new curiosity about the people in your life, seeking a vulnerable authentic perspective about everyone, including yourself, is my wish for you all in the coming year.
In the tub trying to take an acceptable "vulnerable perspective" photo for my up coming bath book.
Self portrait thinking about my summer of small adventures.
Actually, Love
11-11-2024
I think the reason so many people ridicule love and being in love as a weakness, is the deep inner truth most of us feel of how powerful love can be.
It compels us beyond anything else, certainly more powerful than fear,or pain, and even hate.
Those who can’t love, or don’t understand love, or worst of all, who have been broken by love, have to make the power of it seem small. They must diminish love because it scares them.
Otherwise they feel they will lose control. Control is their false emotional security blanket they have fostered all their life to pretend their emptiness isn't real.
If they allow love into their soul without seeking to control it, they can not channel the inferior powers left in the absence of love. Violence and domination through fear aren't an optio when real love is present. Real love destroys those in an instant.
You can’t control love. It doesn’t care about your rules, your science, your religion, your politics, what you’re supposed to feel, your carefully crafted morals and ideals, your loyalties, regardless of how much you do.
Love bonds to the part of you that is most alive, and so naturally, can also hurt you the most. It can make you feel the magic of existence like no other energy. And the aching darkness of grief in its absence.
When love is free to do as it will in your being, its power guides you and sets you free to expand your heart to love even more.
You grow into loving more and more of existence, unless you attempt to diminish it or deny it. And it takes all the good energy you have to deny it, to push it away, to pretend it is not there.
Diminishing real love leads to a sad empty existence that often needs to be filled with dark substitutions like violence and hatred. Or addictions. If you deny love that you feel, you have to forget what it feels like to love. And that empty hole you gutted in yourself to diminish your feelings will grow in time and consume you.
Only the power of love can heal it.
Perhaps even more sad than the self destruction people engage in, is never being open to the depth of the power of love in the first place. I find it’s common in our modern world, especially with men since they are often shamed by others who proclaim being in love as a weakness or worse having feelings at all as weak.
Religions have understood the power of love for centuries. Most seek to harness the power of love, to control it in a specific direction to benefit their own power, to manipulate it rather than expand love and loving each other.
Religions often redefine it for people through an entity like a god, rather than letting it flow through them freely as we were meant to do as human beings. They attempt to cage love making it a prison for the soul whose jailers are called sin, loyalty, and shame.
Yet still some find a way to truly love in the world despite these machinations even within these churches. But others would burn those who embrace the power of love. Call them witches, and declare their art of love a sin. This has been the tragic story of human kind for many centuries.
I think when people call women witches they are recognizing not only a clever, free thinking woman they can’t really control with religion, but often also a human soul comfortable with the power of love, someone compelled by it beyond all other things.
They reject a woman willing to be led by passion, kindness, empathy, and wild abandon, who embraces the beauty of nature rather than the rules laid down primarily by men who seek to diminish love as a weakness because they fear its true power. These men know they can not control this woman.
So they must try to destroy her. They watch her die rather than help her. They burn her.
Yet the strength of her love lives on even in the ashes of those fires. She will return as another unruly loving creature. And love will grow back stronger. Love is not destroyed by death.
And there will always be witches since they are as natural as the sea and the mountains, as the sun, as the moon and the stars in sky.
I always try to keep in the front of my mind that true strength is based in love. When I feel weak, sad, fearful or helpless, and most importantly, when I feel anger and rage- I focus on all the love I have ever felt and just like magic my strength returns.
I’m not sure it’s something I could teach other people to do, but I really wish I could because we are all going more of this strength in the upcoming times.
The loveless sad empty men and even some similar women that dominate through fear and hatred who have been ruining themselves consumed with empty greed and a longing for power that can not be filled, are in control of too many parts of the world right now.
They are will try to destroy us all with their empty black holes of a soul devoid of kindness and compassion. They will try to make those who operate through love enemies of each other.
I am not sure if there is enough love in the world to heal them of their madness but I think we can protect each other. Especially we witches.
I am reminded of a great line in the song "Illumination" from Gogol Bordello: "Of course there is no us and them, but them they do not think the same."
I have to remember the strength of love will help me protect those who would be the target of such pathetic beings as long as I let if flow freely through me, honestly, and without hesitation.
I will always let the nature of love be my truest guide. And I hope everyone I love can do the same.
Breaking Point
9-30-2024
I've been on hiatus from my this blog for two months in order to indulge more in real life, less internet and hand written writing projects that don't involve the computer. I was at a breaking point with all of the world horrors, unjust wars, genocides, stupid US election behavior, diseases and climate change seemingly accelerating beyond a turning point.
I firmly believe that we hit the tipping point in the past few weeks, and multiple catastrophes are all likely our destiny now, both man-made- like AI and genocides, and natural like extreme weather. Though strictly speaking climate change and the ensuing hurricanes, deadly heat waves, and floods are man-made and by extension disease and more war are a consequence too.
I wanted to take time to appreciate the relative peace and good times before things get much worse.
I hope I am wrong. I want our government to stop funding fossil fuel, genocide, and corporate greed but I see no change on the horizon.
All the wars are always the same. Greedy, rich, powerful people convincing, lying to, or forcing poor and desperate people to kill other human beings so the powerful can have even more power and more resources for themselves.
Catastrophes are already happening all around us- but people don't pay attention, real attention, until it happens to them personally. I learned this in a big way during the pandemic. People are very accustomed to shocking tragic news and just carry on like nothing is wrong these days.
I am going to spend the next year focusing my energy and attention on what matters most to me art, love, and music as I have no real way to battle the extreme injustices occurring all over the world with my country's money. I have no way to help the desperate poor and unseen vulnerable other than to lend them my heart and good will.
I don't pray for change. I haven't ever seen the real systemic changes that need to happen ever be affected in the slightest by prayer. Prayer, at best, is a good form of mediation on what matters in life- at worst prayers are used an excuse to allow harms to continue because now it's in "God's hands."
If it is all in "God's hands" then he has a lot of blood on those hands right now.
Lughnasadh, Harvest Begins
7-30-2024
For thousands of years in many parts of the world this week is the beginning of the big summer harvest.
The Gaelic festival called Lughnasadh (pronounced like luna-sa, hard to spell for even non-dyslexics) has been taking place in one way or another for thousands of years, sometimes called Lammas by Christians, the origin of this festival is widely acknowledged as pagan.
August 1st is the official time but anytime during this week when people can get together would be appropriate.
It's halfway in between summer solstice and the equinox. Grain and corn harvesting are happening, exceedingly important in the pre-industrial world, and lambs, bull and other live stock were often slaughtered for feasts and preserving.
Ritual dances, athletic competitions, match making, and all sorts of rites have been traditionally held most of human history during harvest times. Bread baking, fruit and lots of summer bounty abound.
I find it no coincidence that the Summer Olympics happens during this time. I usually just watch the highlights but this year I'll be glued to the breakdancing footage as I think this makes for an aptly festive event worthy of my full attention.
I've made dolls, and/or harvest brooms, flower art, and my own feasts for at least 25 years now. I match make all the time but I believe it's one of the best times of year to get people together. And as ya'll know I love seeing people in love.
I also always jump some sort of fire, though when the wildfires are possible I make sure it's contained in my largest cauldron. I enjoy embracing some parts of traditional culture from my some of European ancestors especially if they acknowledge the importance of ritual, nature, food, love, and of course dancing.
I come to this year's Lammas time very grateful and resolute in my path more than ever in my life despite personal struggles. It is a pretty great feeling to understand yourself and your part within nature, and by extension society, and be able to embrace that self fully without shame, regrets, or remorse for things that "might have been" or "could have been" or worst of all "should have been."
I don't have many regrets because I usually just do things rather than hesitate.
Recently, I have come to recognize on a deeper level how destructive shame, guilt, and regret are in the lives of most people. Much of the shame and guilt they allow themselves to experience is fabricated by other people, or religions, or society. The regret is often connected to a subconscious fear of failure based, again, in no evidence but in the anxiety brought on by shame, guilt and negativity bias.
It's a heavy weight to carry around that prevents them from becoming their truer selves. It's what prevents them from loving the life they are lucky to have. And worst of all, it can distract them from embracing the very great gift of being alive choosing instead to punish themselves based on some antiquated notions of sin, or an imagined afterlife, or notion of social appropriateness.
This burden of shame and guilt is why so many focus too much on the dread in life rather than the greatness and magic of existing at all in this expanded universe of wonder.
I haven't really ever been weighed down by these outside influences in the way I see others around me. This is not say I don't have guilt or that I am shameless (though believe me, it's often been said) but I think being autistic helps me navigate emotional weight in a unique way by asking questions of myself and easily understanding my true intentions and feelings based on evidence.
My intrapersonal intelligence has always been strong but after learning all about the different intelligences via Gardener's Theory of Intelligence over 30 years ago, I have made sure to cultivate deeper levels of involvement for all the types of intelligence. I highly recommend checking out his work. I found it a very useful frame work for self-improvement as an autistic woman navigating the neurotypical world.
I have had well-founded fears, serious chronic pain, PTSD, and devastating grief pull on my existence in similar ways to what I recognize in others who are experiencing uncalled for shame and guilt. I find myself wanting to free people from these terrible prisons they are often choosing to languish in.
I always make wishes for the people I love as I jump the fire and mostly these wishes come true. This year I will wish for people to let go of all that unnecessary weight and the pain and suffering that goes with it. I will wish for love, hope, joy, and gratitude to be their guiding principles.
I have never made a wish for myself but I think I might try it this year. It will still be connected to people I care about because I finally recognize that I need to be taken care of too, if I am to be here for them in the long days ahead.
I have to add, as a side note, as we are mentioning hope: I am also pretty pleased that at least the upcoming American presidential election we have a chance of electing a competent person, Kamala Harris, who hopefully will stop wholesale supporting genocide in Gaza. She also doesn't have intentions to become a dictator, so that's also a point in her favor against the opposition.
If Americans elect the Orange Cheeto and his faux hillybilly instead of a clever, qualified, caring woman it will be even darker days indeed, which I am prepared for, because best to be ready regardless. But for now, it is nice to live in hope of the idea that idiot christofascist rube culture might not win the day after all.
And as they say all of us "childless cat" ladies are behind her, even though, strictly speaking, she isn't child-free at all, and I'm also not a real cat lady.
I think that dipshit Vance is just jealous of people who don't have their existence dictated to them by a series of shameful complex lies and guilty secrets like he does, so all he has left to say is unfounded ridicule.
Some of the happiest, most caring people on earth are child-free cat ladies, and may we win the day.
The neighborhood stray, Panfur, who has allowed us to live at his house sleeping through our little family photo shoot.
The Empire is Falling
7-02-2024
I am unusual for an American. I’m from a poor background, yet I’ve been all over the world multiple times before the existence of the algoshitter and after. In these travels I have become friends with many people who are from places where their nation fell and dissolved into chaos. Most became refugees but some could not leave and had to endure decades in transition.
I have been privileged to learn from my friends about how to recognize dark times ahead and how get through it. It's a skill set more people need to be focusing on. The most important thing is sharing with each other, building strong bounds regardless of politics and learning to do almost everything needed to survive for yourself because the systems won't be there. Maybe not even the currency.
I figure it’s fairly obvious to most people our empire is falling by now. We’ve been on that path for a long time. Not just recently, but I’d say this current hellscape is linked directly to the days when our government spent endless time and money on a White House aid having sex with the president- ruining her life and bringing our country to a standstill.
This is not to say I have ever believed we are a true democracy. We’ve always been at the mercy of greedy land grabbers, war mongers, and religious nuts, but there was a short period of time where things got a bit better for everyone. We taxed the uber wealthy, people made a living wage, and human rights were progressing then…
In the Clinton era the forces that are allying now to remove the human rights of women, POC, LGBTQI and anyone who isn’t on the same shitty biblical bullshit page or corporate profit/war monger page, learned a lot about how to distract the public from the real issues. They learned to plant conservatives in the Democratic party and the Democrats will cave. They bought and paid for elections in secret.
They made sure anyone getting elected meant you would have to compromise toward the right due to how hard it is to compete with PAC money. And that compromising has been going on ever since- ever increasing.
The Democrats have more in common with the former GOP than the Republicans do now that they've gone all fascist. It’s this “compromise” and moderate approach that has brought us to our current terrifying status as a nation.
An old smarmy shady real estate dealer and corrupt felon with an ambition to overthrow the government, and the election he lost, is now immune from paying for his crimes while president. He's allowed to run for office again despite committing treason- AND HE HAS THE BEST CHANCE OF WINNING.
Oh he'll try to stay president until he dies if he is elected since there are so many crimes he needs to answer for at this point.
The Supreme Court is packed with corrupt conservative lackeys- which started happening when Bush II lost the popular vote but still became president. The Democrats caved and let him have it even with the Florida debacle. That horrid time led to decades of completely useless war in the Middle East, and many of the bad actors in the SCOTUS now. And then during the Obama times they blocked his rightful last nominations.
But even Bush II dislikes Trump.
Imagine thinking George Bush Jr. is the better man. THAT is how far we’ve fallen as a country.
Lobbyists and big PAC are in control of house and senate elections. And via gerrymandering, voter suppression, and the electoral college the presidential election can easily be won without the popular vote.
I hope all the people who’ve spent the past 20 years telling me to vote Democrat rather than push hard for progressives and for leaders who aren’t as easy to corrupt via PAC money are talking a long look at themselves right now. The DNC hardliners in particular. They blame their losses on third-party candidates when actually they don't run strong candidates in the first place. They also make sure populist candidates or progressives have virtually no chance.
People need to realize this hellscape is partly created by the DNC and their associated PAC funding too.
If we had a swing to the left in 2016 by electing Bernie Sanders, literally one of the most popular politicians in modern history, we might be in totally different place but Sanders as president was intentionally prevented- via collusion in the DNC.
I've been preparing for rough times in one way or another since 2016.
And in 2020 the DNC by putting all their sway behind Biden during the primaries instead of the many more capable people running, including Sanders led us to this current state of affairs.
Nearly the entire platform for Biden 2020 was "Vote for him or else you'll have Trump again."
And now he we go again, people have had time to forget how fucking terrible Trump is, they are distracted by the media circus and the current Democratic option is again Biden, someone who is too old and obvious to everyone, not functioning at the top of his game. But AIPAC wants him because he'll fund the endless killing of Palestinians and they won't give money to the DNC unless they get a say, so that's the candidate.
I realize Trump will also fund the terrible goings on in Israel and many more places and probably do even worse but we're trying to win the supposed left wing vote which should stand against genocide.
The past four years have been really hard on most people who aren’t rich. And the Democrats haven’t done a lot to show how they are helping everyday Americans. At this moment the minimum wage federally is still the same as it was 15 fucking years ago and everything thing cost so much more than ever.
Biden helping fund more war in the Middle East including the genocide going on in Israel when just one of those weapons aid packages going to Israel (more than 30 billion a year even before the recent war) could fucking solve world hunger for the entire year. It seems to ordinary people money can be found for everything except helping working families.
And still the DNC thus far aren’t doing the real work of nominating someone who could win before Trump actually destroys everything good that remains. They are pushing the “Vote for BIDEN or else you have Trump” thinking it will work again. They are willing for us all to die on their hill.
I remember waking up the morning of the election results 2016 in Tallinn, Estonia (I voted absentee) to the sounds of a knock at the door with three friends holding a bottle of single malt scotch. These friends had all been through corrupt and failing times in their own countries of origin.
“Welcome to the club!” they said pouring a big measure into a jam jar. “You’re going to need this.”
I suggest stocking up on single malt now. You’re going to need it.
Neoliberals Are to Blame
5-27-24
In conversation yesterday I had a quick reminder that many younger people don't really realize that the track we are on as a nation (and much of the world) can be traced back to one kind of politician.
NEOLIBERALS.
We are in this hellscape that is getting worse because of neoliberalism. Most of what is going horribly wrong in recent years is directly connected to neoliberal policies put forward in my youth.
They aren't actually exclusively Republican Party. In fact, a large majority of Democrats are neoliberals too.
These policies based in the idea that free market crapitalism was the best system for all policies, including social policies like health and education as well as environmental laws.
It's the wrongheaded idea that for-profit systems should be the guide for everything particularly by allowing fairly unrestricted unfettered capitalism with almost no checks and balances.
In short, letting the "competition and profit" between the rich ruling classes, corporations, and governments in various countries be the guiding principle of all policy.
It's why the US still has a for profit healthcare system.
It's why real rent control does not exist.
It's why most younger people can not buy a home.
It's why colleges are so expensive, and the debt is even more of a racket.
It's why we sell weapons to bad actors around the world and commit genocide.
It's why pollution is so fucking bad.
It's why the ocean is full of trash.
It's why global warming and climate change is getting worse.
It's why schools aren't good.
It's why retirement isn't an option for so many people.
It's why important science and research often gets suppressed or manipulated or not even funded.
It's why it mentally hurts to be alive and have morals but also need to survive because even when you know it's inherently wrong- if you aren't actively participating in this horrible paradigm shifted system you might not survive.
Neoliberals believe the control of all things should be in private hands, not public hands.
They believe in taking the resources out of the hands of the many and giving them to the hands of the few.
Neoliberals are literally the worst form of crapitalist out there, and 90% of American politicians vote for these policies.
So when I have people trying to school me on who is better to elect to "lead this country" (usually the same people who do the red vs blue team stuff) I try to remind them that, in fact, there are only three actual types of politicians that really exist in the United States-Socialist Progressives, Neoliberals, and of course, Fascists.
Everything else is just bull shit labeling trying to hoodwink the population into thinking anything will change or make people feel less bad about taking advantage.
If a politician is not a progressive they do not deserve my loyalty in anyway at all and no amount of scare mongering about the "future" is going to change my mind.
This blind loyalty to a two-party neoliberal system over purpose-driven system is how we get to this year's horrifying Presidential election choices politicians.
Our only options to elect as president:
A sexist, racist, corrupt con man with skin like a tangerine who is essentially a shady real estate dealer who got famous on bad reality tv and is a narcissistic buffoon who attempted a half ass coup the last time he was in office. He literally has more criminal cases against him than the average dictator after being deposed.
A shady corrupt corporate shill degenerating octogenarian who is actively supplying weapons for a genocide, who has more in common with Regan Republicans than actual left.
A guy who is related to a president from the 60s who got shot in the head, this candidate himself says he had a parasite eat part of his brain but it still doesn’t excuse his dipshittery against vaccines and a lot bunch of crazy stuff he says- which still isn't as bad as the orange buffoon but is likely to help the buffoon get elected.
Seriously America? Couldn't we do like a tiny bit better? If we didn't have this stupid "red team" "blue team" behavior every election we could.
Sometimes I really do wish John Stewart, or someone similar comedian would run for president.I know that sounds nuts but anybody under 60 who isn’t a complete moron and has true compassion would be better than what we are looking now at in this broken system. At least that candidate might be entertaining.
We Have a Tiktok Problem?
4-24-202
"We have really have a tiktok problem" famous quote from leaked audio from Jonathan Greenblatt referencing how young people get information from tiktok that policitians would prefer wasn't available.
The house/senate just passed a ban on Tiktok in the US, and Biden just signed it. If Byte dance doesn't sell to an American company it will be banned.
The people pushing for this ban and/or sale are some of the worst characters in our government which is already filled with genocidal, racist, sexist homophobic crapitalists.
And it's a chilling assault on already endangered free speech.
I started my very first tiktok profile on February 22 of this year. I am a very reluctant user of tiktok. At first, it because I remember when they started they suppressed fat people, old people, and gay people. Then it was because I can't stand the constant text on video thing, and also the weird auto generated voices. And also I feared becoming addicted to it as I had seen others succumb.
But my hand was forced to finally relent and set up a profile.
A potential publisher wants every author to have a profile on tiktok with at least 4k likes and 100 organic follows in metrics.
I really didn't need to worry. I find tiktok repellent for the most part. Nothing has ever shown up in my feed that makes me eager to return to the platform even though I have tried to add things I'm in interested in. Probably this issue is because I do it from a laptop.
At first the default feed was girls with rucked butt pants, then it was makeup stuff, then talking heads. None of which interest me. I'm into music, art, progressive politics, and gardening. That's what I post. That's what I like, but the algorithm doesn't feed me these things. And so I don't really look at tiktok.
My "reach" and being in the feed of others has been cut off twice right after I posted anti-genocide stuff both times. This is now pinned to the top of my profile.
It's been interesting to interact with more younger gen Z people beyond the neurodivergent ones I generally mentor. I have hope for the future based on chatting with them. I think we share a generally progressive viewpoint and otherness nature that I don't always find in people my age or older than me.
It's super frustrating to be banned for these young ones and I relate because it happens to me. Now the government is going to ban the platform if it doesn't conform.
I get less into people's feed aka shadow banned all the time on all social media. I am very familiar with my "reach" and metrics. If I post about the genocide of Palestinians and/or I post about corporate crapitalist overlords trying to rule our lives down to the last detail it doesn't make it into the feed unless I'm clever with concealing the subject.
And really the tiktok ban is about our government which is actually run by these crapitalist overlords being able to control the message instead of the Chinese.
I don't trust either, but I do think it's a horrifying step toward furthering our dystopian future that these platforms are controlled by terrible greedy genocidal crapitalist war machine planet destroyers.
The internet once a source of fascination and inspiration has become a craptialist hellscape in the past 10 years. I always knew this sort thing would happen but I always hoped there would be areas in the vastness of the internet that the crapitialist couldn't totally control.
But alas now with AI I fear that time of new bright ideas and world wide information sharing are over. The message is controlled almost completely by rich war machine interests.
I met those metrics for this potential publisher now, so I will now do the minimum it takes to maintain the account, that is unless it's bought the asshat Steve Mnunchin in which case I will likely delete the account or make all my videos about how much he's an evil turd.
It seems like the party's just about over tiktok. It was fun while it lasted.
Jackpot
3-26-24
My heart is broken over many things right now.
My mind is swirling with the images of genocide happening in real time, a world away with financial support from my country. My mind screams stop killing so many people, but also it screams how that same money could be helping people all over this country instead of making Palestinian children into skeletons.
My memory keeps reminding me of friends who died in the past four years making me cry randomly at nothing sometimes ten times a day.
My body is having another health issue caused by a lack of a dentist and reasonable, effective health care.
In short, I'm not OK.
Yet I am trying to be. But these problems aren't solved because the obvious solutions, are not within my power to solve including my personal ones at the moment. The frustration of knowing it could be solved and anguish of knowing it won't be solved just adds to the layer of general not OK status.
There are people who could change things for me, for everyone suffering, without it taking anything away from them personally but they don't. They do nothing, just like our country "abstaining" in the UN vote for a ceasefire in Gaza.
I'm supposed to be grateful these people with power and money don't choose to do even worse things. But honestly I loathe them so damn much because at least evil people are active and doing what they said they would, keeping their promises.
Just letting horrible things happen when you could change it easily, is the most disgusting thing a person or a nation could do.
A couple of big lottery jackpots one in the billion dollar range are happening this next two days in the US. My husband and I made a point to buy tickets because he knows I like to fantasize how different I would be from existing rich people.
I only play because I like fantasizing what would happen. I would win and be able to help myself and others who are forgotten but amazing people finally have resources to do incredible good-for-the-world things.
I fantasize about getting to highlight and support these brilliant people. While the rest of the world churns away with AI, genocide, extremism and crapitalism, we'd grow sustainable food and create food forests around the country and the world.
We'd make things, have connected communities, make art and music, write books, help people get healthy and feel worthy.
There would be non-profit old fashioned coffee shops that were device free and charged by the cost of operation plus 20% and used the profit to pay for housing for the employees and local families.
With one of these big jackpots we could make aircrete shelters and alternative buildings for unhoused people and refugees, and people in times of tough transition.
I'd make sure the Church of Salt had buildings of Sanctuary for art and community all over the world instead of having to end in person meetings due death threats because we want to include people and not focus on a "god" but instead community.
We could heal some of the wounds of crapitalism by at long last having the resources to do the things we already do but finally on a broader scale.
If I won the jackpot I would make helping on a life changing scale my main hobby.
I'd open a school centered on life-skills and artisan skills that embrace nurturing each other with nature. It would have free cob building and natural building master classes, how to rewild a yard, and how to make pigments from natural sources, somatic dance, music of all kinds, cooking with real ingredients, foraging, how to repurpose anything, effective habit building, just to name a few.
Rather than a college degree that seeks to prepare people for the grind of a workforce held captive by the powerful people that produces crap, people could come to the school to learn things that made them able to survive and to enjoy life and enjoy learning.
I would host free concerts of musicians I found all around the world getting to play the same stage with well known names.
I would be self-centered too, of course I would. I would get more instruments than I need, more books than I could read, and likely too much clothing. But in my lottery fantasies I am always commissioning the things I wear from local artists and makers instead of sweatshops and brand designers. I'm buying those instruments from luthiers I know. I'm finding good new indy books- I'm even helping them publish.
I would have a vintage car and have it converted to an electric car. I would have a vardo too. A constantly available stage and performance hall for the thousands of show ideas and productions that I have would exist.
But you know what I would never spend even one cent on? I would never support war, violence, blind consumption or spend my life trying to make even more fucking money. How fucking sick and boring can you get? What in the hell is wrong with most of these rich people these billionaires always still focusing on status and power and worst of making more money?
Having enough would be my goal even as a multi-millionaire- I would want to spend it constructively so by the time I died I wasn't crazy rich. And honestly I wouldn't want to be famous- it would make getting things done too hard.
I guess I'm just not infected with crapitalism enough to want to play those status games. It doesn't interest me in the least. And in a way that's sort of like winning a bigger jackpot. I'm happy with enough, I feel as a person I am enough, but I can create previously unimaginable great things in an instant with right resources.
So right now I'm not OK. But with what's happening all around I shouldn't be completely fine or OK.
I'm going to try to focus on the small beautiful things in my life that make me happy while letting myself grieve and not shaming myself for imagining a better world even if I use buying lottery tickets to do it.
Happy Tulips surviving despite the slug invasion
Terrifying Leaps
2-29-24
This rare morning, as leap days are, I really tried to think about AI as a possible net gain for humanity but I just couldn't stop my brain from spiraling into territory that would make Black Mirror episodes seem like family fairy tales. Not because of the tool, but because of who controls the tools and robots that make up what is being collectively called "AI."
It could be fucking amazing, but it's not going to be for most of humanity.
Why?
Classism, capitalism, and hedonic adaptation.
Think in the context of medical advances made in the past 20 years and how most of them are still not generally made available for people who are not rich.
Heck, apply this to most advances things are generally only available to a broad population when they can be controlled by whoever is selling them, usually as an inferior product.
Electric cars for a clear example, available in the 1970s still out of reach for most people due to profiteers shelving electric cars so they could sell more earth destroying fossil fuel. And intentional planned obsolescence is standard for most consumer goods.
Yet the greatest danger of AI isn't actually crapitalism.
It lies with human nature, specifically, human adaptation. Our success as species is partly due to adaptation either to a bad situation, but also to good situations.
We experience compassion fatigue and hedonic adaptation every damn day. And AI will make this much worse than social media is currently making things.
We adapt to the new horrific norms fairly fast, and then when someone rightly objects to horrible things and questions the injustice, the response will be:
"Oh but that's the way it's done, get on board or suffer."
Seriously, I can think of many examples in my own life of people who defend the virtues of unchecked corrupt capitalism and never acknowledge the massive injustices and crimes against humanity it causes simply because they benefit and have never thought to question it.
AI will codify racist, sexist, and classist things, allowing racist, sexist, ageist, ableist, and generally biased opinions of wealthy bosses and businesses to get away with extreme forms of discrimination. It's already been happening for a while now in the job market.
But AI is here, unchecked. So all this is going to happen. No stopping it now, so I'm going to learn what I can. But I feel a chill in my blood just thinking about it.
While Google searching the actual costs of the Chat bots, I was offered an AI tool to make women's clothes in videos disappear and an AI tool to make women do disgusting things. Leaving the original face of the human on the video.
Porn is a huge driver of innovation for profit in the tech world, always has been (look at how the VCR developed) so AI will end up making holographic fuck bots and terrible things I dare not mention.
It will encourage and codify how a sizable percentage of men treat women- like a commodity. The blame for that original behavior treating women like property, can be laid at the feet of most religions sanctifying sexism and bias as if it were a virtue.
AI will ruin the lives of millions, especially if the people who control it now continue to do so. Billionaires, who are arguably the most disgusting examples of hedonic adaptation gone crazy, are in control of AI.
AI will help them make life in their disturbing, corrupt, power-hungry, image, without any democracy able to challenge them. The main reason most billionaires would never run for office is because the smarter ones know there's more power in being wealthy and able to buy whatever influence they want, rather than being in office and potentially regulated and subject to governing laws. One person should never have so much power.
Makes me want to write an apology to a future that probably would never read it. To apologize for the emptiness, the pain and the violence. To apologize for the undreamed of horrors I hesitate to mention lest it give these bastards further ideas but they already have drones that can kill entire families without remorse, so my dark thoughts are probably already under development.
Some schools won't have human teachers or in-person interactions. Social skills and strata will be based on your position as a cog in the machine rather than your value as a human being. Our brains and bodies will likely end up partly synthetic eventually.
And true compassion may become a thing of fables and fairy tales as it is already in short supply.
A genocide of a people is happening in Gaza and as a result, a young man, serving in our military set himself on fire screaming "Free Palestine" until the end and most people just scrolled on. Much of the media tried to change the narrative and not admit the reasons behind his tragic act.
This is without AI as the standard.
Google, and all social media including reddit are now farms for digital evils that will manifest in the real world.
The worst will be the effects on things like tiktok which is already changing the brains of young people making them less likely to think critically and primed for propaganda of a certain style that AI will churn out endlessly.
Most people are concerned about job losses with AI since lots of jobs that pay a decent wage can be done by AI. That's not really my biggest issue with AI because we will adapt over time and not having tedious things like middle management desk jockeys could be a good thing.
I believe we will devolve fundamentally as beings which, to me, is far more important than a "job" or access to capital. We are in an era of war and genocide again and now we will add to this AI as a tool much the way planes and tech advances in the last century changed the world during wars.
The horrifying atomic bombings of Japan wiping out hundreds of thousands in an instant, would not have existed without these advances, unthinkable only a decade before the bomb dropped. Accelerate that by factor of a million and that's what AI will be capable of doing.
AI will be as bad as a nuclear bomb. Every ethical person agrees that it is a horrible idea to have weapons that can destroy the world, yet here we are thousands of them just laying around, able to actually end our existence. And now, someday soon AI will control those too.
A terrifying leap forward has happened, and there's no going back. "The Terminator" scenario will not be possible. (I realize, of late, I sound like a low rent Linda Hamilton at times.)
Science fiction writers have been warning of this for centuries in a way. One of my favorite such books is the little known "Beggars in Spain" by Nancy Kress, first published over 30 years ago. It details how one advancement for a select group can radically change human life, and AI will be like thousands of those advancements.
I cannot express how badly I'd love to read this post in 20 years, and be very wrong.
As I said to a dear friend yesterday: Most things are a process, not an end result. AND the process is actually the fun part anyway.
AI will rob us of the process and the journey, the path, the adventure of life will be completely ruled by its programmed need for "production" of an end result, for product over process.
Art, music, writing, really all forms creativity are expressions of the human soul, or human virtues and emotional connections, if you don't believe in a soul. What can we expect from a soulless tool that copies without morals? We already suffer from a copy of a copy of a copy in music thanks to commodity ruling the world.
And what of our actual brain's abilities fostered over centuries now not needed because the AI can think for us. It could be like people with navigation in their car- some people can't even find their house in their own town without it these days because they off loaded their brain. I have traveled world without navigation in the modern era because I fear this dumbing down happening to me. AI will off load much greater parts of our brains.
I don't have any sort of photo to add to this post. I thought of a mushroom cloud but that iconic image, due to hedonic adaptation, barely elicits a response these days.
So instead here's a copy of the cover of a book that changed my thinking forever. Seriously, never judge a book by its cover.
The Dark Days
1-31-24
The ten darkest weeks of winter have passed. Yet this year, I feel the darkness is hanging around.
Sure, I've noticed the vague stirring of spring here on my little edge of the world, from male frogs singing at night begging for a lover, to the purple crocus blooms contrasting all the green around. Already the robins are here, early, I believe. The humming birds are swarming the back garden and the pussywillows will soon have cats.
All these things the signs that I have made it through another hard winter. Many did not make it.
It's been hard because I lost two more friends; one of them, it seems, died of heartbreak from the death of the first friend. And my body has had some not-so-pleasant complications from my health issues.
Grief and pain have clung to me, though I have tried desperately to fight them off.
Importantly, I think I should mention it's been hard also because my country is helping commit an ongoing genocide against the Palestinians by supplying Israel with the weapons to kill everyone. More than 33,000 people have been killed by direct military action, including more than 13,000 children and countless others are likely going starve to death. And it could all be stopped if our government stopped supporting the war.
Yesterday, the Israeli military, dressed like doctors and nurses, went into a hospital and shot patients in the head. This being a medical facility in the West Bank since they have literally bombed nearly all the hospitals in Gaza out of existence.
I'm pretty disgusted and I feel powerless, as do many of the people I know, to do anything. This must be how non-cooperative Germans felt when Hitler rose to power and started ruining the lives of Jews, disabled people, Roma, and gay people, eventually murdering millions.
Yeah, did I mention dark thoughts? Those are filling up my mind this week.
It's pretty damn disturbing to have friends side with the idea of wiping out Palestinians all together in order not to appear "anti-semitic" just because the fascists in power committing genocide this time happen to be Jewish.
Hammas may have done some horrific things but that doesn't mean genocide is justified.
Honestly, I can't help but think that of all the people in the world who should see how wrong this is it SHOULD BE JEWISH PEOPLE.
And they do, but those voices are being suppressed just like all the protests and coverage of people calling for a cease-fire are being suppressed or characterized in a conspiracy theory as some Russian backed group by Nancy Pelosi.
What great leaders eh? Pelosi is basically calling anyone not supporting the party line as a traitorous Russian. What fucking year is it?
The Israeli war machine has been targeting journalist trying to cover the war too, killing a record number of them.
Seriously, it's just disgusting the narrative the western media who are not comprehensively covering the war are creating about the genocide. Refusing to fully acknowledge it at all, meanwhile thousands of Palestinian people who have survived the murderous onslaught are being injured, made homeless, and will likely starve to death if nothing changes.
So yeah, I think there are some dark days ahead as this will likely escalate further.
I cried today working in the garden grieving for my friends, lovely creative sorts, younger than me who died last month. And I cried for all those children in Palestine, for all those families made ghosts, and for all the people suffering. My tears landed on the ground as the rain began to fall. And I felt some release, like sky was crying with me.
I'm going to spend a lot time in my garden this spring to remind myself that life returns every year. The trees may still be a black shadow on the horizon but I can see the light in the distance. Good things grow back. And I'm going to wish for the peace I experience to spread and a ceasefire to become permanent.
I Can't Get
12-30-23
"I can’t get no satisfaction." The grammatically challenged anthem of humanity.
A lack of satisfaction is most likely due to being rigid with your routine or creating a rut and not having enough novelty in your life or from not having good habits and never building on skill sets.
Are you doing the same things over and over and beginning to feel emptiness?
Possibly the most important thing to achieving a fulfilling life is understanding the balance between the discipline of routine and the importance of novelty.
It might seem I am speaking from personal bias but social science backs up what I’m saying. We Homo sapiens are hardwired to seek out novel new things. Good food, brilliant ideas, fantastic people, touching music, mind-blowing art, and almost any human experience can become mundane, no matter how amazing when first encountered.
Yet we also thrive as individuals when we embrace healthy routines, disciplined eating, and regular good habits.
The key is how to use both routine and novelty to increase SATISFACTION.
Just as you can have compassion fatigue, you can also become not easily satisfied by amazing experiences if you have the same experience many times. I speak from experience with that feeling of "awe fatigue."
We have all taken a lover or partner for granted because they are always available. We rely on the kindness of our friends but do we really appreciate the reliable ones enough?
In short, it’s pretty easy to unintentionally become an ungrateful turd in the modern world full of algorithms designed to “please” you rather than truly engage you.
We are highly adaptable creatures and a side effect of this adaptation is having a threshold for constants. A thirst for novelty is entirely normal, but there is often a stigma attached to wanting new things, especially when it involves romance.
Being a society shaped by antiquated religious ideals about love, sex, and romance hasn't done us any favors as it's crashed landed right into modern ideas about love and sexuality.
Attaching shame to the thirst for novel people and experiences is possibly the worst thing about many religious teachings. Being ashamed of something natural to our collective human nature that really doesn't harm anyone is a pretty bad starting point for achieving satisfaction in life.
Routine, on the other hand, seems super boring but it is absolutely essential to becoming more content and better able to achieve success and satisfaction in life. I hesitate to say happiness because that is an extremely fleeting experience.
Routines, when based on healthy principles, are the best tools to build a good life with better habits, or a good rut, if you pardon the expression. We want to create these and not have to think about them; just do it automatically.
Examples in my life of routine habits:
Daily gratitude meditation
Exercise and dancing
Eating healthy, nutrient-dense food
Taking vitamins and helpful supplements
Having attentive couple time
Reading
Time in Nature
Tidying up, keeping organized
Prioritizing sleep
Writing everyday
Taking walks
Making music
Connecting with people in real life
Yet, even these habits still have to have a bit of switch up even after they’ve become habitual, in order for the satisfaction to be optimal. My meditation can’t be the same each day even if I’m grateful for the same things.
I can’t dance the same way or to the exact same music. I have to add variety to my diet or boredom sets in and that leads to eating poorly. I don’t always need all the vitamins and sometimes I need different supplements as my body has cycles. Time in Nature has to be different parts of nature- you get the idea.
One super important role novelty plays is with our interactions. Connecting with people in real life should sometimes be with people you’ve never met. Sometimes great friends. Sometimes random associates.
We gain perspective and pleasure even if the novel persons aren’t meant to be lifelong friends or lovers, even if that person doesn’t matter to us that much in the greater scheme of things. Having interactions for the sake of the interaction is sometimes the best medicine for the emptiness we all feel in life at times.
The best way to balance routine and novelty is to choose to consciously leave your comfort zones, particularly socially. We are social creatures, it’s a big part of our success as a species.
And even though I am neurodivergent I can attest to the benefits of leaving my social comfort zone on a regular basis.
As a great friend once said to me ages ago:
“You don’t really hate everyone like you think. Maybe you just can’t stand those people. You actually really like people but haven’t put the effort into finding the right ones. So maybe do that instead of being a hater.”
Oh how those words have haunted my life and guided my choices. I have searched the room for those with "otherness" or as we used to say the freaks and geeks (nerds) ever since.
I am grateful to have had a self-described mouthy, opinionated woman show up in my life at just the right time. I try to be that example for others now. She understood that the best way to combat social isolation, and social anxiety for me was to put me into more social practice not less.
I learned to eliminate the fear of interacting by recognizing the outcome doesn't matter as much as the connection. By having so many interactions I was able to teach myself to quickly spot those worth my time. Most importantly, I learned to appreciate any decent social interaction as valuable even if it was just some random person at a bar, in the checkout line, or on the street.
There are entire groups of people that have no idea that I don't find socializing easy and that it sometimes it takes days to recover even when I had a great time. In fact, people consistently ask me to help them or become involved with big social events because of the skills I intentionally built.
Socializing started as novelty for me and became routine so I've had to change how I engage to make it fresh.
Similar things are true with our partners, friends, lovers, and even co-workers. Letting yourself get excited over a new person is great way to be reengaged with humanity.
Other simple novel suggestions:
Make a meal to share with others you've never tried before
Or go to eat something you haven't tried
Watch a show or movie from a foreign country, or from an era you didn't live through or a about place you've never been
Call someone rather than a text (only if you think they don't hate calls)
Go to thrift store and buy an outfit unlike anything you normally wear, then wear it out in public
Listen to a whole album of music from someone new to you
Go to class or lecture without it being work related
Travel just about anywhere
Walk instead of drive
Write a letter to a good friend not an email add some kind of drawing
Plant seeds and grow a plant you've never heard of
Do a new exercise, particularly something fun like dancing, walking, swimming, sports
Spend quality time with someone in your social circle that you usually do not see one on one
Volunteer for a new activity or charity
Make a free box and/or gift random gifts to people
Draw an emotion
Take a bath instead of a shower, get out the candles
Write your own theme song
There are thousands of novel things in the world all around us, regardless of where we live and what we do for work.
I hope in 2024 we all find novel ways of breaking our routines that don't serve us and instead replace emptiness with finding satisfaction.
May you also reignite the many flames in your life.
Hidden Scores (What is ORAC?)
11-5-2023
About seven months ago, I started researching literally every food I consume, rather than my generalist, lifelong obsession with plants and their effects. I wanted to know all the information about the things I consume daily versus what is touted for or against eating them. I have read countless blogs, several books, and too many contradicting studies at this point. However, I did find one unifying thing about the foods I eat now that is not really discussed in the way it should be in the modern media landscape: the ORAC score.
People are already framing ORAC as a "nutritional buzzword." I agree it's used constantly by proponents of a strict plant-based vegan diet to tout how much more beneficial plant-based, high-carb diets are compared to a low-carb, keto, or omnivore approaches. There is a big flaw with this idea that plant-based alone is best to get your ORAC score up. By researching my own personal diet I discovered that I eat way more antioxidants based on ORAC values than most people and I eat meat, fat, and low carb, not processed food. In fact, my diet always gets at least 500% more ORAC units than recommended.
How? I eat spices, herbs, and nuts all the time with every meal, especially meals with spiced meats and fish. The foods with the highest scores are nuts, herbs, and spices, not the veggies and beans everyone talks about. Not many in the nutritional gurus and supposed online "expert" landscape seem to mention herbs or spices often. The argument against mentioning spices along side foods is that no one eats that much of them, so their ORAC score has no impact. But that's simply not true; with most spices only need a teaspoon of spice or herb to compare to an entire serving of vegetable or fruit.
Maybe I'm just a spicy sort of lady but I almost always use about a tea spoon of herbs and spices in every meal.
The ORAC score is based on 100 grams, so when viewing it only as 100 grams, naturally no one is going to eat that much spice. However, just one teaspoon of these herbs and spices, about 4 grams will give you at least double and up to ten times the ORAC units of other more often discussed antioxidant foods like blueberries for example. Spices are way cheaper and more shelf-stable when seen as a ORAC powerhouse than fruit and veg.
Beans are one of the only other shelf-stable foods with a mentionable ORAC score that are also inexpensive. However, you need to eat at least a small bowl of high-carb black beans just to get the same impact of even the lower-scoring spices and herbs at one teaspoon. You're best off drinking to a cup of coffee, which has a higher score than beans too.
If you are following a nutrient-dense diet with a focus on whole foods, like I am, the spices are a win. Just adding rosemary, or oregano to my meal beats the ORAC value of beans. Putting some cinnamon or turmeric, or chili powder in your food also bumps it up. And most keto-friendly vegetables have a higher ORAC score.
Eating a small handful of pecans, walnuts, or olives, is also superior to a bowl of beans and the often touted brightly colored foods.
Not that I am speaking against brightly colored fruit and vegetables I usually eat at least eight servings of those a day when in season. Having food as my main medicine means acknowledging the use of abundant herbs and spices added to any meal, plant-based or not, is essential to get enough ORAC-value food in your diet.
When scraping the internet for information on ORAC scores, you will find lists made by blogs claiming to be discussing high-antioxidant foods but they rarely mention spices, herbs, and nuts. There is an inherent bias towards certain diets, and most of this bias is designed around a marketing agenda rather than up-to-date science. Expecting people to be able to afford to eat $5 worth of blueberries every day or $10 worth of organic vegetables every day just to get good amounts of antioxidants all year in a country that doesn't pay a living minimum wage is ridiculous.
My suggestion is to look up the things you eat individually. Daily consumption of high-quality coffee, herbs and spices, nuts and/or olives, and you'll be all set. Getting good amounts of these wonderful antioxidants without needing to buy or consume a huge amount of perishable expensive food is possible.
Another cheap fun thing to do if you have a yard or window box is grow some rosemary, thyme, sage, oregano, and peppermint and just eat a sprig or two to up your antioxidant intake for awesome health benefits, plus tasty too!
my typical lunch
this meal is reasonable only in season
lovely in season figs
Men on Pause
09-19-23
At long last, my first indications that I might be going through "the change" have started to appear. I can't be sure, because my evidence is a bit shaky, but I had my first ever early period and a night sweat. Due to some recent random gunshot sounding fireworks combined with my PTSD I can't be sure the latter is connected to being perimenopausal, but considering my age, 51, I'm going to make some assumptions.
I realize that most women don't look forward to going through this stage in life, reasonably so because having massive hormonal shifts, weight gain, more wrinkles, skin changes and hot flashes isn't particularly thrilling to contemplate, but I have wanted this for so long. I can remember the first time I looked forward to it.
On my first visit to a gynecologist after my extremely painful eight days long periods had started, I was in the waiting room when I overheard two older African American ladies chatting and laughing.
“You know he’s lucky I didn’t shoot him too the way Rosy did her man.” Both ladies cackled. "I mean they say it was an accident but you know..."
“Well, you know, she’s going through the change too.” said the woman closest to me nodding in agreement.
“Don’t fuck with a woman going through the change!” said the second lady grinning widely raising her eyebrows comically.
“I know that’s right.” the first lady laughed back.
I couldn't resist asking about it. "What is the change?" I whispered toward them. "I heard my aunt say that too but she won't tell me anything."
"Girl, it's menopause." The lady answered me but I heard "Men on pause"
"Men-on-pause?" I said out loud.
They both laughed slapping their legs and breathing hard. "Girl, yeah it's that too. You won't care what men think anymore and you'll stop bleeding." The closer lady said.
"Yeah, someday if you are lucky to live long enough, the change happens to us all. Ain't nothing to be afraid of, just means you can't have babies no more and you won't really care so much about what other people think either- at least I don't these days eh?" She laughed again staring at her friend's nodding face.
"Oh, so like no more periods?" I said hope in my eyes. "Can I go through the change now?"
They both laughed again and sighed. "No, sorry young thing you gotta have the monthly visitor for a long time to come." The woman smiled kindly, trying to comfort me. "It's just part of being a woman."
Ever since that day I have wanted menopause to happen to me. I never wanted children, and my periods have been pretty painful and uncomfortable most of my life. I feel like someone is gut punching me for the first three days of my week long visit from "Aunt Flow" and I want to punch everyone around me too. The idea that this monthly madness will stop someday if I live long enough has always been in the back of my mind.
I have been checking out what different cultures say about this stage I am transitioning toward and my favorite is "Second Spring" from China. I think it's lovely to view this time as a renewal of the self. That's certainly the phase I feel I am entering.
I've never been one to care that much about other people's opinions about me. Lately, I feel even less attached to the world's perception of my life, which has caused me to feel better about sharing the real me online and in person, and really embracing my glam hag status. I care so much less about what other people think of my appearance too, especially men, so I guess it really is my "men on pause" phase.
I'm spending time on actual self-care (not the bullshit people think is self-care) and my health because the consequences start to get serious a lot faster now if I don't. Hopefully, the night sweats and hot flashes won't be too crazy, but even if they are, they will be welcome compared to my monthly gut punch sessions.
I think women should start having "The Change is Coming" parties with women inviting others from around age 40 or so onward or even earlier so women are comfortable with what is normal. The parties would be something to look forward to, with lots of laughter, dressing up fancy or in even in PJs, silly lady presents, food, and advice and stories from those who have gone through it rather than the secrecy and cloak of silent suffering many ladies seem to be wearing.
A year after "Aunt Flow" makes her last visit to me I'm getting myself a present of fancy silk sheets with no trace she has ever visited. That is supposed to be when actual menopause happens. So, alas, I have a while to go before my change is complete.
Maybe it's time to start throwing these parties!
Me contemplating another visit with Auntie Flow.
Culture: Thy Name is Mother
08-08-23
In the past few days I've been reminded often of the cultural acceptance, or at least tolerance, of all sorts of beliefs and ideas- with the glaring exception of those that are primarily women led or have a historical basis in feminine ritual.
I could give hundreds of examples in my own life but I stick to basics we can all see in daily life.
Example: The media would never attack the big three monotheist belief systems for believing in some totally not possible stuff like a big dude in the sky that loves us all (except when he doesn't) but the same media is dismissive of forms of astrology or belief in Mother goddess of the Moon, or even Sky Father and Mother etc.
An example from the opposite end but with similar functions in life to religion: versions of therapy and psychology, like couples therapy with a pastor etc which could be considered "churching" are totally acceptable.
Even Mindfulness from DBT which is a lot like some aspects of Buddhism, is an example of something acceptable yet not totally "proven by science" but someone reading your tarot cards, making a person present with reflection upon what is there all around you, and what you have experienced in the past, just like Mindfulness, is considered totally bonkers.
Meditating is another great example accepted as totally valid by science and therapy—dare I say encouraged. Though much of witchcraft is similar to meditating and works better for many of the women I know, we're supposed to hide it or not call it witchcraft-related so we won't be ridiculed.
I can't tell you the number of podcasts I've seen with guys pretty much describing witchcraft but calling it Life Coaching or transcendental meditation.
Ritual, especially when helping to reinforce good habits, and broadening one's thinking, is a marvelous way to connect to your inner self and even connect with others. Self-determined ritual is my preference, but others chose older versions they feel culturally or spiritually connected to, which might work better for them.
Singing or some kind of chanting in ritual magic is pretty standard. But if you don't call it a mantra or a prayer when do this practice, you'll be mocked.
Important note: I am not trying to convince anyone to believe in anything, literally ever, except perhaps believing in themselves. I write these blogs to give voice to some of what I know others experience.
I know quite a few scientist friends who hide their witchcraft practice, or non-monotheist beliefs who don't publicly acknowledge it for fear of ridicule in the same workplace where going to a church is considered absolutely normal and would not elicit any mocking.
It would be really great if the mainstream stopped ridiculing people, particularly women, who have different spiritual ideas, as long as those ideas, or beliefs, don't actually discriminate against or harm someone. I think it's important to have an other side of the coin sort of perspective out there- like Atheists vs Theists but mocking for the sake of mocking without giving in real consideration to what those belief systems do is pretty tragic, more for those who ridicule because a narrow, not flexible, perspective isn't good regardless of your particular beliefs or lack thereof.
A lot of great advice has come my way from fortune tellers. There could be many reasons: maybe the cards are like iconoclasts in art that can help the mind visualize; maybe my own connection to the medium gives it a special significance. Maybe some people use them to communicate in a more organized way with themselves, becoming able to unlock some unconscious inner feelings. Or maybe there's something else to them...
Regardless of why, they work for me, I used to hesitate to speak publicly about them, because I knew ridicule would ensue. So that aspect of my world, for a long time, became underground and only shared with the others who didn't dismiss me.
I once had an astrologist, (Vedic) tell me about all the injuries I had suffered until that point my life (which if you only knew whoa, you'd be impressed)
I went to a pagan ritual, didn't do any drugs, danced with the group naked, and that night dreamed of my future, which I am currently living.
I've been to countless ceremonies where I learned about life and felt deeply connected to the earth and to existence. The first versions of altruistic, unconditional love came into my life from these gatherings.
I admit to seeking these things out most of my life, but that seeking comes from a perspective of things that actually enhanced and worked in my life not from blind dogma.
The communing with nature I've done my whole life- barefoot in the garden or the woods or the beach is now being called "grounding" by the "let's not call this witchcraft" set. The herbs I've relied heavily on for health reasons introduced to me by witches, have also become accepted. Gut feelings are even being scientifically accepted via the microbiome's connection to how we think and feel. But don't ever dare connect them to the rituals we witch sorts have been doing for centuries, even millennia.
Witch, in the context I describe, includes both the label slapped on women during the persecutions by monotheists for hundreds of years and women and men who have found their own way through nature based rituals, based in previous beliefs, as well as practitioners who embrace and celebrate the feminine aspects of existence in everyday life.
Cultural traditions connected to women and mothers are very much the basis of humanity's ability to cooperate as species which is why we are a successful species. I think it's pretty sad that modern methods of translating old feminine ideas that work feel the need to remove our Mother earth and mothers from the equation or narrative.
This modern recasting of ritual and witchcraft reminds me of when all those men on TV became super famous for making the food our mothers have made for centuries but until someone "is professional" by the Capitalist Hunta ruling the world, they aren't considered valid. Most of those dude-centric food stuff shows are diluted now, and even traditional cooking led by women is starting to get the attention it deserves but it was super annoying to watch in the early days of the "foodie" world awakening.
I guess I'll just have to hope the same happens with all these mansplaining podcasts with dudes writing books about ideas which are essentially witchcraft and ritual magic as if they invented it.
I am sure the hippies I've known all my life are a bit annoyed by the same people taking ideas they have embraced decades ago, and selling them as self-help.
Long live flower power. Or at least the power of flowers.
Life Enhancer
7-4-23
I've made my feelings on the 4th of July holiday fairly clear already so today I'm going to highlight things that gave me independence on this day and helped me in forming better health and habits over the past 3 years or so. I have the pandemic to thank for much of this self focus.
I spent a lot of my time before the pandemic focusing on everyone else and their needs as a default operating mode, as many women are socialized to do from a young age. The pandemic and the need to avoid people for an extended period changed my thinking about most aspects of life. I survived. Many people I love did not and I owe it to myself and to them to carry on in the best way I can.
So after much research and years long self experimentation I can confirm all the things below as greatly enhancing my life and that compromising on them makes my life worse. In other words these are my personal "complicated house plant" instructions:
High quality Light Roast Coffee
Practicing Daily Gratitude
Vitamin D (especially from morning light)
Magnesium every day
Potassium
Astragalus
Coenzyme Q10
Zinc
Collagen taking it and stimulating it
Laughter many times a day
Apple Cider Vinegar
Cruciferous Vegetable at least 5 cups
Greens at least 2 cups
Hot Bath-Epsom and Mineral Salts
Regular Conversation with informed clever people
Aloe Vera every night on skin
Extra Virgin Olive Oil on all my food
Extra Virgin Olive Oil on my skin to remove makeup/dirt
My Garden (exercise, connecting with nature, and mediation)
Lavender in food, in tea, in bath
Red Light Therapy (for pain, scars and eye sight)
Deep breathing exercises
Daily Exercise
Walking
Dancing
Swimming
Weekly HIIT and resistance training
Day Light outside exposure at least an hour (preference for 4-7 hours)
Indoor Air Purifier
Temperatures below 80°F (26°C) and always below 65°F (18°C) at night
Lemon Water lots of water
Hibiscus tea, oolong tea, lemon grass tea, and lemon balm tea
Playing Music, and listening to full albums
Sex and physical forms of love
Intimacy
Journaling
Writing
Quality sleep at the same time every night
Intermittent Fasting regularly including full 24 and 36 fast once in a while
High quality unprocessed food especially protein and fat
Berries all the berries
Peppers all the peppers
Mushrooms all the edible mushrooms (except the magic ones)
Organic Ginger in food and tea
Garlic
High quality raw seeds, nuts, fish, eggs, and meat
Not eating sugar
Not eating highly processed food
Only drinking on special occasions
Never smoking anything
Limiting News and Social media
Not having apps on my phone/not texting often/ not having my phone at all
Hanging out with people who put their phones away
Limiting online time- taking breaks for multiple days
Hanging with the local stray cats (even if they mess up my garden beds)
Sun Block skin friendly, mineral based when possible
Organic mosquito repellent
Moisturizer (with hyaluronic acid) seriously my dry skin is gone
Ritual, both spiritual and personal
The sound of birds, bees, children laughing and waves crashing
Close Friends, particularly independent people
Regularly meeting new people even if it is just a singular experience (also people watching)
Reading good fiction and informative non-fiction
Art in every form possible
Creative pursuits
Fashion of my own making
100% Silk pillow cases
High thread count cotton sheets (someday I want 100% silk)
Decent mattress with good memory foam topper
Limiting my time in a car
Regular Ocean visits
Regular Forest visits
Not seeing any ads at all
Not comparing myself to others
Easily ending an association with a toxic persons or persons who need too much
Daydreaming
Sticking with a lower carb, high fat, moderate protein seasonal eating aka clean Keto but not highly processed food. (Occasionally having higher carbs or processed food isn't a problem though.)
Washing my clothes and dishes in free and clear soaps, making my own soap or not using any.
No perfumes or strong fake smells around me, particularly chemical based
No indoor pets
Clean house not sterile but clean
Bright colors particularly jewel tones
Avoiding grass, tree, and ragweed pollen (also certain molds)
Traveling regularly to previous haunts and new places
Daily reminders that capitalism wants me to be a "productive individual" instead of resting and having community connection because survival mode is how they trick us all into making them money and giving away our life
Avoiding bigots, most conservatives, and all religious zealots
Daily reminders that true progress isn't instant
Daily reminder that many other people aren't able to be on the same level mentally or physically as me whether by choice or by circumstance and judging isn't useful to anyone
Daily reminder I still have a lot to learn
And, of course, access to health care
Notice how fancy car, designer bags and clothes, fancy out to eat meals, video games and big screen tvs, and fancy phones are not on this list. None of those things enhance my life.
Panfur the local stray waiting for me on the porch
This morning's flowers plus my coffee
Deep Blue Sea
6-26-23
My apologies to regular readers, I've been on a blog hiatus while I finish the final drafts of my fictional memoir (fictional because fiction can be more free and honest than non-fiction sometimes). It's tough to be involved in creative writing based on my life, from my own past before the MAGA crowd had all the power, and then switch my mind and thinking to the current times to write a blog. Happy to report I'm nearly finished with the final draft. Another factor contributing to my hiatus was weather- it stopped raining here in coastal maritime Washington and that means being outside as much as possible in the garden and at the beach. Writing comes second to desperately needed sunshine in this rain dominant world I live in.
This past weekend my husband and I played music for a bit at the local Pirate fest. I danced, dressed as pirate bellydancer, for three days in a row. The amount of human interaction required for festivals is something I am just becoming accustomed to again after the past few years with almost no activity with crowds. I used to do these sort of festivals quite often, but I think I need build up my socializing muscle a bit more to do them regularly again.
It was a family friendly silly pirate festival. Many little ones came to dance with us which is why I love busking and performing more informally on the street in the day time. There is no stage or formalizing of the activity so children feel like they can participate in the music and dancing without being afraid or timid. I've busked long enough now to know adults, who have come up to me at a show, remembering how they meet me on the street as children. Some of these young adults even blame me for their interest in becoming a musician or dancer- which is exactly why I do it.
I've played also many stages during these sort of festivals which, while still great experiences, they are less fun for me because the band stage is always near the beer garden and there's less audience interaction due in part to the roping off of said beer garden.
So in my opinion busking is almost the perfect way to perform, but I make sure to go dance for the band stuck on stage whenever I can.
Still, at one point during these festive things I always have an overwhelmed moment where I can't continue to mask. And because there's no way to hide myself when dressed as a festooned bellydancing pirate, I walked to the ocean during one of these moments when I felt too many eyes on me and the self conscious awkward autistic self needed alone time. I've noticed over many years, living near beaches, a universal reaction to the sea-no one tries to interact with me and almost everyone is hypnotized by the water too.
I sat there perched on a rock as the waves crashed against the shore, the salty wind blew in my face, and I connected to the ancient everlasting deep blue sea. The sea was here before us and will be here when we are a faded memory and well beyond that time too. It felt good for a moment to remember the impermanence of existence without feeling the grief of loss.
I finally feel my life is normalizing again after the traumas, intense changes, and losses of the pandemic, despite the crazy amount of war and disaster going on affecting friends of mine around the world, and despite the anti-gay laws and anti-woman laws affecting friends and family around the US. I am settling into the new realties of modern life, which has shifted greatly for anyone really paying attention, and doing my best handle the moments of extreme grief and understandable anxiety.
It's probably why this weekend felt a bit odd for me because this sort of festival weekend is from the before times and so many of my festival friends from over the years aren't here anymore, but I bet they would be pleased I went out to rejoin the fray. I am making new friends in my little town who I believe my chosen family who have passed on, would have considered new chosen family too.
And I bet those treasured friends would be equally happy to see me jump in the sea in my pirate clothes which I did on Saturday despite the very cold water.
ARRRRRRG! Matey! On with summer explorations!
Video I found on social media of my dancing pirate behavior.
The booth artfully handled by the skeleton crew of one (clarinet player)
Everyone feels welcome on the street, unlike the stage
requisite pirate selfie
Photo (by Kit Decker) of me dancing in clothing I made.
Our fearless leader, Lindy of Dancing Crow Studio
Health Myths
4-12-23
Lately, I find myself extremely disappointed in medicine as it stands in most of the western world, and it's not just the lack of access and the high cost, the treatment is extremely subpar, bordering on cruel.
I recently finally got to see an actual good primary care provider, so the contrast is on my mind.
Since 2020 I've tried and failed to even get an appointment in the system. Eventually, just last month, I finally got an appointment with an inexperienced ARNP who completely ignored me, spent almost the entire time with his back to me filling out computer forms, and asked medical history questions I had already answered on the extensive intake form. Then he told me he had limited time and couldn't be bothered to check both things I needed addressed in the visit, saying I had to pick one. So I picked one, though both issues are a big deal. He dismissed my choice and didn't even examine me. I recorded the entire visit on my phone so I can have it as a record of care—even listening to a few minutes of the recording had my husband hopping mad. He said he never experiences these things in comparison. I'm a woman of lesser means, so my entire visit with the actual provider took 12 minutes and 22 seconds. 95% of which was spent with his back to me.
I had to demand my bloods get taken (as he was leaving the room). I fasted before the visit, making the assumption that someone would at least draw blood. I had to demand a referral for something I've been told I need to do every year—a colonoscopy—after having had surgery for early stage colon cancer. I had to get pushy about seeing simple things, usual things, like a gynecologist. No referrals have come through, only a text saying how the dermatologist he referred me to is no longer accepting my insurance. This guy, this ineffectual ARNP is supposed to be my health gatekeeper; without him, nothing I need gets addressed.
My experience in America is very common. I went on the hunt again for a medical provider and finally had a bit of luck.
A local friend recommended a naturopathic doctor who is allowed to be my primary care provider in Washington state. I had the opposite experience with her. She didn't ignore me. She is a health advocate. I wasn't an annoying visitor who shuffled out of the room. I feel I may have a chance now to restore and maintain my health fully.
I have received bad medical advice for most of my life. In the form of misdiagnosis, a lack of being assessed or diagnosed at all almost leading to my death, and even a flat refusal to help me many times, as happened recently when I asked for a COVID test before they were available to everyone.
I have been treated like a buffoon, disrespected, told being fat was why I was sick (when actually it was the other way around), and literally just not believed. I've been prescribed crazy amounts of pills to treat my symptoms, which made my hair fall out and my body hurt more. 14 surgeries over 33 broken bones, 50 dislocations, and many acute infections have made me an expert on the mediocre response to serious health issues in America. If they can't give you a pill, or cut it out of you to make it go away, a patient is unlikely to get much help.
All of my bad medical treatment has been based on that particular doctor's opinion, but we must acknowledge a culture of misinformation or bad information in modern western medicine, particularly around diet, exercise, and lifestyle, which arguably have the greatest impact on disease.
My health journey of recent times is because I decided to finally completely ignore the advice I was getting. I have always researched (and I mean this in a JSTOR, Pub Med, etc sort of way, not just youtube) my issues. Also, most of the health gains I have made have been self directed. I read, I consult, and I go for it.
I volunteer and share my experiences with some young people similar to me so that I can help them help themselves.This bad advice is given to all of them too.
Here are some recent examples of what many of the young ones I mentor have been told by medical doctors:
Health Myths:
•Eat right and exercise, and you’ll lose weight
•We “burn fat”
• Low-fat food helps with weight loss
•Salt causes high blood pressure
•Cholesterol is bad for you and causes heart disease
Corrections:
•Exercise has almost no effect on weight loss. But it can help prevent weight gain (marginally).
•We breathe out fat, so if you want to lose weight, good sleep is essential
•Low fat food is usually high sugar and causes weight gain
•Salt doesn’t cause high blood pressure
•Cholesterol is essential for health particularly brain health and the links between heart disease and cholesterol in otherwise healthy people are erroneous. However, insulin issues combined high intake of sugar plus cholesterol are dangerous for your heart. It’s the sugar, not the fat.
Most of these corrections are not new crazy science. If you are in medicine you have had access to this information at least 5 years ago if not a decade or more.
Yet, these myths are still given out as advice every day.
And for all the people out there thinking it's not such a big deal, think about the deeper issues. If you struggle with health, then are given advice that doesn't work or makes it worse, by the person who is supposed to know what to do, maybe you think there is nothing that can help. Maybe you follow it until you die, likely an early death, honestly.
The danger of health myths (for some reason people always think alternative medicine is to blame for all myths, but actually more often myths come from MDs) is the unintended consequences. A perfect example is Alzheimer's. Eating the right fats can greatly reduce the likelihood of the disease, yet patients are often still told to eat a low fat diet.
So if your doctor(s) say to eat right, ask them to specify what they mean and scrutinize this advice. If they start off telling you to lower your sugar intake and try not to eat processed foods, then you've lucked out and have an informed clinician. If not, take your health destiny into your own hands. There are always things that can help, maybe not cure, but definitely lessen the impact of disease.
As a chronically ill person with a whole bunch of genetically inherited diseases with a half century of experience in the system I can report that naturopaths, Chinese/Eastern doctors, and herbalists have made a bigger difference in my health than any general practicing MD ever has.
I acknowledge that if I need a surgeon, I'm not going to a naturopath, but functional and integrative medicine should be a bigger focus in our medical culture than it is at present. People need lifestyle medicine every day and surgery, hopefully rarely. Millions of people could recover their health without ever taking one pill if we changed to a preventative approach to medicine with functional medicine as the model.
Actually Autistic
4-3-23
Sometime ago I "came out" about being neurodivergent a secret I hid for decades. I did so after some marvelous young people pointed out to me that if I didn't admit to being autistic and normalize neurodivergence and encourage people to embrace neurodiversity then they suffer too.
Like many people of my generation, I kept my diagnosis a secret so I could get a job, keep a job, have autonomy, and have, in theory, friends.
When I was told I was actually autistic over three decades ago when mentioning autism, people thought immediately of Dustin Hoffman in Rain Man, at best, or a drooling cretin at worst. I didn't even tell my serious romantic partners or spouses that I had a diagnosis until the past decade or so. Also, it was believed women couldn't be autistic, again due to the extreme sexism that still prevades much of modern medicine.
I was so ashamed of being a dysfunctional person. Who's going to hire Rain Man? Who's going to date him? Or marry him? So I kept the secret. I pretended to know less, to think slower, and to be ok with the constant hugging and nuanced cruel double speak and lies people told each other to feel good about something. I thought I was passing, but I suspect some people knew no matter how hard I tried.
There were obvious tells if someone understood autism I'll list them here because some people might not know these are associated:
I took things extremely literally, often unable to tell sarcasm from truth. My mind is very literal in thinking generally.
I am dyslexic.
I have multiple autoimmune issues
I eat based on color, not hunger.
I have synesthesia.
I was often suicidal and depressed.
I have PTSD.
I babbled and information dumped often.
I was super direct when speaking to anyone.
I couldn't make eye contact comfortably so I stared at people's foreheads.
I stiffened when you hugged me. I often tried to avoid close contact with strangers.
I said exactly what I thought without a filter, often answering a question so honestly that people never spoke to me again.
I watched the same shows over and over. I could listen to the same song twenty times in a day, and would often self sooth by listening nonstop to music.
I could do complex systems style thinking in my head and remember all the variables and imagine new potential based on in new systemic input.
I was always stimming- humming, finger snapping, spinning, repeating words over and over tapping on things.
I always had a stern resting face- not resting bitch face exactly more a resting "I think you are full of shit" face which did me no social favors.
I prefer to be truly alone for many hours, days at a time, even weeks. I need recovery, lots of recovery time after I socialize.
I was clumsy, very clumsy.
I have extremely heighten senses and crippling reactions to smells, sounds and the feeling of certain materials
Probably the biggest tell was my closest friends were all "fringe" or "other" types. I know now after decades of experience that neurodivergent people tend to be more comfortable with each other than with the status quo neurotypical world. Artist, musicians, scientists, queer folk, and nonconformists are to this day my main group of friends.
My diagnosis had some benefits of helping me realize I couldn't fix certain things my brain does but I could enhance the positive effects of the incredible things my brain does. My brain doesn't like things that are not accurate so it does a sort of mental hiccup when I have to smooth over the truths like everyone does when you're supposed to pretend to like stuff you couldn't give a shit about or be ok with someone lying about things.
I learned to read micro expressions on people's mouths to help adapt to the social world. I practiced making expressions others make until they became second nature, never instinct though, more like a dancer practices body moves.
In my friend groups I was a chameleon. I was the whacky chick who talked too fast at bars, the brooding sexy goth chick in dance clubs, the nerd at school, the adventure queer when traveling, the serious medical professional at work, the loving supportive wife at home. I was completely different for each relationship, peer group, or job situation.
I had so many masks that sometimes I would forget which one I should utilize. I read every existing thing on autism imaginable from the day I was assessed. It became my new special interest in a way adding to all my other special interests, which are basically a driving passionate obsession.
These days I can't even keep up with the amount of information circulating about autism and related "disorders." This month is "Autism Awareness Month" which I prefer what those of us in the neurodiversity community are calling it "Autism Acceptance Month."
There's lots of controversy about many organizations who tend to raise money for research on autism like it's a horrifying disease. While I do understand how great a burden having a differently abled or just unusual child can be, I think most of the "research" going on from organization like "Autism Speaks" are harmful and are based around trying to eliminate or prevent autism and in doing so stigmatize people who are autistic or non-neurotypical. There is a very eugenics tint to these groups.
Evolution is playing out through neurodivergence and accepting that different ways of thinking and being may just be what betters the world is the push behind many scientists embracing the neurodiversity model. Reasonably everyone can imagine some incredible people out there in history that were not neurotypical. Whether or not they were autistic is up for debate but in my opinion half of the good science on earth is generated by non-neurotypical people.
Every week I've been attempting a bit of prose, or poetry, or lyrics on the masks I use to wear and some masks I still wear:
You need me to fit in your grey box
You want less flare, less honesty, less focus
I should present with acceptable cold beauty
And misplaced diminished enthusiasm
Rather than colorful glee and unrepentant joy
I must mask to make you comfortable
I keep my thoughts in prison for you
A system of whirling inspired connections desperate to escape
While you champion boring inaccurate things
I must trap my truths inside to make you comfortable
You wonder why I am distracted
As I have had to kill my soul to interact with you
I can hear my prisoners screaming
I must become deaf to make you comfortable
You want me to move the way you move
To touch they way you deem appropriate
So I smile while my heart screams
My body rebels from the smell of you, the sounds you make
It shouts danger, flinching from you
I must numb my body to make you comfortable
I pretend to care about meaningless things
I let you believe that I’m on the same page
When we’re not even the same book
Even if I don’t want to look at you
I have to read your face
I must lie to keep you comfortable
You wonder why I’m so tired
Pretending to be you, all of you,
Because me being me is “just too much”
But pretending to be you is just not enough.
I must keep you comfortable if I want safety or your acceptance.
I am tired finally, of being safe in your world
I have embraced a radical acceptance of my actual self
But I must thank you for all the masks I can now wear
They helped me define what I am not
And never want to be
Happy Autism Acceptance Month everyone.
Chat Bot-aggedon. The End of the World as We Know It?
3-23-23
I'm getting a vibe out there in the digital online world that it seems to be finally settling in for other people just how much this AI stuff is going change life as we know it.
From a work perspective, it's really going to be a painful experience for people who have been web developers, content writers, visual artists, and some kinds of musicians and DJs etc.
Why? Because the AI can do it faster than you, it can use your work and the work of millions of others without your knowing it, and it doesn't need to sleep, eat, or, importantly, get paid.
For some people, it will be a massive time saver, just the sort of thing they want so they don't have to use outside sources to make marketing or business related content.
For some people, it will make the despair they experience from a lack of real connection grow deeper. Something they spent their lives on now has no value.
The output of art and creative work is only one facet of its importance to human life. The process of making art is equally important to the final product.
The feeling of connection to a piece you made on your own, a song you actually wrote and performed, a story you imagined and wrote all the words and published, or an idea you brought into existence has no rival in human experience except perhaps true passionate love.
Art is emotion personified and connected in the shape of sculptures, the words of stories, the colors of paintings, the composition of photos, the flow of movement in dance, and the sound of the universe in music.
Making art and sharing it is what makes us better humans.
With AI bots the risk is in ruining original thoughts and ideas because they will lack a deep sense of connection.
Just as social media has had a somewhat ruinous effect of socializing and connecting. AI will make the whole world seem a copy of a copy that you have to compete with in every aspect of your life.
Both could be great tools, but they are controlled by people with powerful agendas to profit off you and give nothing back. The algorithm is not your friend.
If you're a performing musician who makes original music, especially without a genre, and/or you don't focus on covers, you already know how this feels.
Cover bands get paid more, often because people will pay for something familiar regardless of how wretched the copy might be.
Original music takes time to perfect, and deliver a good performance, with at least 10 times as much work going into that one original song as a whole set of covers. A cover of some instantly recognizable pop song is easy.
I like to think of all of this the way I think of travelling to a place, rather than reading about it and thinking I understand it.
You can look at this cool picture I took of Tallinn standing on top of a 12th century church tower on a breezy afternoon in June with a belly full of worthy elk soup, served by some of the most marvelous women on earth, and a mind full of possibility just after busking with my friends near the castle walls, but you can't completely feel what it is like until you do it for yourself.
Art, music, and storytelling are like that—the process is as important as the product.
And AI just isn't the same thing.
Snowed In Snowed Out
2-27-23
Recently my husband and I finally got to visit his family in California after a failed attempt during the ice storm debacle of Christmas 2022 when we didn't fly after being held in the airport being told we would fly for seven hours but finally cancelled due to lack of a staff. This time we made it down safely to sunny southern California for a nice visit with family. It was our return trip that was a bit harrowing.
Travel is something I can reasonably say I've done more than most people. I've lost count of how many planes, trains, automobiles, buses, helicopters, motorbikes, boats, and even some horses and bikes I've used to get to from one place to another. I've traveled in torrential rain, ice, with a hurricane approaching, tornadoes having just hit, mountains of snow, heatwaves, and even once landed during an earthquake.
My personal record amount of time having wait inside the plane after landing is four hours six minutes. We nearly hit that this return trip our plane waiting on the runway to taxi up to the arrival for three hours. I managed to handle this cheerfully enough though many others on our plane did not. Portland doesn't often get this much snow, and certainly not so quickly, so I was just pleased we landed safely.
I didn't get discouraged until at 4:45 am four hours after being let out of the plane, our bags had still not come out to baggage claim and the snow was piling up to a point that no cabs, no public transit, no ubers, no lyfts, nothing would pick us up at PDX. Getting a hotel, even walking in the snow for a mile wasn't an option because the airline, Spirit, refused to shelter the bags saying that if they were stolen it wouldn't be their problem. In the predawn light when finally the bags arrived no hotel rooms were available.
It is in these moments in life I find myself to be the most contemplative. What else is there to do but ponder and wait?
My husband and I slept on the baggage claim floor under the removed drop ceiling showering dust down on us. All of this because in the Portland airport to be upstairs in the warm you need a boarding pass. Don't look up I kept telling myself tucked under my travel duvet.
One guy was actually sleeping on the baggage carousel, no doubt thinking if his bags ever came the movement would wake him up. Children were crying, ladies throwing up from stress in the bathroom, many miffed angry conversations accompanied by the smell of rotting carpet, humans wafting the stink of travel, anger, and fear all around us.
I usually travel with makeshift bedding and always extra warm hats so we were fine, if a bit annoyed and in pain. I had a nose bleed from the dust and pain from a leg injury being made worse by extra hours in a cramped plane. I'm not the sort of person who can actually sleep with strangers all around. My husband, Nate, has that magical talent I've often admired of falling asleep nearly anywhere regardless of the sounds around him.
Many elderly people were shivering down in this baggage claim hellscape without much heat, though I am not sure why the PDX airport didn't just crank the heat with families huddled all around on the floor hoping the sun would rise and solve our problems.
The sun did rise. A lovely Lyft driver with an unbelievably pleasant morning attitude carefully got us to a friend's house (at a much inflated price but hey I was happy we had the money to pay it) where we finally warmed up, bathed and ate some marvelous food prepared by our friends. Our friends played music for us, feed us, and made us feel at home.
I slept that night in the comfort of shelter I knew I wouldn't have to leave until it was safe to go home. My home. Traveling always makes me appreciate the haven of our little house, regardless the duration of the trip.
However, the sun rising doesn't mean the same safety for everyone in Portland. So many don't have a haven, the sanctuary of their own home to snuggle up in. The sun rising often means these people will be kicked out of the warmth.
I couldn't stop thinking how there are people all over the city who hope they can have the amount of comfort I had on that airport floor. My painful exhausted night is likely better than their daily life. I'm referring to the large population of unhoused people which the city has seen an explosion of over the past seven years or so.
Many people are a mere paycheck or emergency away from joining the ever growing group of people sleeping in their cars, in tents, or under bridges hoping things will get better and mostly they don't. And this last week being without a home must have been a torture beyond the usual suffering. And what's so hard to contemplate is for the most part, all this suffering is entirely preventable with some decent laws changing in how real estate works as an industry as well as property ownership with "investors" rather than individuals.
I am extremely lucky to have landed safe, to have been abled bodied enough to endure, and then also have good friends shelter us in a time of need. We left California on Wednesday. I got home to Washington finally on Saturday.
I hope all those who endured being snowed in as the entire city really did shut down, realize how lucky they are not to be snowed out, shivering in the freezing temperatures hoping the warming rooms have space to fit one more.
My husband, Nate, lying on the iconic PDX airport floor.
Heart Shaped
2-14-23
The heart shape is sacred to me. It has nothing to do with Valentine's Day but I do enjoy the 14th of February because for a month previous and a few weeks after, heart-shaped boxes and items are cheap and plentiful.
I first realized just how important the heart shape was to me as a child. In fourth grade, we had a visiting art teacher who made all the students work on one sheet of paper to do a collage together as a class.
Many of the boy students were bullying everyone else, unchecked by any intervention from our teacher, and taking up more space on the sheet and hogging most of the art supplies. Because of this, I gave some of my crayons and paint to a small girl who I knew was too scared of the other children and invited her to be next to me.
I was left with a small dab of red paint and a green crayon, and about 10 inches of space on a 50 foot sheet. The teacher had said we should paint or draw "something that connects us all" and gave us 15 minutes to finish. I thought about it for a few minutes, then decided with just two colors I had only one choice. I painted a very sharp heart shape coming up out of the grass, a bright red meticulous heart with very defined sharp grass. I was very proud of this drawing.
The bully boys drew rolling hills, footballs, rivers, army men, cars, and some drew houses and buildings. Other children had drawn and painted families and pets. My friend, the shy girl had painted a snake in grass heading for my heart. I liked the snake because it was smiling and our grasses connected on the page.
When coming around assessing the art work our teachers, my 4th grade teacher and the visiting art teacher, made comments and asked questions of all the kids about their work as we all sat crossed legged on the floor, waiting in front of our part of the paper. "What does it mean? How does this connect to everyone else?" They were asking.
I was ready to answer and explain about my heart. Love connects us all, I was going to say, and even if you think nobody loves you, this shape means the same all over the world so you always know love is out there. I rehearsed it in my head as he got closer.
Instead, the art teacher asked me why I had not tried something more adventurous or detailed as the other children had, seemingly implying to me that my art was bad. "Why didn't you try to draw more things, take up more space?"
I didn't immediately say anything. Then the teacher said, "there just isn't much going on here- you should be more like those boys" he pointed to the bully kids "and draw with more details and use your imagination" I felt my face get very hot and anger wash over me. But I said nothing.
Then he asked my little friend what the snake was about. She was so nervous but told him "He's the snake from Eden who first told us about how good apples were and now that we know about 'em, we can't be with God no more. But I still love apples don't you?" She looked up at him smiling. "Bianka's heart is love in the grass. And my snake in the grass loves her back so maybe he's hiding some apples behind her heart to give to the rest-" She lowered her voice "even them mean boys" she whispered smiling at me.
"Yeah my heart don't need more details" I said still fuming but touched by my friend. "everybody knows what I meant by it 'cept you." I glared at the teacher and I remember him taking a step back from us.
"Well nice try girls" he muttered then carried on praising the boy who stole most of the art supplies.
I had to rehearse saying things in my head I intended say out loud when I was little so I didn't say anything offensive or too weird and upset people but usually I still messed up in the delivery, so after I would always replay the situation to figure out what I should have said instead.
I must have replayed that scene in my head of what I should have said back to that art teacher hundreds of times. During this replay, I came to realize just how much I believed in the heart shape. The only symbol I could think of in the entire world that always meant the same thing. It was the only thing that really "connects us all."
Sometimes in my life, when I have felt alone and unloved, I would think about the heart shape and remind myself that for centuries, people have had this shape as universal, just like love, and therefore love was out there even if I didn't feel it.
There are other reasons the heart shape is sacred to me but this story I haven't shared publicly before and reflecting on it makes me want to thank that art teacher for being so critical, and frankly, I thought a bit mean, because even though he may have meant to convey disappointment in me his actions made me think fiercely and protectively about love for a very long time.
I have always started new heartfelt things, and quit bad habits on February 14th in honor of the shape, not the commercial holiday. Like Halloween, Valentine's day behavior is a sort of year round affair in my house. Valloween as it's called here.
I quit smoking over two decades ago on Valentine's day. I quit consuming sugar in 2021. This year I am quitting engaging in commentary completely with negative people on the internet- which on the face of things might not seem as life changing as my other habitual changes but I suspect it will make my life and my love of life far greater. This day is charmed for me.
I hope everyone out there loves fiercely, and completely. And I hope you all realize that should also apply to loving yourself. If you find yourself single on Valentine's day (which I think being single is awesome) but you don't want to be single, take a bit of time to love on yourself. Write down the things you love about yourself. Write about love and its place in the world. Eat some treats, take yourself dancing, or to a movie, or to fancy dinner. Treat a friend you love to dinner or make plans to hangout. Call the people you love. Don't let capitalism define love with what you're supposed to do, or not do, or buy on Valentine's day. Just love people, openly without shame.
Let your life be shaped by your heart and remember that when you see the heart shape.
Much love to you all!
Life is Sweet
1-30-23
My life is sweet because I stopped eating sugar.
In January 2021 I stopped eating sugar, no added sugar foods, and no cakes, no cookies etc. Then, in March of that year, I started eating a healthy ketogenic diet.
Healthy ketogenic= = nutrient-dense foods, no sugar, very low carbs, moderate protein, very high fiber from greens and veg, and high fat from high quality cheese, eggs, meats, fish, nuts, and olive/avocado oil, no trans fats at all.
Healthy keto my way= almost no processed food and absolutely no highly processed food- all this combined with intermittent fasting for at least 16 hours but usually 18 hours.
I was a person who tried calorie restriction alone and gained five pounds. Nearly two years since I started keto (which I probably wouldn't have done if calorie restriction had worked) I have lost over 60 pounds- the first 30 pounds in just a season, which certainly spurred me on to do more. Results really helped me with discipline.
I gave up sugar just before going ketogenic hoping to lose the weight I had packed on post surgery from early stage colon cancer and the mental fallout of surviving with a threat dangling over me of its potential return after moving across the country away from everyone I knew to take a chance on new things.
No weight loss happened when I gave up sugar until I went ketogenic. Stopping sugar stopped more weight gain- I mention this because lots of people have asked me in private messages.
Giving up sugar is awesome for health outcomes generally on its own but if you don't replace it with something satiating you'll be hungry all the time. I've literally never felt hungry or deprived during this entire time because a higher fat /fiber diet makes you feel full.
Sleep is a super important element in all of this. I sleep better now because I am in less pain. Healthy weight loss will not happen if you are not getting enough restful sleep.
Mental well being plays a role. Stress drives cortisol, and as a result, your body holds onto your flab. Daily gratitude meditation and disconnection from the digital world are big factors in mental health outcomes for me.
Also important element of maintaining weight loss is healthy exercise, not because you "look" good, but because you will feel better. It does make me look better as well. Now that I have less weight on me exercise is easier, dealing with my pre-existing health problems is also less of a catastrophe.
I don't work out the way others do every day. I put in 15 minutes of intense exercise at a time. Some days just once, some days five times, depends on my energy/schedule. I find it's easier to fit it into my day without it being exhausting or a time suck. I switch up what parts of my body I'm working on to give the muscles healing time.
I always do one 15 minute session BEFORE I eat. I've read this is very good for metabolic health which is what I am trying to recover completely after too many years with issues.
Keto makes me feel more energetic even when I'm sick, like I was last week. And I don't feel as sore all the time even with my genetic illness issues. I still feel pains, but way way less than before, so dancing can be more of my day, playing fiddle, juggling, and typing in the same day even with arthritis.
Currently I'm 64 lbs of fat down, 10-15 lbs to go depends on how much muscle I can develop in my 50 year-old lady status.
Keto isn't a diet. Diets don't work. Keto is a lifestyle approach to eating, like being a vegan or vegetarian.
Most health based arguments against keto rely entirely on the idea people can't stick to it or are made by "experts" with outdated facts and ideas about nutrition, such as the false idea eggs contribute to heart disease via cholesterol intake, among many other false narratives spread by under informed GPs and health professionals.
Most studies on keto haven't been done with healthy clean strict keto but with dirty processed food lazy keto. Ultra processed food is poison, regardless of your eating approach.
Studies about the dangers of sugar and ultra processed foods are endless and generally well established as fact yet I've never had even one medical professional suggest quitting sugar completely as a pathway to health.
They wait until someone is diabetic because modern medicine spends almost no time on effective prevention.
My life is so much sweeter without sugar, and trust me yours will be too if greatly reduce or stop eating sugar too.
Me with lit from below intense exercise faces.
Happy New Year(s)
1-5-22
While the western world has just had their drunken new year's celebration the east is still preparing. Lunar new year is early this year on January 22nd. The Year of the Rabbit is just over two weeks away. This year is a Water year, therefore babies born are water rabbit babies.
I am already ritualistically cleaning up the house wiping away bad luck and preparing luck altars and rituals before the 22nd and even indulging in a bit of song composition for my hulusi to ring in the new year. I also plan dye my hair, cut it and make or find a snazzy red outfit for the occasion.
I like the superstitions and traditions attached to Lunar New Year because really the worst case scenario of abiding by them I end up with a clean cheerful decorated house, nice hair, lovely outfit, with my debts paid off, eating good food with friends.
Despite all the talk of "the opposition to Tai Sui" for Rats (I'm a water rat) in a Rabbit year I have always had incredible times during Rabbit years and oddly very trying times during actual Rat years.
Also I just really love rabbits.
2011 was the last rabbit year, my band formed that year, I fell in love with so many new things and people and became a whole new version of myself.
I suspect this year I will have wholly new adventures, and another version of myself to get to know.
From the Wolf Moon to the Lunar New Year is a great time to reflect on past 12 years and see them as an era. Indulge in your personal history and reflect on the differences between the world then and now. Next try to envision 12 years from now what marvels and changes there might be in your world.
It's nearly impossible to fully comprehend the passage of time and its inward and outward effects on us as individuals but spending time remembering and honoring the changes will go along way toward helping us embrace the future.
Think of how far you've come and where you want to go from one Rabbit year to the next one a dozen years from 2023 which is shocking for me to ponder because that will be 2035. I don't remember thinking in 2011 that 2023 seemed so distant or "in the future" but for some reason 2035 seems like science fiction future times- 35 years past the year 2000.
What would you do again? What would you avoid? Are you the same person? Would you like to be? Who do you miss seeing regularly- reach out to them if you can-renew old friendships and start new ones!
Most of all, let your family and chosen family know you love them and care about them.
Ok, back to the prepping the house and looking for all my lucky red and gold.
Original photo from photographer Caroline Legg of a Scottish wild black rabbit. (I put a little vignette around him)
The Comfortably Numb
12-19-22
I often wonder how some friends in major cities just walk past the explosion of homeless camps around the country in the past seven years, especially the west coast, without being moved by it.
I wonder at the conversations I hear around this crisis. They always center on self-centered interest of property value, business, and their safety. It has been a bit of a rude awakening for me to realize there are people in my circle who think like this. People seeing homelessness as dangerous for them, not the preventable human tragedy it is. They are the comfortably numb.
I think the media has influenced these people in my life as much as Fox influences people I don't generally associate with due to what I consider the intense propaganda via the right wing.
Public radio doing "year in review" all month reminds me what a bad job they do reporting about inflation and recession and actual causes of inflation and recession and what those things actually mean for most people, not just the comfortably numb.
They report on the housing "market" without one goddamn mention of the impact it has on homelessness and poverty. The media my comfortably numb friends consume confirms their goodness when they contribute to charitable causes, and vote. That's all you need to do. Contribute and vote.
Yeah, 'cause that's working perfectly right?
They report on inflation and gas prices completely down playing the profiteering of corporate interests. A mention of it is always tempered with "but it's not the only cause." "Oh and the supply and transportation issues due to the pandemic."
They never connect the record profits with inflation or record home prices with homelessness which are in fact, the biggest impact on those two crises in America. Health care coverage that doesn't equal universal affordable access is the third main crisis.
Public radio talks about people's portfolios and investors interests. Yeah, I get it 55% of the US have some kind of "investment" but most people do not have enough to actually effect their real day to day life.
I am disgusted with reporting by supposed public resourced reporting which still centers on people who are higher income, with comfortable lives. It's just not most of the country, but these people in my life who walk past the homeless without being moved- that's who they are. The comfortably numb emphasis on comfortable.
Reporting should expose uncomfortable truths. Good reporting makes that exposure easy to understand and relate to while not degrading the facts of the story. That sort of reporting is rare in the world now and certainly not found on mainstream media, not even public radio and TV. Of course, there are exceptions like the show Frontline, but the average news consumer, the comfortably numb aren't hearing those truths daily.
Many people turn to other sources instead of NPR or PBS for information not because they are morons, like so many of my comfortably numb friends like to think, but because they feel included by those Fox anchors, those shows, and by that reporting. Feeling like the news is reporting on things that actually matter to you plays a massive role in whether or not the audience will listen.
Alas, most of those other sources are terrible sources. Obviously, Fox News is right wing propaganda but they realize they have to speak to people who aren't in comfortable circumstances. The end result is horrible propaganda that leads to right wing Nazis rising to power. It is poor white people who are a major part of this extremist nationalist movement. Fox News has radicalized these people to be sure, but what alternatives do these audiences have?
I suggest the complacent exclusion of the actual issues of the poor and truly struggling people in the US from public medias like NPR and PBS is equally to blame for why people fall prey to these conspiracy hate driven narratives.
Sure, some people are doing splendidly, though public radio seems to think reporting on inflation should center on people who largely can take the hit, not actually poor or struggling people.
They occasionally have human interest reporting on people struggling but I never hear PBS or NPR ask policy makers or economics reporters or pundits if these situations are directly connected to the profiteering during this crisis in housing, or the crisis with food prices.
Hey, I get it, maybe financially stable, comfortable people are the only ones who have time to listen long form media like PBS or NPR. These public media sources don't want to offend their main audience, privileged people who are sometimes profiting off those less fortunate via rental properties, blind investments that encourage cruel business practice, and even paying their own employees less than a living wage.
Pretending like that this comfortable group of people are the majority in America is disturbing.
The anchors and show hosts on public radio referring to the listening audience as "us" when referring to topics and reporting that, in fact, has almost nothing to do with most people's lives.
In 2021 there were nearly 40 million people in the US at or below the poverty level which is far worse this year in 2022. Considering that being just above the poverty level in the US doesn't actually pay rent and utilities in a large part of this country.
Those people not able to pay the rent aren't counted in that 40 million in poverty. Some of those people are sleeping in their cars or in a tent.
The "us" these hosts on public radio are referencing are not these people, unless somehow they imagine a lady working her two jobs but sleeping in a beater car on its last leg is shivering in her car while listening to these programs discussing investment yields nodding in agreement on how that interest rate hike will make a difference in her life.
NPR and PBS has mostly factual reporting but what they don't report on speaks as loudly to me as what they do report on.
What is not being said? Volumes and Volumes. There is a serious disconnection to reality with journalism these days.
There is a narrative bias on American public media coverage that is so obvious it screams out status quo, moderate conservative, non-progressive interests but also an elitist bent to the narrative.
Simply put NPR and PBS are incredibly classist and elitist in how they voice the narratives in the average reporting. Even though they do good reporting about issues effecting the country they are reporting for a certain audience- the comfortably numb.
Seen through that lens of classism, it makes sense that labor reporting, poverty, and injustice reporting has a biased voice that doesn't offend the upper middle class listeners who are actually participants contributing to these crises in the US and around the world.
Oh and that lady who is sleeping in a car but officially above the poverty level, she has mental health problems, now she has addiction issues too, but guess what, the homelessness caused those problems- not the other way around as often reported by the media.
How I serve my weekly dose of bacon.
Read the Science, Really
12-15-22
Brace yourselves regular readers this is a long one.
It's my two year anniversary of this blog GenHexer. So I am celebrating myself and part of that is by examining how far I've come since we began eating ketogenic.
Lately I've been receiving some push back from two camps of people. One group are some vegans in my world, the other some plus sized friends. The complaints or even sometimes down right insulting accusations have involved my enthusiasm for the ketogenic diet.
Due to my pursuit of better health, and to grapple with odd genetics, weird auto-immunes, and multiple severe medical issues over my lifetime I'm one of those people that reads actual science journals, JSTOR etc. I've been doing this for about twenty years. The internet has made my access easier, especially with google's scholar search, bugmenot, etc. It's how I came to the conclusion that I might benefit from a healthy ketogenic diet.
In the past few years I've noticed a huge amount of reporting on health and diet by mainstream media seeks to either trash and decry any keto diet or to gush about it as the cure to all your problems- sometimes from same media source! Both of narratives aren't useful when reporting on science and health.
As a rule, I think people shouldn't experiment on themselves too often, but my overall improved health is undeniable and frankly most doctors just treat my symptoms at this point while shaking their heads in sympathy. One doctor actually cried telling me a prognosis during my visit. She cried in sympathy because she knew she couldn't help me. I have respect for her above all other doctors I've come in contact with over the years.
I am very glad I used the information I gathered from scientific research rather than the sad corporate biased reporting on health. Do I think my outcomes would be universal, of course not. But I do think that 50% of the US population would benefit adopting a healthy locavore seasonal ketogenic style diet.
You can be a vegan and also follow a ketogenic diet. WHAT? Yeah, you have to eat a whole bunch more nuts and oils than I am willing to indulge in but it's possible. Being a vegan you have to work a lot harder to feel full on a keto diet, but also spend a lot more money.
You can be a vegetarian and also follow a ketogenic diet. WHAT? Yeah, you eat a lot of eggs, cheese, nuts, and oils and have to work harder to feel full.
I am following a healthy ketogenic diet that has meat but not much more than before I went ketogenic- just fattier meat, more healthy oils, and more small oily fishes. I feel full, I'm never hungry, and even with inflation it's about the same costs since I switched to higher quality food and those foods haven't jumped up as high with inflation as junk foods and processed foods. I eat bacon about once a week, just like I did before I was keto. I eat high fiber nutrient dense food every day. 95% of my meals are unprocessed food, most from scratch and as organic as I can afford.
Regardless of what you read in mainstream media, the key to good health is learning about your body, eating in response to your body, improving your sleep quality, lowering stress, and exercising and limiting your intake of sugar.
Eating nutrient dense, low or no sugar, unprocessed foods and intermittent fasting are universally accepted by science to increase positive health outcomes.
Some science that is generally accepted by experts in the field as fact these days:
Breakfast is not the most important meal of the day- in fact, it's not even needed for most people.
Eating 3 times a day is also not better for your health.
Consumption of sugar, particularly high sugar diets, is linked to early death and disease.
Whole grains and grain based diets do not have better outcomes than low carb/keto diets.
Yet, you will read scores of recent articles about how plant based diets are better than keto for health outcomes.
But wait a minute- my healthy keto diet IS plant based. The oils are from plants, I eat more vegetables now than ever I have. When you look into the studies quoted in these articles the keto diet they reference is an unhealthy keto diet vs a healthy vegetable based vegan diet.
Doesn't seem very scientific to me to compare eating only crappy poor quality meat, oil and fat with eating only vegetables. Most healthy keto diets in practice increase the fat sure, but also the vegetables and perhaps most importantly no added sugar. Most vegan diets have huge amounts of sugar and carbs simply because it is just cheaper. Sugarcane is a plant after all and technically plant based. Many vegans and vegetarians are eating more grains and sugar than vegetables.
My personal health journey has taken a snaking route to keto. I was a vegetarian for fifteen years, then I went vegan to hopefully get better outcomes. I got much more ill and I gained weight as a vegan. I went back to eating clean proteins, meat, etc but on the low side. I felt better but still plagued with issues. I tried to eat only organic wondering if that was the reason.
I tried a low calorie diet for a year, eating only 900 calories a day most days. I gained 10 pounds felt horrible, always hungry, tired and cranky. None of this was about losing weight for me, it was about feeling better getting my diseases to go into remission.
I stopped drinking for 8 years, completely no exceptions in case that was my problem. No change in my health but I saved money. I wasn't a heavy drinker though just at social things which were every week.
I tried exercising every day while working. My body signaled this as stress and held onto the pounds and it made my body really hurt since I have autoimmune issues.
Those autoimmune issues got out of control when I lived in Detroit. My inflammation response was so bad I couldn't even move some days without searing pain. The allergens in the air, the sudden deep humid heat were contributing to my illnesses getting worse. I got fatter because I could not summon the energy to move. I always seem to gain weight when I am sick even if I am eating less-it's just what my body does.
As the pandemic happened, my sugar loving excellent baker of a husband was home all the time making me sweet homemade treats filled with sugar, honey and love. I got fatter still. I tried to exercise it off. I tried to garden it off. I tried. I knew getting big at this age was a very bad turn. He was gaining weight too but he has the sort of body that can hold it and he's a dozen years my junior.
In the summer 2020 we moved from Detroit to costal Washington. Immediately I felt better within a month. I was able to move. I was jumping in the ocean. I was swimming, walking everyday, dancing etc. I could breathe and I could sleep. But the weight I had gained wasn't going anywhere. I worried about diabetes, common in my genetic hertiage. I worried about cancer, which I have already had once and survived.
I didn't want to be one of those people who slides into later middle age with no muscle tone, letting their health and body go just because it was comfortable. I decided to research every aspect of nutrition available. Eventually, I found healthy keto. Not Atkins, not the acclaimed Mediterranean diet, or the Paelo approach. Strict clean keto. At first, I was resistant because of the framing of keto as a fad diet, and the massive propaganda against it, but I decided to try it anyway because it was the only thing I had not tried.
It took less than a month for my body to begin transforming. It took only 4 months for my body to lose all the weight I had gained. And far more importantly, I actually felt good, really good for the first time in years. My inflammation response was so much less, my migriane headaches were less, my soreness manageable, even my insect bites don't turn into saucer shaped welts anymore. My joints didn't howl as loudly when I danced around. I'm almost in the same shape as I was in at 37 years old the last time I remember feeling at least ok about my health. I'm 50 years old now and even my face looks younger, not kidding, though I've always looked less aged than many, my skin is glowing these days.
Keto worked, it's just that simple. My husband, supportive partner he is, went keto too. These days his body is like it was in his twenties and he feels much healthier too. Between us we've lost 90lbs of mostly visceral fat and become expert keto cooks along the way.
Eating more healthy fats and NO sugar was the answer for me.
Our blood pressures are healthy, perfect in fact, our hearts in great shape. My wings as I used to affectionally refer to my triceps are almost gone replaced with muscle.
You'll read a bunch of articles talking about how saturated fat is linked to breast cancer and heart disease with literally nothing to back up these claims. Usually it's some popular doctor or another quoting the usual dogma of suspiciously funded correlation studies, which newer science, more detailed empirical science, has debunked. In fact, keto has been shown to improve outcomes with breast cancer.
Being obese or extremely over weight and eating lots of sugar has, in fact, been linked to breast cancer and heart disease regardless what sort of fat you eat.
Many vegans are fond of pointing out how my diet is destroying the planet. I agree in some ways how our world has made food into commodity is contributing greatly to the destruction of the planet. ALL diets have an impact on the environment-vegan included. For evidence of this look at vegan staple foods and where they are being grown in far away places, as crops robbing the local areas of the limited water and resources. I grow much of my food or buy it from people near me who grow it, therefore lessening my carbon impact, but I don't pretend that I am saving the world. Being a seasonal locavore is about the best you can do when it comes to food systems impact on the planet.
The problem with being vegan in winter must be addressed. Where do all those foods, especially fruit come from when it is too cold grow food up here in the global north? Those fruits and out of season veg travel more than the average American will in their life time making their way to your plate, unless you just eat greens and nuts all winter which is kind of like a vegan KETO diet.
The other people who are seemingly annoyed by my keto enthusiasm are some plus sized readers/friends, not that many readers, just enough for me to need to address this.
I don't have body dysmorphia and I am not fat phobic. I was a bad ass striking witch when I was fatter than I am now, and I'm a badass striking witch now. I really don't understand why discussing my body openly and my perspective on my weight must be conflated with the unfair fat phobic troupes of modern life but in a world filled with overreactive social media outrage I can understand some misinterpretation. I am proud to say that many friends and readers have used my willingness openly show my progress and went healthy keto. We've lost over 700 lbs of visceral fat in the past 18 months.
Being obese undeniably causes health outcomes to be worse than if you aren't obese. That factual information shouldn't be considered "fat phobic" regardless how others weaponize this information. Genetics, illness, mental health and poverty are the overwhelming factors in obesity but diet has a link too. There are people who have too much visceral fat but are slender in appearance they also suffer worse outcomes with health.
I didn't put all the links studies possible to ketogenic approaches, and I did link some well written articles with links to studies on diet effects but I invite you, if you have interest, to make up your own mind using Google scholar search. READ THE SCIENCE
You should read any and all case studies with an open mind but also a critical mind. Science evolves when at its best. Studies can have a bias and usually that bias is based in sexism, racsim, corporate funding, or even occasionally the ego of the establishment.
After all, scientists are only just now acknowledging the clitorises of snakes, even though two of them have been on the serpent bodies all along.
I am presenting my anecdotal evidence of my life changing love affair with a ketogenic approach as just that, one person who is doing well. These past two years I learned a calorie is not a calorie, and I wish that was taught to everyone everywhere.
I will use keto as a tool for the rest of my life to guide my eating choices but I doubt I'll be "strict clean keto" forever, but I will always embrace intermittent fasting, low/no sugar consumption, exercise, getting decent sleep, and good mental health, as the key to long life and good health. My chronic illnesses are still there but with keto at least I can tolerate the pain and downturns.
Check out keto if you struggle with weight loss and obesity. In the meantime, let us all marvel at some beautiful death adder viper clit.
The Power of Nostalgia
12-6-22
I am dealing with an illness at the moment that prevents me for being active or doing much of anything at all so I've been allowing myself to be nostalgic to help feel better.
Nostalgia is an incredibly powerful tool that really does help me feel better about life even at very trying moments.
“Nostalgia makes us feel safe, loved and reminds us that others care about us,” Hepper said. One study found that waxing nostalgic can even make one feel physically warmer." Direct quote from a great article last year from the Washington Post you can find here.
I found video from my first gig with my band Sold Only As Curio while I had to remake our entire site from scratch this week due to escaping the expensive tyranny that is squarespace.
(Side note: Never ever use them. I do my own SEO now, I only pay for a domain. I use google sites for free and I literally relaunched our site in one hour from nothing which with squarespace would have taken hours or even days dealing with their crappy system.)
It was dark waxing crest sky on Halloween 2011 nearly midnight by the time this video was taken. Nate (that's my husband but he wasn't then) and Gregory and I were dressed as 19th century era ghost Oregonians leaning up against a stable grave stone monument lit by a flashlight- I'm hovering in the dark, as always.
My fingers were numb and fiddle refusing to stay in tune as the cold humid night progressed. We played "Cold Cold Hand" "6 Feet to Go" many spectators thought them to be tunes was from the historic era but are, in fact, originals which I take great pride in. We also played other appropriate "sad bastard songs" as I often characterize them and improvised a bunch of stuff.
The event was to raise money to help preserve and take care of the rather unique Lone Fir cemetery in Portland.
Actors portrayed scenes all around the graveyard of the lives of famous and infamous occupants. There were trained owls and conservationists there too. I got to pet several owls!
An adorable six year old girl dressed as a pink princess told me she hoped to return as violin ghost after she died. This after she made sure I knew she was six only yesterday. It was almost still her birthday she told me as we looked in awe at the owls. I asked the princess if she had a fiddle and I said she'd need to learn violin. The princess immediately started harassing her pleased mother to get a violin as they headed toward the owls.
It was a physical chore for me wandering about the cemetery in a corset and long trailing dress, a velvet frock coat and hat made up as dead musician as scores of people took the tour on a luckily rain free night. I was sick and anxious. And though I remember this night with near perfect clarity I feel primarily positive even though in actuality I was terrified due to stage fright, sick due to autoimmune disease, worried because I felt unworthy. I felt like I let people down.
But I got to pet an owl and a little girl wanted to play violin because she saw me and most importantly I got to support something I believe in. Here's another video I found about the event. The music in the beginning of this video is a recording someone made at the event combining my band during improv moments and the bagpiper who played at the other side of the graveyard to us during the tour.
It's us and I just found it. So I feel even more nostalgic.
Gratitude vs Thankfulness
11-24-22
Gratitude is not the same as thankfulness. It’s a peeve of mine that these two things are conflated so often. I used to think it was an intentional manipulation of religions to conflate the two things so people would be thankful for something rather than be in a state of gratitude. In religious practices if you are grateful you must thank some god or other. I say no. Gratitude does not need to involve thanking anyone or anything, though we often do. Thankful is an emotion. Gratitude is a state of being, regardless of circumstance.
These days I don't think religions are a dark cabal pushing the practices of gratitude away. I think very few people learn how to practice gratitude in their daily lives regardless of their spiritual life.
Thankfulness usually applies to things-stuff, money, resources, temporary happenings etc. A poor person will have a very different list about what they are thankful for versus a rich person.
True gratitude, doesn’t have an economic class experience level and it doesn’t need God or gods to come into the equation. The experience of true gratitude is universal. It applies people we love, situations we’ve lived through, family, friends, talent, pleasure or understood intense emotions, capacity, beauty, music, art, and nature. Gratitude doesn’t disappear when things are bad or just not as good. Thankful does.
Essentially, gratitude applies to things money can’t buy. Thankfulness is more self-centered and gratitude is more centered on others.
It’s on my mind, naturally, because today is American Thanksgiving. Millions of people around the country will get together and consume way too much food, watch sports, and hang out with their families (including members they don’t normally chose to be near and actually want avoid generally) and spend lots of time pretending to enjoy themselves. This is not to say no one enjoys themselves but often people have more fun at “orphan thanksgivings” without any family involved than with at their actual family gathering.
Tomorrow, dubbed Black Friday for many decades now, lots of Americans will hustle into crowded fluorescent lit box stores to consume even more. All weekend this mass festival of prescribed over consumption will abuse retail workers and service workers. The over taxed mothers and grandmothers around the country will barely be appreciated for all the cooking. Domestic abuse will rise incredibly high during this weekend- one of the worst weekends of the year for wife beating. It is also one of the deadliest times for car accidents.
Many people can’t really afford to buy all this food or the Xmas gifts particularly this year but they will because it’s what’s expected and they will go into debt to live up to this expectation.
Most people now know Thanksgiving is a colonial holiday based on a lie, a propaganda pushed by groups of religious people in cahoots with nationalists, and corporate interests to be taught in schools and revered in workplaces.
It was created officially during the civil war as propaganda for President Lincoln to gloss over having approved the mass execution of 38 Dakota men after the Dakota Uprising. It was the largest one day mass execution in American history and it happened the day after Christmas 1862. (Merry Christmas and good will toward men eh? Well, they must have meant “men” only as white settlers) The first official “Thanksgiving” was the following year in 1863 intentionally trying to instill the idea of the brotherhood of all men as propaganda during a time of slaughter.
In fact, one of the reasons the white supremacists are so against teaching the actual history and stories of Thanksgiving is it shows the brutal nature of European ancestors who really only brought disease, destruction and genocide to the indigenous peoples of North America. Then after stealing all of their land and committing genocide, politicians wanted to create a holiday with the myth of brotherhood under their god.
These days Thanksgiving is the American festival of over consumption. It’s something we Americans are known for around the world-over consumption.
Thanksgiving and Black Friday are linked for good reason it’s all about consuming and has almost nothing to do with gratitude.
I have to repeat here that being thankful applies to stuff, commodity, and reciprocity very often. And gratitude involves people and things money can’t buy. I think the entire approach of American Thanksgiving is oppositional to gratitude. Thanking someone or something like a person or a god isn’t the same as being grateful.
I don’t think most people understand the difference between gratitude and thankfulness. I suppose many people think it’s really a semantic argument I am making but it’s really not. Being thankful is mostly a good thing but not strictly necessary but gratitude is an essential thing regardless of your status in life.
Quite honestly some people don’t have much to be thankful for these days, just as certainly the Indigenous tribes of North America in the year “Thanksgiving” was created as a holiday didn’t have much to be thankful for either. It was some grand callous manipulative bullshit to conflate thankfulness and brotherhood of “the nation” to meaning the same thing as gratitude.
I am grateful for the indigenous people who lived here before me who took care of the land. I am grateful for the people who do it now and still struggle against colonial powers and corrupt corporate interests everyday like Joye Braun who recently passed away. I can be thankful for the things she did but I am grateful for her life-just as I am many of my loved ones who have passed.
Gratitude is important to practice everyday else we all slide into hedonic adaptation regardless of our situation in life. It’s being aware of what life is and recognizing it as a gift.
Imagine getting a four day work week and decent amounts of vacation and PTO you were allowed to take without worrying about losing your job. That would be something to really be thankful for! Thanksgiving is the corrupt corporate bone companies throw out to the overworked dogs that Americans have become. Thanksgiving is one of the few times Americans have time off work so naturally people get together. Thanksgiving and Xmas. That’s kind of it for the average American. If you are a retail employee or service employee you might not even get those scant days off.
Sure, some people make Thanksgiving a wonderful time for the whole family and bond and don’t go shopping. I’m sure those same people probably spend other days in the year doing similar things without a prescribed made up colonial holidays based in glossing over genocide.
I often fantasize what society would be like if families created their own traditions having absolutely nothing to do with consumption or prescribed activities. I imagine how marvelous it would be if we all just stopped being told how to celebrate our lives in a short dreary dark season of the year and instead went rogue and did it all the damn time. Smaller happier groups doing low pressure gatherings with the time off to do it. Getting to bond with the people you actually enjoy spending time with rather than your racist uncle or bigoted aunt. Spending good time in your community rather than hustling past your neighbors in a store while everyone looks at their phone and fights for items on sale.
I long for a day when people support good causes all year rather than “giving back” during the holiday season or donating because it makes people feel better about over consuming. I know some people already do that, and they give me hope which I am extremely grateful for.
So obviously, I don’t do the Thanksgiving thing. I tend to make feasts all year round when I can, not just a Thursday in November. I am usually fairly actively thankful for the things I have, it’s my default status. I probably annoy people showing off my thrift store finds and crazy clothes I gush about all the time. I love my fiddle and the fabulous sequin gowns shimmering my closet but I’d give them up in a hot second for someone I love.
I suspect my default status of being thankful for things is because I come from relative poverty. Having things I want to have is a recent development for me. People who have come from a place of real scarcity often deeply understand the difference between having something and cherishing it instead of just acquiring things to experience “retail therapy”or just buying things no one needs because they are on sale on Black Friday.
I practice proper gratitude regularly, daily if possible. I never think about items or stuff during these daily meditations. It’s about the people, always about people and once in a while a black stray cat. I think about how marvelous it is to have a talented clever person in my life who loves me that I completely trust who makes me laugh. I feel grateful for his very existence, but also the time we have already had and the time we have yet to experience. I am grateful for the hope and warmth our partnership brings into my life.
Thinking about the people I care about and their faces smiling literally makes my angst, grief, and anger dissipate instantly. It’s the best solution for depressive thoughts.
Importantly gratitude should not about “giving back” or any form of reciprocity. Though you should definitely be giving- it’s shouldn’t be as a response to being thankful. Giving should be because someone needs your help and you are able to give it or just because you want to give rather than take.
Gratitude is about being present, centered and aware of your place in existence enough to see the wonderful people in your life and the gift that being alive in the world at this moment really is for us humans. It’s about understanding how wonderful and unlikely life is and holding on to that specialness you experience without needing to thank anyone.
Gratitude involves centering your thoughts on the people in your life that mean something to you rather than centering your thoughts on yourself. Gratitude is never self centered but thankfulness often can be.
Center your thinking on the people you love and care about, picture them in your mind and be grateful they came into your life. That is gratitude practice simplified.
Gratitude can be about the potentials or capacity you have to draw, paint, sing, swim, dance, play music, write, laugh, play and your cleverness, your health, your body’s abilities and/or your understanding of existence. Gratitude can be about acknowledging the safety in which you live. It can be about nature and the universe. It can be about acknowledging your advantages.
But real gratitude isn’t about stuff or needing to thank anyone or anything.
I am grateful for my friends, my partner, and my chosen family and the wonder of experiencing life.
I am truly happy for everyone who actually enjoys Thanksgiving and the activities associated with it, but also I am exceedingly grateful I don’t to deal with Thanksgiving or the bullshit associated with it. I’m grateful for the interventions of critical thinking people that came early in my life and gave the courage to go against prescribed holidays without needing to ruin anyone else’s holiday.
However, I do have to write about it because that’s how I express dissent. Not with violence but with words which I am also grateful for having that capacity regardless of how long winded and wandering my thoughts may be on the subject.
We still have calendulas blooming on Thanksgiving!
Paradoxical Intention for an Intentional Paradoxical World
11-5-22
We live in a world with a system designed as an intentional paradox. Be good, be honest, be humble, work hard and you’ll be rewarded.
Be good: defined by an antiquated set of rules designed by men and passed on for thousands of years by other rich men that did not seek women for advice, or the advice of anyone who is not like them.
Be honest: However, if you are truly honest the chances you’ll do well at a job or have many friends is quite low.
Be humble: However, if you don’t market yourself you’ll never get anywhere in life
Work hard: defined by people asking you to work for them, who also want to be the people who define how much that work is worth -no other work will be valued including things like being a parent, an artist, a caregiver, or even a good citizen.
And the reward comes after you die-explained by the people who brought you how to be good.
Often becoming successful, especially wildly successful, as defined in the modern era requires a person to do the opposite of be good, be humble, work hard. It requires a lack of humility or being humble. It requires manipulating other people. It requires being selfish with your resources. It requires participation in a totally unjust system designed to enrich the worst people in the world. It requires the opposite of the myths taught to us in childhood.
I think about this a lot when I feel alone in the world but full of love for my fellow humans.
Of course we’re all struggling. We’re playing generations long game of pretending everything is ok so no one will get mad at us or hurt us like abused children do in terrible families. We are a society designed by extremely abusive parents whose children are so afraid they carry on doing everything they are told like one big happy family when the truth is they are suffering beyond measure. So naturally the whole world has anxiety.
I think about this a lot when children rebel and I feel pride toward them. I think about this a lot when my friends get fired and I rejoice just as I do when someone I know finally becomes at long last godless. I think about this when I see homeless people struggling and feel a surge of anger at the turd millionaire buying all the empty property in our area. I think about this when I see my friends who are artists, musicians, dancers and writers give up and feel a profound sadness. I think about this when I hear a friend say “I’m just a mother” or “I’m not that good” or “I think I have imposter syndrome.”
But most of all I think about this all the time in the context of mental illness.
Is it mental illness if you don't want to accept a world that requires such a false ideology to be accepted as fact and requires a person to fake their way through life?
I think I was gifted by my autism sometimes because it comes with an over amplified dose of daily anxiety which is connected to very serious attachment to justice and honesty. I have spent all of my life dealing with some severe forms of anxiety in addition to the general underlying amount of it that is caused by living in this fucked up world. I had to figure out how to survive the system we live in very early in life with a perspective from an early age that it really didn't apply to me that I would never be accepted or rewarded. I recognized early on that the truths I felt about life were not acknowledged by the world at large and might never be acknowledged in my lifetime.
I started expecting my own failures and decided to embrace them spectacularly many years ago as I mentioned in my very first blog on this site. It helped me lessen my fears and phobias enormously. I have extreme stage fright. Yet I've played thousands of shows in my life. I don't like large groups yet I can often be found in a large group. I have had chronic insomnia my entire life yet I am not worried sleeping enough anymore. I fear having leadership positions yet I organize groups to participate often having to lead them.
Recently I have been reading a lot about the concept of paradoxical intention as a form of therapy- actually I first read about it when I decided to look up the term “intentional paradox” since I am writing a book about my experiences.
Paradoxical intention is what I’ve instinctually done to be able to function these past 40 years of life. Some of Viktor Frankl's logotherapy is really relevant to everyone's life in western society especially in learning to navigate the broken system in the world.
Paradoxical intention is like a form of witchcraft much like glamour. Some people would say it's like "fake it till you make it" but actually it's more like "expect not to make it and trick your emotions and behavior rather than using willpower" till you make it.
If you find yourself unsuccessful in this modern world it’s most likely you’re a good person who is honest and works hard and wants to do the right thing. Be proud of this “lack of success" but if you want to feel successful in world designed to be an intentional paradox use the ideas of paradoxical intention to help you get through.
Pretending in life is required. I pretend life is like the Powerball- you don't buy a ticket expecting to win, you expect to lose and it doesn't destroy you or cause any really pain to lose because you expected it and prepared for failure and someone somewhere in the world did win and cheers to them. I don't have resentment for them and usually I never think about them again.
You can use the potential of winning to fantasize about big things but also to recognize what you already have in life that money can not buy namely- love, goodness, cleverness, and humbleness.
Am I saying your anxiety or fears can be cured? No, of course not- but those fears and anxiety don't have to ruin your life or even run your life. Just like you are not likely to win the Powerball, you are not likely to completely cure your anxiety or fear.
Just as I will always have intense stage fright but I can play music or dance in front of thousands of people. Am I good always? Um, no usually I am not very good but passable at best yet I do it because I get to make original music with people which is my motivation behind even trying. Do I play better alone, oh heavens yes, but I want to play music with others so I trick myself into getting on stage.
I expect to fail to deliver the performance I wish I could at most shows and sometimes I am surprised I don't fail. I have had a few precious moments in my life where I delivered a great performance and felt it at that moment. For me those moments are success in life.
May we all be successful a tricking ourselves in to living well in this paradoxical life. And you bet I'm still getting a powerball ticket today, because crazy unbelievable things happen all the time to me, so why not that too. If I win you'll be the first to know.
Me up on stage in Detroit on a day I was sure I couldn't do it.
Not for Sale
10-27-22
Not everything and everyone is for sale regardless of all the messages online and in the media saying otherwise.
After a very revealing early morning discussion I have come to the conclusion that less informed people enjoy being sold something literally in every aspect of their life. Or perhaps I should be more explicit about my meaning-stupid people will buy anything. Any idea, any product, any lie as long as the person selling it to them is charismatic or entertaining.
It explains the popularity of religion because rather than acknowledging no one knows for sure what happens to us when we die religion offers a comforting entity, a God, or savior sold to people with compelling all knowing answers about life. Religions often require a decided lack of critical thinking.
These people being less aware and stupider explains why celebrities are worshipped. It explains why capitalism rules the world. It explains why people confuse having the choice of products with actually having freedom and democracy. Having lots of things to chose from isn't so great if most of the things kind of suck. Those choices are a distraction from what is really happening in the world. It's easy to distract people who don't actual have a depth of understanding.
Marketing and religion live in the same part of our brains. In fact, I suggest religions claiming to have the answers to everything prime people for being good little consumers who don't question what they are being sold.
Being informed hurts. The more informed the more it can hurt especially in a world full of people who will callously ignore real suffering while crying about their problems which are almost entirely self created. The voice of people without many actual problems seem to complain the loudest. They spend their days constantly consuming while bitching about issues the system their constant consumption created is causing.
Now after more than a dozen years of constant social media around the world with an algorithm bias toward these complainers and controversy over community, especially created unimportant controversy- the world seems a dim dark place. People are making themselves into a brand. Often their posts online are like ads. It's pretty disgusting. In the digital world the bullshit always floats to the top.
Empty vain people enjoy selling things to everyone regardless of how wrong it might me. They like being seen as having the answers. They like the attention. But now in order to make a living many people have to craft a self image online rather than having who they actually are represented. People must do it either to get a proper job and/or to get people to buy their art, writing or music.
And of course, the darkest turn is the branding and genrefication of actual personality for sale.
I've been advised to do this- to improve "my brand." Actual people I know in real life have said this to me. I consider brands of any kind to be attached to forms of slavery. And while the physical branding of slaves in our horrid dark history is so much worse than what I refer to in this post- branding is about ownership and often about being owned by someone else.
I can't stand ads of any kind or commercials or people behaving like commodities even if there is an unfortunate need to do it at times in the fucked up world we live in. It is disturbing to me.
Critical thinking in not really rewarded in our current society. Being a gas bag, a ridiculing clown, a violent misogynist, and being vain and empty as long as you are beautiful are rewarded. People receiving attention often have to equivalent of a bad morning radio personality from the 90s.
I can't believe there are people who still argue about these facts:
People aren't putting drugs in candy and handing it out for Halloween.
Inflation isn't the president's fault.
The presidential election wasn't stolen.
No one is trying to replace white people.
Climate Change is real and the biggest danger we face on our modern world.
Vaccines don't cause autism.
Some of us aren't for sale and we usually we are less susceptible to marketing. In short, we aren't as stupid as people who are susceptible. I am proud to be an authentic self and I don't feel like I need to sell that self to anyone. I deactivated my existing twitter accounts now that a billionaire butthole owns it.
I am so sick of pretentious people online and the bleed over into real life. It doesn't matter to me how great that photo looks, or even no matter how "clever" or witty someone seems most of online life is false and feels empty.
How much time do these people spend trying to look like something they are not? Are they kind? Are they caring? Do they believe in helping others?
The people I respect most in my life don't sell things including themselves and they don't spend their consuming things most of the time. They are focused on critical thinking, creating, loving, and sharing.
I've been spoiled by being lucky to have most of the important people in my life being marvelously not for sale.
The only time I really enjoy being something I'm not is this week- Halloweek. Everyday I like to imagine being another creature of fantasy, a spooky dark version of myself or even a silly self.
Happy Halloween in advance. And cheers to everyone out there who can proudly say they too are
NOT FOR SALE.
The Power of Romance and Love
10-14-22
I recently wrote a fictional memoir full length novel which at its core could be described as romantic yet I hesitate for this to be the label slapped upon my work. It's one of the most honest and greatest things I've written. It's the book I wish I had read as younger woman. I am proud of the work yet I feel a dark shadow in my mind at the idea it will be dismissed because it centers on romantic relationships not violence.
I often wonder at our cultural tendency to belittle the power of romance and love. In storytelling, in art, in music, and even in our own lives we’ve been socially conditioned to be embarrassed by having an enthusiasm for romance and love.
If you want to be taken seriously making a series, a book, art, a poem, a movie about love is the surest way in the western world to be dismissed entirely at least from the standpoint of critical acclaim. Sex and tragedy- that’s completely acceptable and deserving of high praise among serious critics- not so with the power of love and romance. Even though the motivation for transforming our lives is almost always connected to love, the art centered on the joy of love, the beauty of romance, the universal need for love is considered immature and/or not serious enough to merit time in our lives.
Thousands of series, movies and books are critically raved about that all focus on dead bodies, war, violence, crimes and tragedy that few people genuinely experience in the ways portrayed on a screen or in hero driven stories. These tragic heroes and admiral villain characters live out dark bits of trauma in each episode or novel with very little mention of love or romance except as motivations for murder and manipulation or as a piece of weakness of character rather than the enduring strength of love. Horror, mystery, tragedy, even comedy get respect but romance and love have to work hard to win over critics or be taken seriously.
There is a level of sexism at play, naturally, because liking, or seeking stories of romance is seen as a silly woman thing. Or at least that’s what we are taught to think.
There is also an element of antiquated small minded religious moralism that keeps romance put in its lowered place based in religious influences. Those influences attempt to connect having a family with the main reasoning for wanting love or romance and any other motivation as being sinful or degenerate. These strict versions of acceptable romance are most often heterosexual and nearly always monogamous. In reality, having a family is just one of many romantic motivations and very often not the first. And importantly monogamy and life long love in monogamy is actually quite rare.
While endless depictions of violence, hatred and pain are portrayed on screen and in novels stories of women and men behaving as real women and men might in romantic situations, rather than hallmark moments or pornography, are hard to find.
I can’t help wondering if having few respected romantic heroes in our cultural lexicons but plenty of “solve everything by violence” characters glorifying gun violence is not only a reflection of who we are as a culture, but also who we become from not respecting the elemental power of love in our storytelling.
To diminish the power of love in storytelling do we not diminish its power in our lives? By giving no fictional mentors showing the strength of love and compassion or the rewards of romance do we as a culture not create a world with less reasons to seek these amazing aspects of life? For surely if something so great as these incredible romances really existed people would tell those stories.
So this month in honor of great love stories in art and music I am celebrating the 21 years of Jean-Pierre Jeunet's "Amelie." At twenty one years old the film is old enough to drink now so I suggest settling down with a decent scotch or glass of wine and watching the gorgeous magical romance, one of the greatest romantic films I have had the joy to experience.
Early on critics trashed the movie. Gilles Jacob one of the selector's at Cannes Film Festival that year described it as "uninteresting" and many people I knew passed on the film saying they had heard it wasn't as good as Jeunet's serious work "City of Lost Children" or "Delicatessen"
This film came to me at a magical time in my life. And every time I watch it or hear Yann Tiersen's compelling soundtrack I feel an echo of that magic still. I can honestly say that very few movies have the grip on me that "Amelie" does. Yet openly speaking about how much I love the film has been used to ridicule me and many others.
Powerful creative and compelling love is all around us. The stories I am eager to hear and create center on this sort of love.
There are some notable modern exceptions to the rule of romantic stories being dismissed such as Phoebe Waller-Bridge's excellent "Fleabag." Yet even though Waller-Bridge's work is entirely a story about the power of love, feelings of loss, and pursuit of romance it is classified as comedy, which I can't blame anyone for avoiding the romance label as a genre or the dreaded "romcom" because it's tantamount to being called a bit of fluff in the creative critical world.
I sincerely hope our world becomes more filled with lurid love tales and pursuits of happiness along with marvelous stories about romance in all aspects of life. I think we all need a bit more of it in our daily lives.
Real Solidarity During War Times
9-22-22
Lately I've noticed a narrowing of solidarity. Solidarity of working peoples can only succeed if we all bond together. I know many of my blog posts have centered on this topic in various ways but people seem to be experiencing a disconnect between their actions and the real world, not the narrative created by market forces.
The term "call to action" has lost all meaning among the endless shouts for help in a world being consumed by desperation.
Preparation is a better call right now. Particularly, for those of us who are able to have a nice cup of coffee in the morning without worrying about what we have to eat today. Prepare and show solidarity internationally. Don't listen to the media down playing the real threats of nuclear war, disease, and climate catastrophe.
Many of us lately have turned away from even keeping track because it overwhelms the average person. Kind passive people living in the US, Europe, Canada, and the UK are turning away from being informed. It's too painful to be actually aware.
We are treating people who are suffering around the world like a rape victims who finally cry out for help despite the shame for from being assaulted but we don't want to believe or know about it. We don't want it to be true. So we the victimizers are not held accountable. And the victims ignored.
I personally know comfortable passive people in all these places. I love them, and I know they care- but don't know what to do or how to help.
Some of us are even buying into the narrative that all is well. I get it, it feels good to believe everything's going to be ok now that Trump isn't in power- but it's really not the best idea right now.
Think of the people in Pompeii who didn't realize what the rumbling meant, who saw the smoke but it was too late to run by then.
We are currently in World War III. Writing that means I'm inviting ridicule but I don't care anymore.
This new world war making the world more incredibly unstable during a pandemic, a world wide famine, and climate change fueled insane weather disasters. The Oil World War that has been going on for the past 30 years is easier to deny than the bombing and death in Ukraine. Honestly, people just didn't give a damn about the killing of millions of Arabs, muslims, and non white people. The current aligning of world powers against each other is an even darker turn.
World War II wasn't called a world war for years, and neither was World War I. "World Crisis" Or "European War" was the term until well after millions were affected and 500k people had died.
The doubling down of the lunatic Putin to regain autocratic empire via violent killing and bombing in his push toward the potentially worst war in human history. It's underway regardless of how the media is framing it.
Eventually, just like they downplayed inflation, just like they downplayed the healthcare crisis, and just like they downplayed a majority of climate change, the undeniable reality of world war will have to be faced even for Western mainstream media.
300,000 people in Russia, who for the most don't want to fight either, will be compelled to fight in this war.. Putin's got 25 million people to force this slaughter or so he says, and he doesn't get a damn if they die.
It's why many people are actually fleeing Russia today before they aren't able to escape. These Russians don't want to leave their homes anymore than I do but they realize what is happening even if our world is in denial.
With the backdrop of world war, I must mention the massive irresponsible behavior of the Fed and our government in general with this current situation. This is not the time to escalate troubles- especially financially. Desperate people will do desperate things.
Jerome Powell pushing for more multiple interest rate increases (after the fed has behaved irresponsibly 15 years by not raising it when they should have) will make the recession we are actually in already, far worse. It's happening in the rest of the world too because of our fed's behavior.
Unemployment will rise. Poverty will rise. $7.25 isn't worth what $5 was last year.
Housing prices will go down with the rise of interests rates many say.
Really that won't make a big difference because the problem in the housing market is caused by cash buying mega companies- not ordinary people who need to borrow money for a house.
Sure less people will buy now, but more cash buying companies will scoop up even more property just as they did in 2008. They will sit on the houses and property for years, sometimes decades in some places and then destroy entire town's economies.
Families won't have houses or options to buy or even rent a home they can afford and the homeless population will grow even more than explosion of the past 7 years.
How people haven't connected the fact that Trump's empire and influence was built on shady real estate deals combined with manipulating religious extremists is beyond me. I'm glad Letitia James has. The entire country is being destroyed by his sort of businessman, really the entire world.
Denying we're already in a recession is like denying the pandemic is still killing people. Politicians keep denying facts in hope the population don't have access or to ability to translate the data.
Increasing the interest rate during a recession is a bad fucking idea. Really using all the old tricks of economy of empire of the past on an economy that doesn't actually work like that anymore is the problem.
People always use comparisons to The Great Depression and other parts of history saying how it's not that bad now. It is worse than the great depression for some people in the US right now. Over 500k people are homeless officially but many estimates have that number much higher closer to 1.5 million people.
During The Great Depression millions of people were homeless. It would only take one major event to put us there again in an instant. Hoovervilles of that age could be translated to the huge homeless camps of today.
Yet people look at those photos from the past with sympathy and sorrow but will walk by the same thing today in their city with disdain and anger at the unhoused as if they are not the same thing.
How many tents on the sidewalk do we need to see? How many empty houses while poor people sleep in a yard or in a car do we need to see to declare this what it is?
What would you do if you could go back in time and help those sad victimized poor people back in the 30's- well guess what NOW is your chance to help the same people today.
You need to be worried about what is happening and you need to act not by becoming a doomsday prepper but by becoming reconnected with your community after the pandemic instead of staying in your comfortable bubble of life.
History can teach us many things but actual moment of now is unique. Life could be end up being far worse than the depression in the US. We don't have a Roosevelt, and there are many nuclear issues all over the world and many more troubles such as intense climate change issues that could make life far worse.
The entire concept of a "soft landing" economically is bullshit. It's only happened once in the mid 90's and that "soft" part only applies part of the populations.
If you're not an investor or multiple property owner it doesn't apply to you. Powell is not talking about real working class people he's talking about investors- often the people who are incentivized toss people in the street for money.
The fed is engaging in magical capitalist empire thinking in a world they no longer control.
My dear passive kind friends should not be engaging in this same false magical thinking. It won't work this time.
Be an informed realist who gives daily space for gratitude and using magical thinking in our personal lives or creative lives is perfectly lovely but magical thinking in the financial systems and world issues is not wise, it's dangerous.
Currently working people have a slight advantage- less workers exist than demand for workers. If the "economy" slows before the minimum wage is raised to a livable wage by this time next year millions more will fall into desperate poverty. Millions.
If you are sitting there in your comfortable life thinking- "Well it's a shame but I'm doing ok I can't be thinking about that right now."
I understand! I want you to enjoy this fall weather, to be hopeful, to be happy. But also:
I am asking you to prepare for coming dark times that will effect people you know even if you make it through safely.
People in your town, in your apartment complex, in your family will not make it without your help. Reach out. Make this harvest time a time of kindness and generosity of concern and care.
Help care for those around you especially those who aren't desperate yet but will be soon and please realize you could be there in a flash and most of us don't know how to ask for help because it's been stigmatized severely.
Preventing desperation is the best way to stop disaster.
You are safe and comfortable- that's awesome! Help others get there too. I am always writing about this but I think people just input bad news and walk away from ideas to change things.
You don't need to walk the streets in protests (but do please) You should not cross a picket line EVER. You must vote, you must do "all the things" but really you should help connect people with resources and connect with real people in your daily life not online connections which are causing a disconnect in communities.
You are in a good job- help other people get one actively help reach out since asking for help is hard. I have so many low income friends who are struggling because they can't seem to even get seen by jobs they apply for because people don't really seem to refer each other anymore.
A leg up is all people need. But they don't know who ask for help and/or embarrassed to ask.
Please remember many of the people sleeping in the streets, fleeing their countries as refugees, living through floods and fires, and getting desperately ill thought it couldn't happen to them.
Don't take what I'm saying as a call to be afraid. Take it as a call for more solidarity.
Stay informed. Help each other. Vote against conservatives.
Buy stuff from your friends' businesses, services, and support artists you know, heck even yard sales from local families, help people directly not via some charitable cause. Give things away to others directly without making them feel ashamed. Take the marketization of your compassion as the insult it is and walk away from big charity and the tax evasion of billionaire philanthrocapitalism.
Have a fire and flood bag, have stored clean water, realize no one is beyond the reach of the current troubles. Become aware of the emergency preparedness in your community.
Winter is coming. And it might just the darkest one in generations.
Sea Change
9-15-22
There is a sea change happening.
Literal Nazis, on the rise in Europe winning elections in Sweden and Italy.
The actual establishment of the political parties that won are literally connected to the actual Nazi party.
How did they win? The exact same way the Trumpists do- by pretending that all the problems in the world are caused by immigrants and refugees particularly brown and black people.
For everyone out there who thinks that it's drastic to call these people and indeed some of our elected officials, Nazis you really need to read more about it.
With Viktor Orbán already an existing Nazi in power in Hungary, also a major friend to American conservatives- that's three European countries with actual full on Nazis in power or on the way there.
Russia is being led by a fascist, Putin too, and he's pretending to be "fighting nazis." while jailing and torturing people and killing people for his push to empire.
China has been committing genocide on the Uyghurs population for years now.
Brazil is being led by a fascist also, Bolsonaro.
What they all have in common is propaganda based around religious extremism or extremist ideology of another sort but really it's about empire.
Ultimately the label doesn't matter Nazi, fascist, Republican, Neoliberal, Christian Nationalist, Hindu fascist, Lehava, Taliban-not a fully inclusive list of extremists.
It's all the same thing.
The playbook for these people is make poor people desperate so they can enslave them, make women property, demonize people who are different, instill racism and the ideas of colonial empire, and accuse others of what they are actually doing- destroying the lives of everyone around them.
These terrible people exist in every country. In your town, in your neighborhood. But those who care and would do good for each other out number them a hundredfold.
History does repeat itself but usually it's worse the second time around, and multiplies with each replaying of tragic consequences.
Most of the truly tragic things that have happened in human history happened because good comfortable people didn't think it could happen and they allowed it to get to a breaking point and then catastrophe, disaster, war, and holocaust follow.
I know it's hard to keep track, be informed and to know what to do without feeling hopeless.
There is a sea change happening.
Right now we're hovering on the brink.
Just remember the autocrats and extremists are trying so hard to gain more power again because they feel the rise of the freed working person, the rise of the free thinker, of the freed mind, the freed woman.
They've been trying to destroy us for so long.
They know we can defeat them. So they are hoping to dissuade us all from even realizing there is a battle.
But these days everyone feels it. It's just a matter of deciding how to act on these feelings. It's really time to pick a side. Are you actively going to resist? Or are you going to be part of the problem either by being passive or by supporting fascism?
Working people and people who are not defined by the rules of prescribed religion, and people who just want to be allowed to make their own choices in their life are gaining momentum.
It's why they are trying to knock us down.
We need to stand together against them, regardless of our differences. Often called marginalized groups if all of us banded together we would out number them.
Then if the people who are just not assholes but who aren't considered marginalized groups stood with us- we would easily defeat fascism.
There's an ocean of us. We need to make more waves.
The sea change is happening but who will drown in it?
It's the comfortable people I'm trying to talk to- to beg to get involved. You need to do more than just vote or chat about stuff. Poor and desperate people who can't do more- they need YOU to be more active.
The literal world is at stake.
Voting against fascism is just one thing you must do. Don't give any of your energy or time to these types people anymore. Shun them.
Don't patronize their businesses and tell them why. I don't care if it's a local business. If you have money use it wisely.
STOP bitching about your taxes- just make sure they are directed toward the right things.
QUIT blaming the homeless for all the problems in the city-learn what you can do help these people quit worrying about your fucking property values in comparison with someone who needs to sleep in the street.
HELP those who are struggling whenever you can in little ways everyday. Encouraging someone doesn't cost anything. Do it everyday. Do it online, do it in person. Support other people's creative output, other people's courage and kindness.
STOP being shy with your compliments and your enthusiasm for love and kindness. Use the energy you would to use refute or get angry instead to lift up someone.
STOP blindly participating in consumer culture.
START actively connecting with those people who need us to be more involved.
Spread the message of what is at stake but also more importantly of what those who are doing goods things need to help in this fight.
Talk about policies and ideas that are good ones not just the terrible things being done. Things that make our lives better based in love and creativity. Most problems have existing solutions.
Too much of modern life is reactive fear based behavior which propels us all further into the thinking that leaves us susceptible to the horrid propaganda of extremists.
Too many of our lives are governed like a stupid social media algorithm designed to elevate controversy and fear but not solutions or love.
This morning I feel the sea change.
I just hope we're all heading the right direction.
50 Years Young
8-12-22
I’m turning 50 years old this month. Well, at least, I hope I do. So this post is what turning the big 50 is making me think and feel. It's a rambler but I will indulge myself and allow the longwinded essay since I'm officially old now:
Lots of people dread getting older, but I couldn’t be more thrilled to have made it this far. My anticipation for turning fifty at long last is, I am sure, a bit annoying to those near to me because I talk about it so often. I have been informed by every women's magazine and internet source I should dread being fifty because it means I'm really considered old now, like undeniably old. I say- marvelous! At long last I am an Elder.
What most people don’t understand about my excitement comes from the iron clad belief I had about dying young. I never really believed I would live this long, as in truly I was sure I would die. It wasn't just the usual thing a twenty-something year old thinks when they are self destructive. I believed my death due to illness, homicide, or unhappy accident was far more than likely long before I made it to this milestone. I had plenty of evidence to come to that doomed conclusion. And to be fair to my assumptions and my paranoia I have flatlined several times, been told I wouldn’t live this long by multiple doctors, four attempts have been made on my life, and I’ve been in three car accidents.
I'm glossing over the crazier stuff because Death has hovered by me many times but this post isn't about him.
And now just over a fortnight from the big milestone I have covid. And so rather than planning to celebrate my upcoming birthday my paranoia about dying is there, a familiar friend darkly waiting in the corner to jump out on my moments of happiness and comfort to remind me that being comfortable is for other people.
I had a rough start physically in life as well as a troubled extremely abusive family life that caused many years of my life to be spent unlearning the terrible things instilled in me by my parents as well as many of the adults around me. I came from one of the most toxic cultures humankind has ever created. I come from “God and Gun Country” land in rural mountain North Carolina.
I could very easily write an entire book about how I overcame trauma and unlearned abusive tactics meant to destroy me. Perhaps someday I will, but this post is my first addressing the poison of my early life directly. It's personal to me and therefore so much harder to write about for an audience unfamiliar with my background. I'm so used to not being listened to or believed I have admittedly internalized the message "no one cares about or believes you" more than I would like to admit.
I’ve always been afraid to write about the abuses that happened to me in my youth because those abusers would feel compelled to defend their actions, to call me a liar, or to make my life more difficult again as they enjoyed doing when I was young. Or even worse some people would get off on the descriptions of violence and rape and reenact those things on someone else.
Luckily, no one really reads blogs and if they do it's because the writer spends far too much time promoting the blog, which as my readers know isn't my inclination. I'm thankful for the feedback I get from readers but it plays almost no role in why I write. It’s been a long time since I have had contact with any of these destructive people from my past but I know some of them keep tabs on me and are invested in the truth not being told publicly. Hopefully this flies under their hateful radar because I am no longer continuing the silence. I am, in fact, working on that book because I decided it was selfish of me to keep how I survived all the challenges I have survived and the adventures I've had to myself when others could benefit from my experience or at least be entertained by my perspective.
As a child I was regularly beaten with slaps, with long stinging hickory switches, and lashed with leather belts. Even though emotional abuse was far worse than the beatings it has taken me until this year of my life to be able to actually wear a belt of my own or see a belt on someone and not immediately be transported back to being a small child seeing a belt from below hearing the clink and swish sound of its removal and becoming sweaty with fear and anxiety while bracing for the pain.
Our school had corporal punishment too. Paddling they called it back then. I used to actually laugh off paddlings since it didn’t compare to the pain of the beatings I got at home. My paddlings were usually for acting out the very same behavior I saw in adults or for questioning things concerning End Times Christian world doctrine I was being taught.
“Why if we are already saved do we need to be good?” I’d asked, because I was told once your “saved” your “saved.” “If the end of time is coming and God already knows who is going to heaven why do we have missionaries?” I asked. “Who was Cain’s wife?” “Why didn’t God mention dinosaurs?” as well as many other annoying curious questions about contradictions. I was regularly told my faith was not strong enough or I wouldn’t have such questions.
Questioning God was a sure sign I was not “right with God”and a sinner. I was told I needed to stop reading so much. It was toxic to my emotional development that I actually believed something about me was not “right with God." Men looked at my young body because I was evil temptation I was told. Perhaps even worse than the abuse I received at home was being told I deserved those beatings and the abuse too for being so wicked when I told a preacher about the troubles I had. The poison of self loathing flowed in my veins from a young age because I simply could not stop being curious or asking questions and was reliably informed that I deserved to be tortured because of this. I still apologize sometimes for being curious.
That toxic cultural influence of not questioning and blindly following an extremist Christian doctrine has managed to seep like PFAS, the forever chemical, into every aspect of American life. It rains down on us all whether or not we want to participate in the delusions of Christofascists. It has been my enemy since the first day I was able to make independent decisions regarding my own life. It has been very disturbing to me over the past decade or so to see such a rise in power of these cruel assholes.
Other friends from my youth who also managed to escape our terrible upbringing often wonder why everyone else is so surprised by the lunatic end times Christians doing exactly the horrible things they advocate for everyday in American politics.
We are not surprised by the existence of elected nut jobs like Marjorie Taylor Greene or the idiot Lauren Boebert. Most of us expected things to get worse after Trump actually won because the Democrats didn’t run someone people could actually believe in and vote for rather than vote against something- but instead chose Hillary Clinton. We knew this would lead to the rise of this world of science deniers and delusional followers. We, my fellow survivors and I, have been trying to tell our liberal friends and extended families we've married into about this for decades.
I think we understand these End Times Christian Republicans from a perspective that perhaps most of the country does not. They were our earliest oppressors. They were our abusers. Even if some of my friends from my childhood had loving parents they also recognize the poison, hateful status quo of the culture where we grew up. The worst part for most of us is that now, still after all this time, it is exactly the same there as when we were young impressionable children.
I see evidence of the captives stuck in this culture everyday in my facebook feed. Young people, especially women submitting to stupidity and senseless violence against their own souls. Begging God for help by praying while actively voting against their own rights. Watching them accept or even embrace this madness causes a deep sadness in me and a reminder.
That could have been you- that would have been you- a voice murmurs in the back of my mind.
I was raised to believe I was less valuable as a human being because I was female. That my value would only exist as an obedient daughter, as a wife, and most importantly as a mother. The church I was forced to go to pushed these beliefs hard. The public school I attended had teachers who often reminded me “I was only a girl.”
I was raised to believe gay people were "of the devil." I was taught that black people were the “mud people," that Jews had betrayed God, and that women who wanted sex were whores.
The minister at our church would often use the word “nigger” at social functions when referring to one of the local women who had married a black fellow. The entire existence of women was to be a “helpmate” to men but that apparently didn’t extend to black men.
I remember my brother, age five, shouting happily because the power meter reading guy was black “There’s a nigger in the yard. Nigger!” And my mother pulled him away from the window and apologized to the guy. He just carried on doing his job, but I saw the look on his face. I hope no one ever looks at me like that.
My mother smacked my brother hard across his face and told him to never say that to someone in public or she would "smack the shit out of him." He was so confused because he had heard her use the word "nigger" countless times and even when she referred to a candy he loved- little chocolate drops with white nougat inside as “nigger toes.” I think he was just amazed to see his first black person and of course, he didn’t realize my mother was a racist using slurs and bad words to refer to an entire group of people. My brother thought he was seeing a magical creature. That was the day I realized my mother was a racist and that the “n” word was as terrible as my second grade teacher had told us it was the year before.
That teacher is why I am such a vocal supporter of the 1619 project being taught in schools. If she had not given the class a lesson on slavery when I was in the second grade maybe I too would be a full on racist hate monger these days. It’s also why these Christian groups all over America are putting money and energy into banning books about accurate history as well as condemning anyone teaching anything that doesn’t paint colonialism as good and gay as bad. Their attack on teaching history is so they can continue to instill racism, sexism and bigotry into young children. If they don’t their congregation will continue to shrink. Their entire belief system relies on white supremacy and bigotry. They are state sanctioned terror groups in places like North Carolina, Georgia, Florida, and Texas and many other bible belt states.
I also learned very quickly the public face my mother and the face church people showed the world was very different than the private behind closed doors conversations with sexist, racists and bigoted commentary they had daily when they thought no one who would be offended was there. This taught me they knew some people believed they were wrong. I decided wanted to know those people. What else did those people know?
Over the years I paid close attention to how defenders of girls in school, and the people who defended black people, Mexicans, and gays in our community were attacked by people like my mother- herself an immigrant. Often people in power- those who held office, cops, or people who had bigger businesses would target them or exclude them from opportunity. It wasn’t only people of color who were targeted but that was a big focus of the cops.
Those cops targeted artists, punks and goths too, but they really liked to torture the “spicks, niggers and queers” as I was once told by a local cop- gay or gay presenting men were not to be trusted because “God says it’s wrong and it’s just disgusting. It's important to beat some manhood back into them."
These days people do this sort of disturbing commenting on social media with seemingly little shame or fear of reprisal. They post videos of themselves harassing people in Target for buying rainbow Pride T-shirts and tell everyone they are going to hell and becoming satanic and someone else turns it into "content." They are just out there proudly being total nasty hate filled bigots proud of their ability to hinder other people's access to love and a healthy life with choices and freedom.
As a young person I knew something about me was different. I thought these “queer” men were interesting and kind. They were clean for one thing- a big plus to my obsessive young mind. These odd fellows had lots of interesting conversations I overheard. They seemed to be secret mystery group that everyone one knew but no one talked about. They laughed more than the normal men too. Importantly, they never tried to touch me in weird ways like all the men at the church who stared at my young breasts and grabbed me or rubbed themselves against me when hugging me. I loathed hugging because of these men- and I still do. My family didn't hug me for the most part so the first types of hugs I had were creepy sexual ones.
I knew people often considered my strangeness to be demon based- they told me so in Sunday school more than once. I liked unique things and dark things. I liked science. I liked “queer” things.
I had a dark painful life. I know I was only trying to find beauty while deeply in pain in childhood but it definitely sealed my fate as having “otherness” something I cherish now but was strongly impressed upon to hide, to suppress and even stamp out utterly by well meaning but misguided teachers.
I asked questions, too many questions. If something wasn’t logical I protested. If someone was lying about something they said previously I was too socially inept to realize I should stay quiet. I cared more about the truth than the pain of losing friends over lies. My autism was on display all along, but as a girl, well, that just wasn’t possible. Girls didn't have autism then. Girls weren't smart either. I learned to pretend to be much less intelligent to get along at jobs and in school.
I thought black people and the migrants that worked the orchards and fields in our county were absolutely beautiful and fascinating. I thought women were also more interesting to look at compared to men. I didn’t realize it was a sexuality because when I later found men appealing too I assumed I was straight-until my first sexual encounter with a woman.
I left North Carolina and never returned because I felt it would be like visiting the grave of my childhood if I did. I wanted to severe any connection to that painful story. I wanted to know everything that wasn’t my world so I travelled the world. I fell in love a few times too but those relationships were my first without abuse as the basis of connection so they were practice for all concerned and essentially doomed to fail.
I wanted freedom from the judgmental eyes and darkly hateful sort of people who had ruled my life.
And I found it. I found love and caring for the first time. I found cultures that seemed to respect my intelligence and even encourage curiosity. I had respectful loving friends in North Carolina but I don’t think I understood how to love them back then or make trusted connections. I am still not sure my ability to love someone is fully realized as it should be in a healthy person but I try my hardest all the time while recognizing that never having received ample unconditional love makes it harder to express to others.
At nearly fifty years old I am thankful to have had so many positive relationships with good men and women, as well as genuine adventures over the years. Without my desperate need to flee the confines of the small minded Christians I was raised with I doubt I ever would have seen so much of the world, so I suppose I can thank them for something.
Considering my painful background, these days I am more comfortable allowing myself to be proud of the emotional work I put into making these human connections and having healthy outcomes rather than constantly berating myself for not being good enough for anyone to love. Those doubts will always be there but I know who planted those terrible thoughts and they can fuck right off.
I mention these connections between the milestone age of fifty and the poisonous hatred of my upbringing and the culture that spawned it in this post because there is much discussion about how hatefulness ages a person lately.
The piece of trash known as Alex Jones has been visibly compared to Wil Wheaton who is a kind and openhearted fellow as well as two years older than Jones and looks undeniably better because he doesn't look angry or mean. I am two years older too, and I definitely look undeniably better than Alex Jones. I'd say a broad portion of the population looks better and kinder than Alex Jones. I look better than most of the people I grew up around who have drank the hate filled cup of Christianity as it expresses itself in our hometown too.
Despite have many genetic illnesses, having had many set backs in life, being poor, having no “backup” plan or family to rely on I’ve never turned to hatefulness and resentment. I don't let fear real or imagined totally rule my life like those people wanted me to do. I have actively become less hateful over my lifetime. Despite the seductiveness and comfort of the “nothing can be done-it’s too late to change anything so why bother" thinking of many in my generation I’ve also never become dismissive of solutions or ideas that come from those younger than me. Despite the constant instilling of how little I matter, and how I shouldn’t be proud of myself from those who should have cared for me and done the opposite, I am proud of this lack of hatefulness. I am proud of being me and not in the least bit ashamed of my joy or my loves.
It takes daily active effort to not be bitter, hateful, or even righteously angry all the time. It’s what I do rather than pray to a non-existent god. I spend hours contemplating how to make the world I inhabit better for those who will inherit it from me, even though I have no children. I think of what things will make those I love happier. I spend time being grateful for the love I have in my life, for the safety to be my true self without having to fear what someone will do to me for being honest. I want that for everyone whether I know them or not.
I was told so often as young person “Oh you’ll understand when you get older” when I questioned conservative attitudes and ideas. And they were right. I do completely understand them now that I am older. Those people were bitter, hateful, old, selfish assholes intent on making me feel small and powerless just like them. They spent their life living by someone else's delusional relationship with a non-existent god rather than learning who they are inside.
I never want to be like them. I want to become more flexible in my mind as I age, not rigid or conservative. I want to focus on love and understanding. I want to listen to new ideas and people because I have the privilege of being able to live long enough to see new things and meet new people. I have my own cherished traditions and rituals and they are not challenged or degraded in the slightest by new information or other ideas unlike the godbotherers who felt the need to diminish me even as a child and many other small innocent children.
If I really do make it to fifty this month I will indeed be over the moon about it. Yeah, I’m wrinkled and a bit pudgy but I get to be here. I’m alive despite all the organized opposition. I understand who and what I am in the world. I have an unshakeable tenacity for goodness in the face of stupidity and cruelty.
I’ve worked hard these past few years dislodging myself from my comfort zones to find better health and be in a better location than we were when the pandemic started. I wanted to be in the best position I could be when I finally caught covid so if it managed to take me out at least I would know I tried everything I could to prevent my death. If I had listened to the End Times Christians and Republicans I am sure I would have died as have 33 people I know in the past few years of the pandemic.
I know it is more challenging to stay healthy from here on out. I plan to do all I can to stay alive and be well- even if just to outlast those assholes who damned me. Living well is said to be the "best revenge" but I think living well is just the point of life really not as a reaction to terrible people- still I admit having a happy life compared to those shitty people does feel pretty good.
I am proud to have lived this long in a hostile world regardless of what age I am when I die. My life is my life not theirs or their stupid vengeful god. I hope I'm never "Right with God" because that is a sure sign of living life wrong.
So bring it on 50 years old I wait with breathless exuberance for what you can teach me. 50 years young here we come!
PFAS: What You Can Do to Limit Your Exposure to Forever Toxins in Your Daily Life
7-27-22
Another study published yesterday has again confirmed and expanded the effects of so called "forever chemicals" known as per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances or PFAS.
PFAS has been linked strongly to "low birth weight, childhood obesity, kidney cancer, testicular cancer, and hypothyroidism" PFAS was also previously linked to autoimmune diseases.
Researchers from NYU Grossman School of Medicine have shown that thirteen diseases may result from PFAS exposure including diabetes and endometriosis.
Almost everyone is exposed to PFAS in the modern world. There are nearly 5000 chemicals that make up the "forever chemical" group almost none existed in commercial production before the 1940's. PFAS is in our drinking water these days too. Some places have dangerously unregulated amounts in the US and around the world.
Other things with PFAS
Grease-resistant paper,
Fast food containers and wrappers,
Microwave popcorn bags,
Pizza boxes
Candy wrappers
Stain resistant carpets, upholstery, and other fabrics
Water resistant clothing
Cleaning products
Shampoo
Eye makeup and cosmetics
Shaving cream
Dental floss
Nail polish
Paint
Varnish and sealants
Teflon coatings
Gortex
Pre year 2000 Scotch Guard
Fire fighting foam
Since it's in drinking water almost universally PFAS will be impossible to fully avoid. In fact, it's estimated that 95% of the population has PFAS in their body right now!
What can we all do to help limit further exposure?
Most importantly in our personal lives we should all stop using the products above especially non stick pans. Avoid any cosmetic or personal care product with "fluoro" in words in the ingredient list.
Cleaning products especially spray cans increase exposure. Use alternative cleaning supplies with organic ingredients or make your own and hepa filters when vacuuming.
Get a reverse osmosis water filter if you can afford it- removing up to 90% of PFAS in drinking water would greatly improve most people's daily exposure.
Be careful with thrift purchases of furniture and clothing particularly predating 2015 as many of these items have high levels of PFAS.
Luckily, the list of PFAS free products and stores is growing everyday. Pushing your state government and the federal government to actually totally ban PFAS as Canada did would greatly reduce exposure over time as well.
The Environmental Working Group is a great resource if you need more information on chemical dangers and how to limit them.
Looking for something specific from my blog? Look here on the archive page.
Land of "the Free"
7-4-22
In Illinois, today a gunman killed six people and injured thirty-one more in a parade for Independence Day, some were children as young as eight years old. Possibly the most American thing that could happen on July 4th is a mass shooting at a parade. The number one cause of death for children in America is death by fire arms, by the way- maybe I should yell that so the proud flag wavers can hear me.
THE NUMBER ONE CAUSE OF DEATH OF CHILDREN IN AMERICA IS DEATH BY FIREARMS.
July 4th is supposed to be the day we celebrate America. But like many of my civic minded and kind hearted friends and family I just can't. Admitting that publicly, of course, leads to being called a traitor or not patriotic, usually the same sort saying those things to me think the attempted coup on Jan. 6th was a good idea and that the election shouldn't have been certified.
Independence Day in America is at best an example of misplaced pride in your country involving a BBQ and some damned annoying fireworks that potentially burn down houses and start forest fires-and at worst, an excuse for destructive nationalist displays usually by white Christofascists to rally around the idea of “God and Country” meaning their God, and only they get to experience any freedom in their country.
It's always those same people too setting off fireworks all day and night for weeks sometimes with no regard to the mental health of the millions traumatized by gun violence and war in our country. Every time I hear one of those random loud booms my body responds with a surge of adrenaline and puts me in a state of hypervigilance regardless how I try to calm myself.
Their idea of being “proud to be an American” is truly disgusting to me. They feel pride to be a racist, sexist, a violent land stealing colonial power. I feel shame at dead children around the world thrown on the altar of violence we’ve created with our weapons and domestically too with our refusal to regulate the bullets and the weapons of war.
They feel pride thinking about repressing those “queers” and making supposed "baby murderers" seek medical asylum in another state. Soon they will be proud of making bodily autonomy for potentially pregnant people a crime. I feel the deepest shame imaginable that a ten year old rape victim has to seek medical asylum in another state and that if these extremists get even more control in the USA they would have made her live with the trauma of carrying that fetus. These forced birthers' ancestors did that during slavery to black women, and indigenous women for hundreds of years-just as they did to any girl child they wanted to marry before the 1950s.
I feel shame living in a country where an AR-15 assault rifle carried on the back of an unstable teenager has more freedom to travel across state lines and faces less scrutiny than a young woman who had her birth control fail.
Death cult Christians have finally managed to chip away and deny the right an abortion to millions around the country and with the intentional weak response from the Democrats (it's a great way to raise money for their upcoming elections rather than actually doing anything to stop this horrifying slow motion take over by End Times lunatics) we'll see things get worse, and possibly not actually get better for a really long time in America.
Becoming pregnant in in America is pretty dangerous and not just because the ridiculous price of health care or even the potential of complications from pregnancy. The number one cause of death of pregnant women in America is homicide. And that was before the recent abortion decision. Maybe I should shout that one too for the flag wavers too.
THE NUMBER ONE CAUSE OF DEATH OF PREGNANT WOMEN IN AMERICA IS HOMICIDE.
They feel pride at denying climate change and the impact of over consumption on the planet and celebrate a lack of regulation to at least mitigate the effects of worsening pollution while driving around gas guzzling vehicles only complaining about the price at the pump, not the millions of people around the world air pollution from emissions kills each year which is the real price. I feel shame that I too have participated in disgusting consumer culture and I too must drive to survive.
I haven’t believed in America’s promise or being American was much to be proud of for a very long time but this year in particular there is a sharp contrast between persons who celebrate our culture from those who want to fix the terrible things happening because of our culture.
I really hope everyone did get to spend some time with their friends and family on this national holiday because we are an overworked culture too. But I refuse to be proud to be an American today and everyday until these things change. I will do all I can to make those changes too. It is my greatest wish that those who see the impact of cultural illness of nationalism and white supremacy and the madness that has hold of 25% of our population indoctrinated by hate, will rise up before it’s too late and change it for the better.
And I send my heartfelt commiserations to everyone who has had to play the traumatizing PTSD game for the past month of "is it a fire work or a gunshot" especially everyone feeling extreme hypervigilance and lots of trauma triggering sounds. May this "celebration" be over soon.
Life Budget Potluck
6-13-22
As my husband heads back to work after his usual three days off my Monday morning thoughts are always about what's been deemed "life balance" in recent years rather than what I think of our cultural struggle between "toil, grind, and blindly consume" until you die of the poison of modern society versus "being a parent, and/or partner, connect with nature, make art, just be a human being at rest with your friends and family." But I suppose "life balance" is easier to say on NPR and at business meetings for self assured capitalist because it's got that marketing term zing to it. It can be sold as an idea to aspire to rather than something we all should already have as an alienable right. Plus calling it "life/work balance" implies there are no other approaches and that it is on you to "find the balance."
Really a more accurate "capitalist" perspective term would be "life budget." How much of your actual limited time alive are you willing to give to particular things like working doing something you wouldn't normally want to ever do, chores, errands vs parenting, creative pursuits, resting, relaxing, sports, fun activities, and indulging in pleasures.
In most of the western world for many decades any pursuits outside working cost money too. People socialize by going out. Traveling to the true forest -not a way too manicured park, costs gas money, and often costly "park passes" which have always bothered me since they should be free to poor people at least but mostly they are not. Our state parks in Washington have two weekends a year for free- which is pathetic.
Most Americans have only two days off and hardly any "vacation" so the "life budget" is spent working all the time doing something given a choice they would not. It's why so many people attach their entire identity to what they do for a living. "What do you do?" in most circles means "What do you do for money when you'd rather be doing something else."
Days off are spent catching up on chores, and if they are lucky seeing a friend or relaxing with family. Only about 32 hours of the 48 hours of "days off" are spent doing these things, 16 hours are sleeping (hopefully) and that doesn't even factor in bathing or exercising. So 40+hours a week working, plus 8 preparing for work, 3 hours traveling to and from work and often 10 or more hours recovering from work enough to move.That mean 61 hours of life a every week at least for the average American are spent on what your boss wants and 32 hours a week at most on what you want. Seems pretty unbalanced to me. This math is if you have a relatively good job or stable employment. Is it any wonder many people want to stay in the work from home scenario? At least you cut down on the hours in the car, and the gas costs.
Most of us need a wind down day and social day too during our "days off" (Parents don't have those, alas.) My husband and I usually drive to the beach or the true forest but that is lots of gas even though we live pretty close.
Usually most people I know, who can afford it, go to a pub, a restaurant, or go shopping/thrifting etc when they need to stay about town. Eating out, thrifting, even going to a local pub or bar is a bit much for many people on a budget these days.
But they shouldn't have to forgo a social life just because they can't drop fifty bucks every week. The entire capitalization of social activities is one of the most isolating things in modern life.
What to do?
Pretend there are no bars or restaurants or even cars. What would you do then? You'd have what I call "Particular Peculiar Potluck."
"While there exists some disagreement as to the origin of the English term, two principal theories exist: that it is the deliberate combination of the English words pot and luck, or that it is an eggcorn of the North American indigenous communal meal known as a potlatch (meaning "to give away").[citation needed]
The word pot-luck appears in the 16th century English work of Thomas Nashe, and used to mean "food provided for an unexpected or uninvited guest, the luck of the pot".[4] The modern execution of a "communal meal, where guests bring their own food", most likely originated in the 1930s during the Depression" -wikipedia on the etymology of the term "potluck"
I find it very revealing that origin of what most of us think of as a "potluck" came from the era of the Great Depression. I think many "middle class" Americans are finally feeling the financial squeeze of the economic world depression that has been going on for decades for working class and poor people.
A very good social event that cost almost no money is hosting a little gathering of people you already like. People who live near you, or are already going to be in town. If you do it correctly.
Host a potluck with a feature of giving stuff away is also a great way to have a clear out. I call it "come and get it parties." Give each other stuff like things you'd sell in a yard sale. Step one: bring something you think someone else might want that you don't give two shits about anymore. Step two: eat together and bring your own booze if you are so inclined- it's that simple.
But people make it hard. They want make an image of a gathering like they see on Pinterest or in movies with beautiful elaborate tablescapes, and well dressed people faux laughing- when actually the best times in our lives are often in our lounge pants laughing at each other while filing our bellies with good food looking at each other's crap or even watching a trashy film.
I'm not talking about hosting a pressure filled fancy do. Particular Peculiar Potlucks are way better than parties. Potlucks are not a "let's get wasted and trash someone's house" party. Not a BBQ- because someone always has to take on the expense of the set up and often the meat cost. And also good potlucks are not usually extended family coming over because that's too stressful for many of us. Sure have those sort of gatherings but that is way more work than the potluck I am suggesting.
Have a potluck for yourself, really think about what you like to do, what you like to eat, and talk about or do. Invite those people you think are similar. Encourage people to come without their partners too- unless you are happy to visit with both of them. Couples often need a break from each other as well.
A good potluck has each person only making one thing. Not a "bring a bag of chips and some beer" like in high school or college- no people actually bring real food something they are proud to share- sometimes that is booze or beer. We all have that one friend who is like a secret alchemist of mead or brews enough beer they should open a brewery. Booze would be their one thing. However, I have found usually the booze/beer makers still bring treats because people who are proud of what they make to share, make lots of kinds of things to share. Trust me someone always brings chips anyway, so encourage them to bring an actual homemade dip.
I used to do these friend only peculiar potlucks and gatherings with themes like everyone wearing PJs, or everyone brought the ugliest figurine they we willing to give away. Sometimes people just brought a candle, or art supplies. My favorite were in the pre-internet days when everyone brought a record or CD. My most successful potlucks were my bacon parties, and candy parties. The theme doesn't matter it's just a bit of fun but it helps give people something to remember the event by as well as help find a tidbit of creativity the work week likely sucked out of them.
Here are some great past themes I've used
Yard food (it came from your yard or a local farmer's market)
Witches Brew (people brought coffee, tea and herbs with booze)
"It Tastes Better Wrapped in Bacon"
Toy Instrument Jam
Naked Lady Party (big free clothing swap with ladies and booze then donating the remainder)
PJs and DJs
Sequins and slippers
Robes Lobes (everyone wore earrings and bathrobes/evening robes while I gave away my clip on earring collection)
It doesn't actually take much planning and it doesn't need to be a big thing just a few people is sometimes better. Don't exhaust yourself doing it. Make it fun for you. Don't spend countless hours preparing or cleaning the house, or making things perfect. Just do a quick tidy, hide the sex toys and drugs and things best not explored by the public.
I used spend far too much time tidying and cleaning but honestly most people don't care. If someone is coming to your house to a potluck and they talk trash about your housekeeping it's probably someone you could do without in your life.
Pick people you think would actually come and won't be an asshole and text at the last minute they were "too tired" or similar shit people think is ok to say these days when they are being lame. I hate the modern acceptance of behavior like this. Just don't say you are coming to begin with- then if you change your mind text to ask if you can come after all. Think how much happier it would make someone, rather than being lame and cancelling if you surprise came through. Importantly, I am referring to people who are being lame, not people who actually might need to cancel due to health or unexpected stuffs.
My only sadness about living in a new place is I don't know enough people close to us yet to host a "naked lady party" (just women trading clothes), or a real potluck with many locals bringing just one thing, or a real music jam. It's mostly because we moved here in 2020- and it's been hard to meet new people which isn't normal for me.
But I am working on it.
"But I thought you liked being a hermit and alone Bianka?" I hear you question in distant echoey judgmental tone.
Yeah, I do relish solitude but I also know that the answer to many of the problems in the world is strongly connected communities who give a damn about each other and world. Most people need to socialize at least occasionally to be mentally well. And really for me it's a needed contrast-similar to what happens when I travel. I am happy visiting great places and adventuring but after a long trip I am deeply grateful for my home comforts when I return. Visiting with people is like this too. I am happy to encounter new people and see old friends too, but I am filled with gratitude the following week of ordinary solitude.
To live a life of gratitude you need the contrast of being out of your comfort zone regularly or else it is too easy to slip into a resentful mind set of thinking everything should always be comfortable.
Sitting down having a good meal with your friends old and new, and neighbors is the best way to bond- especially when no "public" place (usually means business) is involved. No big restaurant bill, no disappointing conversations because being in an actual "public" place makes people hold back their real thoughts and character.
If you live close to good people in your life- now is the time to rely on each other for company and entertainment. Be creative. Have a theme, trust me it's fun.
No money needs to change hands, just a bit of time and creativity. Or if you live near the places where people vacation but the gas now costs more than the rental or the camping- host your friends who are stretched financially. If you are a city dweller, host too, and go adventuring together.
Be the community member you would be if there were no money and no jobs controlling most of your life.
I'm trying for it this weekend. Wish me luck that the weather holds.
Someday I'll have a Sand Dollar party where everyone trades for things I'm giving away with sand dollars they found on the beach near me- that's as close to default capitalist in my thinking I ever want to be.
My friend, bandmate, model and co-conspirator Gregory just after the alien fountain spit on him, wrapped in my scarf blanket
Folklife
5-31-22
For 25 years since 1997 I have been a devoted fan of the NW Folklife Festival. Folklife was the first truly amazing music experience I had after moving to the PNW from Virginia all those years ago, followed by many more. During my time living in Detroit I always felt homesick on Memorial Day weekend because I knew many of my friends would be having a fantastic time performing, dancing, or sometimes simply taking in all the shows they could for 4 days in row.
Typically, the festival is featured music, dance, and art from all over the world. Also typically buskers line the through fares in spots all around the paved walkway of Seattle center luring patrons with their performance to slow down and even forget they were headed elsewhere. This is how Folklife seduced me- the busking. It is actually not possible to see all the music on offer no matter how hard you try and with the buskers you'll also have unexpected moments beyond your expectation.
For many years NW Folklife had the greatest hospitality/participant only "tent" (half indoor- half outdoor under a tent) of any festival I've ever participated in. A place to safely check in your instrument was only a small part of it. Socializing with other performers and jamming was a major factor in my love of Folklife some years, even if "Sally Ann" was being played by an ever changing group of old time fiddle players for, as friend recently said, "seventy two hours straight" in sessions- it had its own charm, right along with hearing the rhythmic clang of skate boards landing in the park directly adjacent. Pleasantly sipping discounted decent beer away from the crowd, or sharing a flask/food, or dancing and laughing with festooned ladies after being in the fray of the general festival was wonderful. The tent is how I could find out who all the other musicians were excited to see perform, if they too were going to busk, and if there would be after parties or events. All performers were made welcome, including the buskers.
My favorite form of performance is busking. I actually enjoy playing for people on the street level with my hat out far more than being on a stage. Busking is a perfect antidote to my many years of gig hounding (not to be confused with gig whoring or slutting) and the endless hassles of being a musician interacting as a professional when most of the business interactions with bars, venues, and even festivals are with unprofessional and often disrespectful people who have the power to ruin your performance.
Street performance is freedom. No venue to book. No endless messages back and forth basically to just arrange a show that one message could have achieved. No sound check or frequently substandard sound guy making the band sound off, no room full of drunks more interested in hearing a cover than original tunes-"Get that fiddler to play some Charlie Daniels! Hey you've got a good banjo player there don't you guys play the Deliverance theme?" No promotion to do, no cover to charge, no door person or merch table to staff, no wrangling bandmates to be there at a rigid certain time- just show up and start playing, and leave when you want.
When I busk I can move and more importantly dance. I don't trip over a cords snaking their way around my feet or knock over a microphone by swirling around. Just me, my bandmates and the people who are there because they wanted to stop and watch us play. Busking isn't transactional like stage shows.
Dancing while playing is so magical to me because I'm a hack musician at best but a fairly decent dancer so any opportunity to dance is pure joy for me. Probably why I've met so many splendid people at Folklife is because I can just join them dancing in the moment at any performance including my own.
Dancers of all sorts are always at NW Folklife from eager adorable standard folk dancer geeks quickly shuffling from one group dance to the next traditional dance often in sensible shoes, over stuffed hip belts, and some bit whacky fashion with 10 folklife buttons like badges of honor- to the cape wearing seventy year old man in a pink leotard and Tevas spinning endlessly between the drum circle and sculptural water fountain resting in a concrete crater. That thing looks like an alien ship landed in Seattle to bring the one gift no one needed- more water falling from the sky. People dance under it too but as my best friend discovered this weekend the aliens like to spit on you.
Yet Folklife isn't just a dance or musical experience. It's cultural one that transcends festival norms. Devoted Folklifers, "Folkies" have their own culture. Importantly part of that culture- it's a free festival. Of course, there is a recommended donation, and generally Folklifers pay it willingly proudly displaying their buttons. It feels so much less classist than literally every other musical experience in the US. Volunteers are large part of the experience or it really wouldn't take place and this includes musicians. 50 years of gatherings qualifies this as a type of culture as much as Goths, punks, gamers, sports fans.
Folkies are their own thing. Sometimes rigid in thinking and behavior when it comes to what sort of dancing should be done to a certain type of music and sometimes supremely welcoming to a newcomer who wants to join in. They will buy the music, the merch and support the music generally. They go to other shows by the performers. Folkies really are what keeps the whole thing going.
This year's Folklife experience was more brief for me than usual because I have to be gentle with my body more than 25 year old me did. I still came festively dressed, danced, and importantly saw great performances with good friends. I ran into many people I've haven't seen in years and met some new people. But it was subdued, partly because I wasn't performing at all and because the first year back during the pandemic, which isn't over.
Also I was remembering friends of mine who died of the virus who I will never dance with again. There were complete strangers who within moments of meeting fell into discussing the grief of lost loved ones with me, one lady simply because I reminded her of a dancer she had known. I wonder how they knew I'd understand? Maybe I have a sad magnetism now.
It rained most of the day so alas busking was sparse as well. I felt a bit like a museum piece though as I kept being asked by passersby if they could "take a photo" (meaning with me) and my response was always "As long as I don't have to stop what I'm doing you can take any photo you want." I really miss the days before instagram. Seemed like lots of people used to wear whatever they wanted to Folklife without fear of undue attention or the need to document it for some posing experience. These days, not so much- too many "let's take a photo with the whacky lady" types to prove on social media they left the house. I can proudly say not one actual "Folkie" asked to take a photo, they just smiled and carried on.
Happily, I was reunited with former house mate and good friend I had not seen in years and was able to hear about her life and introduce her to NW Folklife by meeting us there. So all in all the risk taken going to a place with lots and lots of people for the first time since 2020 was worth it.
This photo is an exact metaphor for the political and religious situation in America today. This wonderful woman followed the "god botherer" around all day at the festival while he spouted hate she waved a flag of love and acceptance.
Doomscrolling
5-25-22
Many children shot to death by an assault rifle
Nine and ten year olds excited because it was almost the last day of school
Summer vacation will never come
Their teachers trying to protect them were slaughtered too
(Commenters: "Who is the shooter, don't say his name!")
DNA was used to identify the children
their faces and bodies so riddled with bullets
as to be unrecognizable.
(Commenters: “Thoughts and prayers” and more of the same)
Many people shot to death by an assault rifle
In a grocery store going about their business
Getting foods to share with family, friends
Murdered never to share a meal again
White supremacists applauded this
I wish the "great replacement" conspiracy theory were true
Refugees neighbors over hateful killers is an easy choice
(Commenters: “Thoughts and prayers, that’s a real shame”)
People shot in a church one died, five more wounded
A doctor slain protecting others or more would be dead
He's a hero. A dead hero. Like all the other bodies
Throw on the altar of gun worshippers
(Commenters: “This is Asian on Asian crime right? This gun violence is not the same”)
The longest list I’ve ever scrolled through
My heart ached as I read
Named the schools shootings in the USA
And lists of kids and teachers who are now dead
(Commenters: “Thoughts and prayers” and more of the same)
Then I scroll and see another list which needs a spreadsheet to handle the data
My computer has trouble downloading this horrific file
All the mass shootings in the USA
From only a few decades
(Commenters: Do something- who is to blame?)
Republicans are going to rally with NRA
Democrats backed an anti-abortion pro-gun candidate against a progressive in an election
The Supreme Court is going to overturn sensible gun laws in New York making it easier to get weapons to cause mass shootings
(Commenters: "Death is an endless game")
"Everyone will forget after a few days, until the next one"
Next week in the USA.
Thurston High School.
Columbine High School.
Heritage High School.
Deming Middle School.
Fort Gibson Middle School.
Buell Elementary School.
Lake Worth Middle School.
University of Arkansas.
Junipero Serra High School.
Santana High School.
Bishop Neumann High School.
Pacific Lutheran University.
Granite Hills High School.
Lew Wallace High School.
Martin Luther King, Jr. High School.
Appalachian School of Law.
Washington High School.
Conception Abbey.
Benjamin Tasker Middle School.
University of Arizona.
Lincoln High School.
John McDonogh High School.
Red Lion Area Junior High School.
Case Western Reserve University.
Rocori High School.
Ballou High School.
Randallstown High School.
Bowen High School.
Red Lake Senior High School.
Harlan Community Academy High School.
Campbell County High School.
Milwee Middle School.
Roseburg High School.
Pine Middle School.
Essex Elementary School.
Duquesne University.
Platte Canyon High School.
Weston High School.
West Nickel Mines School.
Joplin Memorial Middle School.
Henry Foss High School.
Compton Centennial High School.
Virginia Tech.
Success Tech Academy.
Miami Carol City Senior High School.
Hamilton High School.
Louisiana Technical College.
Mitchell High School.
E.O. Green Junior High School.
Northern Illinois University.
Lakota Middle School.
Knoxville Central High School.
Willoughby South High School.
Henry Ford High School.
University of Central Arkansas.
Dillard High School.
Dunbar High School.
Hampton University.
Harvard College.
Larose-Cut Off Middle School.
International Studies Academy.
Skyline College.
Discovery Middle School.
University of Alabama.
DeKalb School.
Deer Creek Middle School.
Ohio State University.
Mumford High School.
University of Texas.
Kelly Elementary School.
Marinette High School.
Aurora Central High School.
Millard South High School.
Martinsville West Middle School.
Worthing High School.
Millard South High School.
Highlands Intermediate School.
Cape Fear High School.
Chardon High School.
Episcopal School of Jacksonville.
Oikos University.
Hamilton High School.
Perry Hall School.
Normal Community High School.
University of South Alabama.
Banner Academy South.
University of Southern California.
Sandy Hook Elementary School.
Apostolic Revival Center Christian School.
Taft Union High School.
Osborn High School.
Stevens Institute of Business and Arts.
Hazard Community and Technical College.
Chicago State University.
Lone Star College-North.
Cesar Chavez High School.
Price Middle School.
University of Central Florida.
New River Community College.
Grambling State University.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Ossie Ware Mitchell Middle School.
Ronald E. McNair Discovery Academy.
North Panola High School.
Carver High School.
Agape Christian Academy.
Sparks Middle School.
North Carolina A&T State University.
Stephenson High School.
Brashear High School.
West Orange High School.
Arapahoe High School.
Edison High School.
Liberty Technology Magnet High School.
Hillhouse High School.
Berrendo Middle School.
Purdue University.
South Carolina State University.
Los Angeles Valley College.
Charles F. Brush High School.
University of Southern California.
Georgia Regents University.
Academy of Knowledge Preschool.
Benjamin Banneker High School.
D. H. Conley High School.
East English Village Preparatory Academy.
Paine College.
Georgia Gwinnett College.
John F. Kennedy High School.
Seattle Pacific University.
Reynolds High School.
Indiana State University.
Albemarle High School.
Fern Creek Traditional High School.
Langston Hughes High School.
Marysville Pilchuck High School.
Florida State University.
Miami Carol City High School.
Rogers State University.
Rosemary Anderson High School.
Wisconsin Lutheran High School.
Frederick High School.
Tenaya Middle School.
Bethune-Cookman University.
Pershing Elementary School.
Wayne Community College.
J.B. Martin Middle School.
Southwestern Classical Academy.
Savannah State University.
Harrisburg High School.
Umpqua Community College.
Northern Arizona University.
Texas Southern University.
Tennessee State University.
Winston-Salem State University.
Mojave High School.
Lawrence Central High School.
Franklin High School.
Muskegon Heights High School.
Independence High School.
Madison High School.
Antigo High School.
University of California-Los Angeles.
Jeremiah Burke High School.
Alpine High School.
Townville Elementary School.
Vigor High School.
Linden McKinley STEM Academy.
June Jordan High School for Equity.
Union Middle School.
Mueller Park Junior High School.
West Liberty-Salem High School.
University of Washington.
King City High School.
North Park Elementary School.
North Lake College.
Freeman High School.
Mattoon High School.
Rancho Tehama Elementary School.
Aztec High School.
Wake Forest University.
Italy High School.
NET Charter High School.
Marshall County High School.
Sal Castro Middle School.
Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School
Great Mills High School
Central Michigan University
Huffman High School
Frederick Douglass High School
Forest High School
Highland High School
Dixon High School
Santa Fe High School
Noblesville West Middle School
University of North Carolina Charlotte
STEM School Highlands Ranch
Edgewood High School
Palm Beach Central High School
Providence Career & Technical Academy
Fairley High School (school bus)
Canyon Springs High School
Dennis Intermediate School
Florida International University
Central Elementary School
Cascade Middle School
Davidson High School
Prairie View A & M University
Altascocita High School
Central Academy of Excellence
Cleveland High School
Robert E. Lee High School
Cheyenne South High School
Grambling State University
Blountsville Elementary School
Holmes County, Mississippi (school bus)
Prescott High School
College of the Mainland
Wynbrooke Elementary School
UNC Charlotte
Riverview Florida (school bus)
Second Chance High School
Carman-Ainsworth High School
Williwaw Elementary School
Monroe Clark Middle School
Central Catholic High School
Jeanette High School
Eastern Hills High School
DeAnza High School
Ridgway High School
Reginald F. Lewis High School
Saugus High School
Pleasantville High School
Waukesha South High School
Oshkosh High School
Catholic Academy of New Haven
Bellaire High School
North Crowley High School
McAuliffe Elementary School
South Oak Cliff High School
Texas A&M University-Commerce
Sonora High School
Western Illinois University
Oxford High School
Robb Elementary School
Red Wolf
4-27-22
Photo from the Red Wolf Recovery program.
When I was a small girl I saw a red wolf standing still on a leaf covered path in the woods staring at me. Less than 3 feet lay between us. I could hear it breathing. It was cold enough to see its breath and mine as they mingled in the light. I didn't feel the fear I was supposed to feel. I wanted reach out to the wolf but instead I just stared back and quietly watched our breaths mix together over and over.
It seemed to me like the wolf was trying to tell me something telepathically.
And it's taken all my life to follow her advice.
I was told it was rare to see wolves anymore by some visiting summer camp guides- so I must have been wrong they said. It had to be a coyote or coywolf they said.
"Red wolves are officially extinct in the wild" they told me. In fact, that was the day I learned what the word "extinct" actually meant. I remember feeling my first feeling of what I now call "black hole dread" upon learning something living just like me could even be "extinct" and not be a dinosaur.
I know what I saw. It was a red wolf.
Some local men at the cafe where my mother worked asked where I saw it- they intended to hunt her, this wolf of mine they didn't really believe in. I refused to say regardless of their trying to convince me of the dangers of some "wild dog."
"She didn't hurt me, she won't hurt anyone." I told them. And forever after I viewed those men with suspicion. What kind of monsters would seek to kill something that could be the dreaded "extinct."
I read all the encyclopedia entries I could about extinction from our school library that week. I poured over pictures of so many beautiful creatures gone forever. When I learned about the Tasmanian tiger wolf I felt the "black hole of dread" open in me once again. If it could become extinct so could my lady wolf in the woods.
Six year old me had decided the wolf was a lady because I felt a male wolf would have eaten me just like in Little Red Riding Hood. Also I wanted to believe she was carrying babies and not alone. Even as a first grader I wanted that "black hole of dread" to go away. I wanted her to live. She would be tougher than the Tasmanian I thought.
"She will live." I wished and whispered to myself.
Years later when I found out my disease translates to "red wolf" I instantly remembered that encounter with the wolf in the woods. I thought what would she do to stay alive? Hide away from suspicious men. Go deep into the woods. Change paths. Learn to understand captivity.
Often I have wondered if creatures make an impression at just the right time to show you what you need to learn. Every time I am in nature it seems to sing to a song to me if I slow down long enough to listen like I did as a child.
Recently a wild litter was reported in North Carolina and is being tracked and hopefully protected. I am pleased to hear the red wolf may not go extinct after all. The red wolf family is in the wild again not just captivity. Maybe there is hope for me too.
Shitty Shitty Bang Bang
4-12-2022
In the same week that three mass shooting happened the Governor of Georgia thinks "hey let's make it totally legal to walk around with an unlicensed handgun" which will trigger PTSD so many people who experienced what I did as a child, again as a teenager, and also twice as an adult.
To this day seeing the glint of a handgun in a crowd makes me experience PTSD that lasts for weeks. Hearing shots fired does the same.
The many online discussions of trauma lately haven't seemed to include the trauma, the life long trauma, of witnessing or having person who is close to you experience gun violence.
Democracy Now was interviewing Jumaane Williams this morning. He mentioned the trauma of this continuous happening immediately:
"And, of course, on the ground, you know, people are concerned. People are a little stunned. You also have to remember there were schools nearby, one almost directly across the street, maybe a block away, on lockdown, because kids were on their way to school. So, the one thing we have to remember is that shots were fired and people were physically hit — thank god, no lives were taken; it’s just a miracle — but the compounding trauma that happens for people who witnessed it, people who got away, people who were in the car with that smoke, and children who couldn’t get out when they wanted to, is long-lasting. And that’s one of the things we have to continue to talk about, the compounding trauma that happens when there’s gun violence."
The gun violence trauma all those people experience is a metaphor for what's happening all over the world right now with these wars and violence waged by madmen like Putin in Ukraine (but also wars in Yemen, Syria, Afghanistan and many others but since the world is for the moment paying attention to Ukraine I'll stick to that) Putin is just like an active mass shooter combined NRA gun nut type of angry pathetic white dude who has a group of similarly deluded men along side him.
The side effects of the violence are felt by us all. Rising prices, especially on food will lead to literal starvation for some people. 4 million being displaced in Europe will deepen issues with the pandemic, tension over inflation, homelessness, and and fear of someone who is different will lead to more violence.
Putin holds the world's most dangerous loaded gun and simply because he has the weapon he is holding the world hostage.
As a young woman I tried to go "all in" on guns to see if having my own gun would make me less afraid or traumatized. I bought and trained weekly with 9mm handguns and pistols of various sorts. It didn't help at all but I've learned almost all there is to know about guns and the people who love them.
Also I've spent the past 20 years learning about gun violence since then mostly because I've found that the more I know about almost anything the easier it is for me to talk myself back to a state of calm.
People who love guns always argue on the pro-gun side of political spectrum that the problem with guns is a "few crazy people" not the guns. Mental health is the issue they cry while cutting the funding for mental health outreach out of every possible tax budget. They block every attempt at having sensible gun regulations while claiming the problem is mental health issues.
They're right! The problem is mental health issues- wanting to have a gun at all is a symptom of mental illness, especially a hand gun or an assault rifle. We should regulate free therapy for anyone who possesses or has ever possessed a weapon whose sole purpose killing others. Make gun makers pay for it as a mental health gun tax. Hunters would get free pass (at least the ones using actual hunting rifles not an MR-15) or maybe clever hunters would buy a handgun just to get much needed mental healthcare provided.
Any sensible assessment of the problem with guns comes to the same conclusion: access to the loaded weapon is the problem not the mental state of the shooter.
It is in the nature of us all to lose our grip on our healthy mental state, not respect boundaries we would usually, and act on impulse at some point in life. Anyone could commit violence- it's just a matter of scale and that scale is determined by the type of weapon an individual has at hand. If we allow someone to have loaded gun the ability to do damage is far greater than with a knife. If we allow bombs and missiles the damage is greater still. And it scales up until we get to mutually assured destruction of nuclear weapons.
The mental illness is wanting loaded guns in the first place. The mental illness is having nuclear weapons at all.
People who love guns in my experience love power over others. The concept of the power over someone else thrills them and/or they are afraid. They fear change, being victimized, being told to do something they don't want to do. They can't stand the thought of losing power over everyone else. The amount of guns they have is usually attached to how big an ego they have as well.
And most often gun lovers in my experiences are angry religious undereducated men with on occasion their adjacent support group loony religious women. In the US these death cult angry white dudes (generally white dudes but not always) are the people saying everyone else has "mental health" problems.
The loaded gun is the problem actually- similar to access to operational nuclear weapons. Just as Putin has access to a weapon that literally can destroy the earth so it is with person who has a loaded gun to destroy lives. It's only a matter of scale.
As I wrote about in my post "It Ain't Over" last year the way to end gun violence in the US is regulating bullets. Make them difficult to acquire by both regulating and registering purchase amounts as well mandating a digital trace on every bullet. Making bullet and weapons manufacturers responsible legally for the illegal damage they cause would change the entire country and the world. Guns are useless without bullets. Treat every bullet like a bomb.
"Oh but wouldn't people just start making their own bullets!" sure a few would, but knowing how to make bullets isn't common knowledge and even if it were-finding the materials and setting manufacturing enough to cause havoc would take time. It would be far easier to shut down and severely punish than the free-for-all access to bullets we have now.
Any reasonable intelligent person comes conclusion that the solution to gun violence pretty quickly: severely restrict access to loaded weapons- important to emphasis "loaded." There are too many guns to get rid of them all but bullets we can control. Anyone who doesn't recognize this is experiencing mental illness and should definitely not be allowed to have gun and mostly certainly not bullets.
Supreme Woman
3-24-2022
"Bounty hunter" style disgusting state laws that can be used to incentivize hunting down women who had an abortion or any people that helped with access to an abortion seem to be a step toward criminalizing being an independent female.
Not being beholden to a man, a god, or a two thousand year old ghost written book two decades into this supposed new enlightened century seems to be a big point of contention in America today.
Religious extremists seem to be gaining a lot of ground, which in a country founded partly on their antiquated doctrines and colonialism shouldn't be that surprising yet it feels backward even for these hypocrites.
Watching the hearings involving the Supreme court nominee Ketanji Brown Jackson should make every person in our country rage at the Republicans and be disgusted with Democrats.
Republicans lobbed irrelevant sexist and racist questions at her, an actual servant to democracy being a public defender. These same Republican politicians literally voted against certifying the election and participated in treason.
Democrats left her hanging out on a limb and literally allowed unchallenged conspiracy nut job questions with the notable exception of Cory Booker.
Seriously, maybe next they'll make it illegal to have birth control pills next. Ban the making or selling of condoms. They think they've already reversed Roe Vs Wade- as soon as it comes the court. Next via "state's rights" to make state laws governing our bodies nothing is off the table.
The Republicans "go to" when they want to destroy liberty while pretending to be its champion is "state's rights"
What about marriage equality? Could that be next?
What other human rights do they want to erode?
In my lifetime (the 70's) women in the US couldn't get their own credit card.
In my lifetime spousal rape was still legal. (Started changing 1975-1993 before all states made it a crime, but 20 years of disgusting state's rights)
In my lifetime child marriages meaning men can fuck girls under the age of consent and cohabit with them and it's not considered rape was common. In Iowa they still are- as long as the unfortunate girl is 12 years old or older- disgusting and again a state law.
Epstein would only have needed to marry the girls for the purchase price in Iowa and no crime would be committed via state law.
Equal pay for women has yet to be a real law in the US. The acts passed to make this happen aren't enforced since it falls on the women to find out what their pay gap is in each situation and sue. We all have the time and money to sue, right?
A federal law that makes evidence of gender based pay gaps investigated by the government and prosecuted would actually end the problem. Guess which political party has fought against this for decades? (Put down your hand wonky Hermione Granger we all know it's the Republicans)
What about women being allowed to have separate property? Maybe they will make that illegal if you are married again?
These conspiracy nut jobs, QAnon, Christian nationalist who think the Democratic party actively have a child trafficking ring while they actually legislate to make it legal to marry a tween. This is the base of the Republican party.
They are pushing hard to make sure women don't have options. Framing liberals and progressives as pedophile loving child killers while they literally make pro-rape laws.
Seriously, as I write this there are places in the UNITED STATES where you can legally hunt people down for a cash prize who helped a woman who was raped as long as you are a member of the rapist's family. The Idaho law is a disturbing trend. (Must be something about states that begin with I) It seems like a pro-rapist law to me.
Why are they focused on these ridiculous draconian laws?
Because women who aren't bogged down with the burdens of children aren't easy to hoodwink. Women who aren't in despair don't need some fucking pretend white bearded god man in the sky to tell them how to live. Because women with rights are less afraid of men who want to own them. Because women with dominion over their own body can't be oppressed as easily.
How far back do these fundamentalist Christian nationalist was to degrade this country?
Witch burning is probably unthinkable right?
But hey what about these conspiracy preachers with huge tax free empires saying we should do just that? Threatening women saying he knows their address where the witches live.
Only now they won't burn free thinking women they will just oppress them and jail them or deny lifesaving healthcare.
(Note: I know we are all focused on the potential beginning of WWIII because of Putin literally trying to decimate the whole of Ukraine unhindered by NATO. It will not be allowed to go unanswered forever even with the brave struggle by Ukrainians Putin can and will carry on until he directly confronts NATO. It's his plan regardless of what pundits say. Yet we need to pay attention to this Supreme court battle, for the future of all women in America.)
Maybe they will literally burn us in some place via state's rights. State's rights always Trump human rights in America.
I'll be ready. For what is a witch but a Supreme Woman.
By Design
2-18-2022
Things on my mind today, things I don't expect anyone to want to think about, but many probably agree and are thinking the same:
Watching the world spin in slow motion toward a dark future is hard, sometimes it overwhelms me. I still want to do things, have good times with friends, play music, dance, write, and be as alive as possible. And I will, we will - I remind myself like a mantra.
But then I see this report about the lifting of mask mandates in my state of Washington and others will see this news as positive and I do not.
Our state has had mandates all this time, mostly followed except for total nutjobs and jerks. Now, and I mean now, people will stop wearing masks not waiting for March 21st. They will misunderstand this move as a declaration that the threat has ended. That's by design. It's time to throw more bodies on the pile called GDP and corporate profits.
I understand why people think lifting masks time has come. Even though more than 2000 people still die most days of Covid-19."It's ok," they say to themselves, "those people weren't vaccinated by choice." Some of these 2000 people are kids, some are vaccinated, but "you can't save everyone" they say to themselves.
We should at least keep mask mandates for all grocery stores, hospitals, and state buildings but it won't work like that, even if at the beginning it is tried. The adult toddlers who fucked it up for us all are too tired and too stupid to be safe, as they have been all along and others are becoming too tired to care anymore.
I understand that people think there is no threat. People think it's now "mild"
Yeah, sure 2000 a day dead is mild.
Forgetting there is no science to say Omicron is the last variant or that other variants will be mild. People just listen to the media rehash a political message of success or believe the virus conspiracies therefore never followed safety precautions.
When the next deadly strain comes, in the US, where we have come to accept easily thousands dead every day (and I will mention here daily death tolls higher than the 9-11 attacks which some people still use as an example to keep wars going costing billions and with no results!) will we even notice?
More than 2000 dying a day with it barely being acknowledged by most people will they even notice when it gets worse? Or just keep their heads in the "mild" sand as more die on the altar of corporate greed and religious stupidity.
Some have even stopped tracking or collecting data. Others will follow, and then we won't even know what is happening.
Half the world is unvaccinated due mostly to lack of having vaccines- while we throw vaccines away, so new terrible variants are brewing and they will reach us. But death is profitable, after all.
Many hospitals are still falling apart with no help and people can't take the strain who work there. What will happen if another strain comes when the health care system is almost collapsing?
We should be planning for this next attack of our true enemy, disease rather than ramping up for war with Russia.
Imagine if the money spent destroying countries in the middle east for the past 20 years were spent helping to fix our healthcare systems?
What if this obvious push for war accelerates to the point people are dying because of attacks with a collapsing healthcare system? Think war can't come to our shores in our lifetime? History contradicts that narrative entirely- empires always rise then always fall.
It should scare everyone that our system is one or two bad events away from collapse, but that collapse won't lead to a better reformation, as many fantasize.
I understand the urge to want to burn down this unfair world and start over. But that fire will kill more of the goodness in America than it will the greedy evil bastards who got us to this point. And those self-centered cockroaches will survive the worst and carry on.
We can't even stop shooting each other in times of peace-even when other people's children die on the altar of gun manufacturer's greed. In times of war it will get worse. Being threatened by war helps sells guns as a solution to the fearful, the ignorant.
Based on how we treat each other in relatively good times our empire will be a horror to experience as it falls, which it will and that time is coming, it has already begun.
How the most vulnerable in our society are treated shows what sort of society we live in.
The fact 7 million people who are immunocompromised, disabled or otherwise fragile are now faced with potential death to get groceries or go to work, or to the hospital- which they must is disturbing and shows we are a trash society.
Universal healthcare should have been easy to achieve in this time of a pandemic showing how it is needed to the fabric of a society worth living in. If one person is sick we can all be effected by their ability to get treatment. Universal healthcare is a warning system and a preventative for catastrophe.
Nah, fuck that. We need to profit off the sick.
There are so many things our country should have done differently and many of the likely million dead would be here today to hug their family rather than rotting in the ground. 31 people I miss would still be here.
The reason the death toll in America far outweighs the rest of the world is our "for profit" healthcare system. Regardless of the countless medias stories posing this question, the answer has been there all along.
Personal responsibility comes into as well but a system meant to serve the wealthy and manipulate the ignorant is allowed to continue in the name of progress and normality while its true name is greed.
We could at least give support financially to these vulnerable people as the mask mandates go away so they don't have to live a life so restricted without help. But that won't happen either.
We'll go to war too because a system meant to serve the wealthy has been exposed to to everyone, the secrets of their dastardly deeds are being exposed everywhere- they must distract us now as an act of self preservation.
Imagine if you will my friends what you would do with their resources. I do that nearly everyday. I have designed entire worlds based on art, peace, and kindness and equity. Sometimes my worlds are creative and silly sometimes just basic decency as a ruling principle.
But never, in all my imagining of having the millions or billons of dollars has my mind strayed to taking advantage of others to have more money, never have I thought or fantasized "what if I could get even more off the backs of the poor" just to have more power.
But some people do think like that- they are our true enemy. And they rule our country, completely. That sort of thinking is rewarded, even worshipped by this empire of death founded on a religious death cult.
Those who benefit from this shitty system need to distract everyone from having killed millions by neglect during this pandemic, millions from polluting the environment, so they could make a profit. People are resisting now. Really resisting all over the world.
So they must threaten us with a new fear to divides us further. A fear that will be proven by deaths from weapons designed by our country, sold by us to the world. The US designed a way to destroy the entire world and now we face that potential again- by design.
Still, I look for the light in the sky on my sea of dark thoughts and remember I get to be alive. And for now, that's enough.
The Wonders of the Brassicaceae Family
1-15-22
I've become part of the crucifers mafia of late, well, at least when it comes to chopping things up and pushing broccoli on people.
Recently, urged on by my actual cravings for cabbage, arugula and broccoli (an unthinkable turn of events before I started a ketogenic approach to eating) I started studying these plants so I could learn more about them as I intend to grow many more of them this year in my little backyard paradise.
It turns out the Brassicaeae family of plants and Cruciferae or Cruciferious vegetables are pretty much my main source of vegetables these days.
Here's a list of these low carb beauties:
Broccoli
Cabbage
Purple Cabbage
Cauliflower
Arugula
Brussel Sprouts
Kale
Bok Choy
Turnips
Rutabaga
Radish
Daikon Radish
Mustard Greens
Collard Greens
Wasabi
Horseradish
(and even my all time favorite)
Nasturtium
All of the vegetables have good amounts of vitamins like the ever important vitamin C and are great for fiber and micronutrients too! And super tasty, naturally.
Recently scientists have been tinkering with broccoli to see if they can find a way to get the sulforaphane to be retained when eaten since cooking it tends to deplete the levels of this extremely beneficial organic compound. So just having a stir fry loaded with cauliflower and broccoli won't do the trick.
They discovered that damaging broccoli and leaving it out for a while makes the sulforphane last even through light cooking.
Since I eat so darn much broccoli and cabbage these days I figure why not just cut it up and leave it out on the table to get the most benefits possible.
I've become convinced now that I don't have sugar controlling my hunger or my brain my body actually craves the things it needs. So here's to more crucifers- a name I once associated with death due to its similarity to the plight of that unfortunate Jesus fellow- but now I will associate with life which is as close to religious as I will likely ever get.
This is an average haul for a week for the vegetables I will eat while being ketogenic, this and a box of arugula
Being Prepared for the New Era
1-06-22
Today as I listen to public radio, the mainstream news stories, I am reminded of the times I read historical news papers and listened to old radio from the early 1918-1945 as a nerdy young girl in the 1980s. I wondered if my schoolmates and I would face any of the trails our grandparents and ancestors had earlier in the century. I wondered if the world would have tragedies be the norm the way people who lived between the First World War and the Second World War did.
In 1918 people all over the world dealt with a pandemic flu while the first most tragic of all wars ended at last in November that year. 40 million people died in that war and estimates between 17 million and 50 million people died from the pandemic flu.
So let's imagine you were in your early 20's during this time of turmoil and you managed to survive both the World War 1 and the disease ahead of you lies an economic collapse. Ten years later, you have a child maybe two and a husband who works through the world wide depression to provide for you and your family. If your little boy was born before before 1925 he will likely be drafted for WW2 and possibly die fighting the Nazis.
By the time you are 50 years old- which is the age I turn this year- your lived through the two greatest wars in history, one of the worst pandemics, and also you lived through the greatest economic collapse in American history. You outlive your children.
As a young woman I tended to bond with grandparents and grannies where I lived more than people my age. I was very lucky and got to ask them questions about what happened. As a teenager I had a job as a CNA working with very elderly people in a nursing home. All of them were exactly these survivors who had lived through both wars often they were the last of their generation. They had so many unbelievable tales to tell. I was fascinated listening to their lives as young people and they in turn were made happy to have someone who actually wanted to listen to their life stories.
What would those sweet knitting old ladies tell me about today? What would the grannies and grandpas say to me today as I look forward to this new era I wondered this morning. Would they warn me to stock pile food?
Because this time 2022 might be the beginning of more trying times- considering climate change, and the likelihood neoliberals will start another war and that a second cold war has already begun. What would they do if they had known the future?
I think they would tell me the same as they did when I was a teenager- I still have the journals from those days they said these things:
Always tell people you love them everyday, for they may not be there tomorrow
Learn how to repair your stuff
Buy long lasting coats and shoes
Get a house, two if you can
Marry a friend
Trust your instincts
Read more than the headlines
War will come again fight against it before it happens, and VOTE
Don't drink when you are afraid or sad
Money is meaningless when there is nothing to buy
Grow food, grow enough to share
Prepare for the worst but expect the best
Clean more than you think you need to
Be kind to people who are afraid
Cry when you need to cry, don't hold it in
Learn how to heal yourself, learn how to nurse your family
Protect your health no money can buy it back
Look for the light in the darkness, be that light if you can't find it
Have a fire bag, a medical bag
Don't have children (all of these people told me they would have chosen not to have kids if they had been able to choose)
I wonder sometimes if I have wasted my time in this pandemic so far by not becoming Linda Hamilton in Terminator 2 preparing for the return of a killer robot. Especially in the context of January 6th 2021 which was the 3rd dress rehearsal for Christian Nationalist who intend to bring back Nazism to power whether or not the participants like Proud Boys, Boogaloo, and Republicans realize that is what they are doing serving the cult of Trump. It seems Merrick Garland is not going to go after any of the big fish, so the new Hitlers continue to gather their forces.
But then I remember I have very much lived my life preparing for now and I am doing very well considering all that is happening. I'll stick to the advice of those old dear people who put up with my constant questioning. I have made it to the year I turn 50 and in my case that is amazing.
But I'll start working out a bit more and just in case I need to call on my inner Linda Hamilton.
Light in the darkness of a storm in California December 26th 2021
1441, 1619, 2021
11-23-21
In 1441 Europeans (Portugal to be specific) began the African slave trade- the same year people marveled as the longest lunar eclipse anyone had ever seen appear in the night sky- exactly like the one seen across North America 5 days ago on November 19th.
Those people in 1441 did not know what was darkly happening- and could have conceivably lived a life of never knowing the darkness of enslavement and its consequences. But we, humans in 2021 looking up at that bloody moon going dark, we know or at least we should know the generational toll it has take on millions.
That year to this are not unconnected. The crimes against humanity are still yet to be acknowledged and reckoned with that began that fateful year.
In 1619 Europeans living in North America, eventually calling themselves Americans, brought the first enslaved African people to the shores of North America. Yet today we still don't teach this history in the US as a standard text.
It’s hard to remind yourself daily that this fight has gone on for centuries.
What difference can I make? You might despair.
It’s hard to keep it all in your mind and heart daily and not despair to a point of inaction. Those who would oppress others hope this is what will happen. Despair kills hope, with no hope there is no determination for change.
The closer oppressed peoples get to freedom and restitution the more vicious the pushback by status quo who benefit from this oppression either indirectly or directly. The truth forces confrontations by their children about their culpability for allowing these oppressive systems to go unchanged for decades and centuries.
They have tricked these often under-educated hateful hicks and white supremacists (who don’t realize they are) to deny science- and spread pestilence, to detest and shame homeless people, to be defame giving without strings attached for it removes control over others, to believe gay, bi, and trans people are a threat to them, to be cruel under the guise of being a patriot.
They have replaced a sense of humanity and kindness with nationalism. They have replaced empathy and compassion with competition and false superior morality defined by the rich who they aspire to be.
They have also cajoled the educated upper classes into believing they have not directly benefited from a system designed to enrich them off the backs of someone else's labor- on systems built on racism and sexism. Slavery happened centuries before, they seduce the white wealthy educated into believing, it's about choices now. "Anyone can be well off like me, they just need to work hard like I did." Handouts won't help anyone.
They ridicule kindness as weak and protests as disloyal while excusing their sons for murdering people in cold blood.
They are fighting hard to make sure children are not educated by critical thinkers and they are pushing this nationalism.
The push back against teaching the truth about racism in the US to young people- a long overdue correction about the foundations of American history was inspired by Nikole Hannah-Jones' excellent work
Here is a list of recent actions these conservative, aka white supremacy status quo supporters, have taken to try to stop children from learning. They are passing laws to stop teachers from teaching about slavery, racism and capitalism.
NORTH CAROLINA: bill H324- In September, Democratic Gov. Roy Cooper became the first governor to veto his state's proposed ban on certain classroom discussions about racism. The bill would have prevented teachers from promoting 13 concepts related to race or sex, including that meritocracy is racist or sexist, or that the United States was created to oppress members of one race or sex.
OHIO: HB 322 and HB 327-In May and June, Republican legislators introduced two bills: One would prohibit discussion of certain topics related to race and sex and forbid schools from awarding credit for student service learning with advocacy groups. If teachers promote any banned ideas, their classes cannot count toward graduation requirements for the students present. The other would prevent classroom conversations regarding "divisive concepts."
PENNSYLVANIA: HB 1532-In June, Rep. Russ Diamond (R) introduced a bill that would limit how teachers can discuss racism and sexism and ban schools from hosting speakers or assigning books that advocate "racist or sexist concepts."
NORTH DAKOTA:HB 1508 -Republican legislators introduced a bill in November that bans instruction in "critical race theory," which the bill defines as "the theory that racism is not merely the product of individual bias or prejudice, but that racism is systemically embedded in American society and the American legal system to facilitate racial inequality."
IOWA: HF 802-In June, Gov. Kim Reynolds, a Republican, signed a law limiting the ways that teachers can discuss race and gender.
FLORIDA: In June, the state board of education voted to approve a rule that prohibits schools from teaching critical race theory and the 1619 Project.
TENNESSEE:HB 0580 -Gov. Bill Lee, a Republican, signed a law in May that limits how teachers can discuss racism and sexism in the classroom.
GEORGIA: In June, the governor-appointed state board of education adopted a resolution against lessons that “indoctrinate” students or “promote one race or sex above another.” The resolution also opposes awarding credit for student service learning with advocacy groups. These restrictions have not been codified into rules, however.
UTAH: At the request of the legislature, the Utah State Board of Education approved a new rule in June that would limit how teachers can discuss racism and sexism.
IDAHO:HB 377-Gov. Brad Little, a Republican, signed a law in April limiting the ways that teachers can discuss race and gender and banning what the legislation called tenets of critical race theory.
WEST VIRGINIA: SB618 and HB2595-In February and March, Republican legislators introduced two bills that would prohibit schools from teaching "divisive concepts" relating to race and sex.
TEXAS: HB 3979- In May, Republican Gov. Greg Abbott signed HB 3979 into law, prohibiting teachers from engaging in "race or sex stereotyping," preventing schools from awarding credit for student service learning with advocacy groups, and banning schools from requiring teachers to discuss controversial issues. An updated version of the law passed in special session, SB 3, will go into effect in December. In addition to the requirements in HB 3979, it also mandates that teachers go through a civics training program and that parents have access to schools' learning management systems.
SOUTH DAKOTA: HB 1157- In February, Republican legislators withdrew a bill they had introduced that would ban schools from using materials that encourage the overthrow of the U.S. government or promote social justice for particular groups. In May, Gov. Kristi Noem signed the "1776 Pledge" which opposes critical race theory in schools.
RHODE ISLAND: HB 6070- Rep. Patricia Morgan (R) introduced a bill in March that would prohibit the teaching of "divisive concepts" related to race or sex. A House committee recommended that the bill be held for further study.
NEW HAMPSHIRE: HB 2-In June, Republican Gov. Chris Sununu signed the state budget into law. The budget bill included language banning teachers from discussing race, gender, and other identity characteristics in certain ways in class. This provision was added to the budget after a separate bill seeking to ban the teaching of "divisive concepts" died earlier this spring.
MISSOURI: HB 952-Rep. Brian Seitz (R) introduced a bill that would ban teaching of critical race theory and use of specific curricula, including the 1619 Project. The Missouri legislative session ended in May.
ARKANSAS: HB 1218-In March, Republican legislators withdrew their bill that would have prohibited teaching that promotes "division" between groups or "social justice." Arkansas passed a law in May that prohibited "divisive concepts" in state agency training, though this does not apply to public schools.
LOUISIANA: HB 564-In April, Rep. Ray Garofalo (R) voluntarily deferred a bill that would ban teaching of "divisive concepts," after criticism from other Louisiana lawmakers and state education officials.
MONTANA: At the request of Superintendent of Public Instruction Elsie Arntzen (R), Montana Attorney General Austin Knudsen (R) issued an opinion in May that prevents schools from asking students to reflect on privilege and bans teaching that assigns characteristics to individuals based on their race or sex. The opinion is legally binding.
WISCONSIN: SB 411 A bill introduced in June would prevent teachers from promoting "race or sex stereotyping" and withhold 10% of state aid from schools that violate this prohibition. It would also require that schools publish a list of all curricula they use.
NEW YORK: Bill A08253-In August, Republican lawmakers prefiled a bill for the 2021-22 legislative session that would prevent teaching that individuals bear collective responsibility for acts committed by members of their race, that individuals should feel guilt because of their race, or that individuals should receive discriminatory treatment based on their race. It would also ban requiring students to study the 1619 Project.
KENTUCKY: Bill requests 60 and 69-Republican legislators have prefiled two bills for the 2022 session that would prohibit teaching certain concepts related to race, sex, and religion, and would subject teachers who violate the law to disciplinary action.
ARIZONA: HB2898-In late June, Republican Gov. Doug Ducey signed a budget bill that included restrictions on how teachers can discuss race and sex in the classroom. If educators or schools are found to be in violation of this law, the school district could be fined up to $5,000. In November, though, the Arizona Supreme Court found these restrictions unconstitutional, under a provision in the state's constitution requiring bills to only address one subject. The state department of education has said that the law is unenforceable.
MICHIGAN: HB 5097 and SB 0460-In November, the House passed a bill that would prohibit "any form of race or gender stereotyping or anything that could be understood as implicit race or gender stereotyping" in classrooms. Republican legislators in the state Senate also introduced a similar bill in May, that would direct school boards to ensure that curriculum does not include critical race theory, the 1619 Project, or "anti-American and racist theories."
OKLAHOMA: HB 1775 In May, Gov. Kevin Stitt, a Republican, signed a law limiting the ways that teachers can discuss racism and sexism in class.
MAINE: LD 550-In February, Rep. Meldon Carmichael (R) introduced a bill that would prohibit public school teachers from "engaging in political, ideological or religious advocacy in the classroom."
ALABAMA: HB8 and HB11-In October, the Republican-majority state board of education voted to codify a resolution banning schools from teaching "concepts that impute fault, blame, a tendency to oppress others, or the need to feel guilt or anguish to persons solely because of their race or sex.” The resolution was first introduced in August. Rep. Chris Pringle and Rep. Danny Crawford, both Republicans, prefiled similar legislative bills for the next legislative session that would ban schools from teaching certain concepts regarding race or sex, and critical race theory.
SOUTH CAROLINA: H630- Under a section included in the state's budget bill, schools and districts are prohibited from using state funding to teach that certain races or sexes are superior to others, or that individuals have certain traits, experiences, or responsibilities because of their race or sex. Two other bills banning critical race theory and the 1619 Project in schools failed to advance before the end of the legislative session.
SOURCES: State legislature websites, Education Week reporting
When you feel hopeless remember that your local school boards and local elections are filled with these nasty anti-science racist people. Your schools are over represented by hate-filled hoodwinked nationalist. You can attend, speak out and push against these people. There are more of us than of them, there always have been more kind, good people than wicked hate mongers but the greatest tool of this hate filled horde is the despair it causes for those who understand the truth.
Live in hope. Fight with dignity. Help someone who has problems you've never faced.
Here's the 1619 podcast listen to it, read more books, and act accordingly. Don't let them eclipse 580 years of struggle. I saw that eerie blood moon as an omen of action- let it be one for you too.
Values
11-11-14
A question was posed on public radio:
What would take from your house last minute if you had to grab it and knew you were never returning?
It was in reference to people fleeing for their life -specifically Afghanis fleeing the Taliban recently. It’s a question I’ve thought about quite a lot over the years because I’ve known refugees, migrants, and people who have had major natural disasters and fires happen.
My first thought beyond Nate, my firebag (a readiness emergency bag for just such a situation I keep by my bed) and my laptop and phone (because I can’t afford to replace them) was my fiddle and my nyckelharpa. Everything else I could give up, however, this doesn’t imply my things are replaceable because much of what I own comes from free piles or thrift stores. I have no idea where they were originally purchased or if they could be sourced again.
One of the reasons I am more a maximalist than a “spark joy” minimalist type is related to how I acquire things. I can’t get them again usually even if I could afford to buy them new. I moved across the country with all of my things twice and I don’t regret even one thing I brought. They are all of value to me. I don’t keep things around that are not of value to me- and mostly I remember the find, like a great treasure hunter would of where I found the treasure.
During the pandemic I have had to buy new things online since I can’t mix with the maskless horde in thrift stores. I have found my attachment to those needed practical things is less than if I had found them in a thrift store- though arguably they are more “valuable.” For me, how value is defined turns out to be deeply connected to the discovery of an item. And importantly the story surrounding the item. I value an agate I found in an unlikely spot far more than the diamond pendant someone gave me years go. In fact, I only have that little pendant around to remember the person who gave it to me.
What we value, what we consider valuable, and our values are so interconnected I doubt many of us realize the circles and spirals of stuff that define our perspective in the world. It definitely transfers over to how we feel about each other even when we make an effort not to judge people by their stuff, we all do. Yet, when it comes to the question of what would you take with you if you knew you were not coming back home it’s usually a small list.
This type of thinking doesn’t make me feel bad about having stuff- it makes me feel gratitude for having the comfortable existence I am blessed with at the moment to have an adventurous life and a home that reflects my seeking.
It could be gone in an instant, and it really could happen to anyone.
Considering the ever present effects of climate change being unlikely to be truly addressed by world leaders more obsessed with greed and power than actually solving the problem -most of us should have an emergency survival bag at the ready. Those leaders meeting in Scotland over the past two weeks haven’t realized (or don’t care) that stuff matters less than people. The values of these leaders are defined by colonialism/capitalism are destroying the one thing we must protect all other things-because it won’t matter what you would take with you from if when can’t go back home if there isn’t anywhere else to go.
Anti-aging regimen?
10-14-21
This week I posted a video on social media of myself without makeup, dancing completely improv to refute someone's argument that I "wore make to look younger and attract men." Their point was sexist nonsense, of course, but it is a common belief out there that women wear make up to attract lovers or look younger- which maybe that's true of younger women sometimes but we all learn a major truth as we age:
Makeup is actually very aging.
And I'm not talking about trends or styles of what kind you wear or whether or not you look old with blue or black eyeshadow or some other dumb anti-goth advice out there- I'm talking about putting stuff on your face, regardless of its color it makes lines more obvious. And some makeup actually damages skin too.
If I wear it, regardless of the types claiming to be "ageless," it makes my face look older. I do wear it regularly for sunblock, for performance, and for fun but it makes me look at least 10 years older. That's because my skin even at 49 years old and even having been a decades long chain smoker at one point, is still in decent shape.
Since I posted said video I've had ten people ask me about my anti-aging regimen. At first I thought- "What? Everyone knows what do by now right?"
We've had the internet forever- look it up! But if you look up anti-aging stuff there's so much bullshit it's difficult to imagine ever getting good information. Websites about aging sell products so, of course those conveniently leave out better, cheaper, easier things to do. Still there is some decent information even on beauty pages you just have to know that if a product is attached to advice it may not be the whole truth.
Magazines, beauty sites and “experts” always write about aging skin when someone hits 40, but it’s really something you have pay attention to when you are in your youth and as your youth fades or you are likely to be fucked. THIS INCLUDES YOU FELLAS!
You can do some damage repair and recovery in your forties and prevent some worsening appearances but if you don't start early, at least by your mid-thirties, there is only so much you can do naturally.
I smoked for 20 years so and I still have those lines but they are not intense as they would be if I stopped making an effort.
There are a few basic things that the people I know who look or seem younger have in common beyond the obvious of good genetics for looking young and less toxic lives.
They don’t smoke or often do drugs
They don’t drink as much as others
They don’t use chemical laden beauty products, lotions or soaps
They don’t drink soda or beer as much
They tend to not eat many processed foods and they eat less sugar
They don’t have children (sorry but the stress of children is a big aging factor)
They aren't sedentary
That’s the don’t list. It’s actually a longer list for me but those particular things seem universal in those who seem younger at my age range and older. I also don't care what fashion people say and wear what makes me feel confident and beautiful regardless of trends.
This is the activities younger feeling/looking people have in their "Do list"
They sleep well and regularly
They exercise, dance or are active in some way everyday
They regularly spend time on stress management and mental health
They eat vegetables and fruit as a daily practice
They have regular sexual activity or at least loving touch
They avoid too much sun or too little sun- vitamin D is hugely important in aging.
They laugh and smile a lot (frown wrinkles just look older)
They have passionate creative pursuits
They rest without feeling guilty
They go into nature regularly
They drink lots of water
They have close friends they trust and remain in regular contact
My personal set of things I’ve done since I bothered to notice I would age horribly if I didn’t (around 21 years old I noticed it- so nearly 30 years of doing these things)
I use salt, organic olive oil, pure witch hazel, and pure aloe and importantly cold water as my primary skin care. I’ve tried other stuff but this actually works for me. It’s cheap and easy and available all over the world, since I travel sometimes for multiple months this is a big factor for me. Foreign beauty products, shampoos, and makeup can be baffling and often lie about ingredients- and most smell horrible but that's true of US stuff too. The key difference is a language barrier and the cultural willingness of women to use dangerous things to "look better." Most makeup can be made with dangerous shit we shouldn't use and it hides in plain sight pretending to be "clean and healthy." In this way I feel lucky to be allergic to 90% of this stuff so I can't use it.
I regularly take baths instead of showers and at least 2 mineral salt baths a week. I personally think this is why my skin is in good shape but I have no science to back that really, but I can say it gets ugly if I’m away from the salt for more than a month. Maybe I'm a secret mermaid though, eh? Seems as reasonable explanation as any for my behaviors and appearance.
IMPORTANT to use unadulterated mineral salt. Pure epsom salt is a great skin helper all over your body. Mineral salts from the Dead Sea are the best, but just regular epsom works fine too and it’s cheaper just don't get the perfumed stuff- you can add your own organic essential oil drops and it's so relaxing rather than the overwhelming toxic stuff they put in most commercially available bath soaks.
I don’t use soap- and especially NEVER on my face, with the rare exception of very good baby shampoo/soap that I can put in my eyes for removing eye makeup/pollen. Burt’s Bees is the one I’ve used for about 5 years since it really doesn’t hurt- all the others do and I feel so bad for babies who can’t say how much the “no more tears” stuff actually sucks and it burns. Obviously, I wash my hands with soap but it's also why I have to put oils on my hands to stop them drying out.
Olive oil works better to remove most makeup but also not wearing any makeup for at least two days a week to let skin breath makes skin seem more youthful.
I use witch hazel with no alcohol for toner but only once and a while if I had greasier skin I’d use it every day
I use pure aloe gel as my makeup primer. When I have to wear "the full face" I often do this to protect my skin from the makeup. I put it on, let the aloe dry and then do makeup. I look less lined and my skin suffers no ill effects. I have done this for about 20 years and if I don't use aloe because I don't have time I notice a difference.
I don’t use crappy cheap shampoo or conditioner. I use shampoo/conditioner sparingly with good ingredients, no fragrances except occasional lavender- but not from perfume or artificial shit. A strong shower head will rinse your hair well enough without having to wash it constantly.
I use coffee to scrub my dead cells off- mixed with mineral salt, olive oil and usually essential oils I like- personally I like the smell of lavender or lemongrass.
I use oolong tea in the bath once a month or so to tighten skin and make my hair shine and I drink it regularly. Such a wonderful tea, oolong tastes better than ordinary green tea and is more beneficial.
If I can't find it in nature, and/or don't know what it is when I read the ingredients- I don't use it on my body. This doesn't mean I use expensive organic whole plants stuff always- I don't have that kind of money. It means I make most of my treatments myself. Just like with food- fresh is better. Skin or body treatments are actually better fresh than a packaged processed treatments and with added chemicals for shelf life stability. Packaging and some synthetic ingredients in makeup, shampoo and even food has been linked to an early death too. I use stuff like oatmeal when I have itchy skin and coffee scrubs when it's flaky- I make my own skin masks out of stuff I could eat if I need to do that. Mostly, I don't need to use so many time consuming treatments these days because I drink water, don't use soap, and take care to clean and moisturize. I use ground up cucumbers put in the freezer for inflammation and I use all sorts of scrubs to help rid myself of age spots, zits, milia. Usually mineral salt is a main ingredient with some essential oil and lemon on occasion. I learned a lot this stuff from a fabulous lady housemate who was 15 years old than me but looked younger than me in my late twenties. She made salt scrubs all the time with oils for her whole body. I could eat most of what goes on my skin. There are literally thousands of recipes about this online now.
I eat food that helps my skin and bones more than doing things to my skin. Recently, I added collagen peptides to my lexicon of weird stuff I know about and eat to so I don't become a brittle old bitch. Seems to be helping with my creaky joints and cleared up my weight loss deepening wrinkles in just a few weeks. Plus I swear my eyes are working better- but hey- they could be unrelated.
That's about it really. I think I look fairly typical for my age as far as signs of aging but I do admit that I know quite a few 30 somethings I thought were older than me- so maybe this will be helpful to them.
I often feel sick since I've been chronically ill for decades so when I can function fully I am active and grateful to be able to be active. I think as people age they either become grateful for what they can do or resentful for what they can't do anymore. Negative, resentful, hateful old people look and feel older compared to people who aren't negative.
Gratitude makes you look and feel younger too!
Here's my face, no makeup, screen captured from the video, not edited or filtered if you're wondering what the fuss was about. I think I actually look worse than usual on this day, tired and washed out- compared to normally but it's not about looks alone. I felt great on this day and I think ultimately THAT conveys a lack of aging more than anything else to people who think I'm not 49.
A Year and a Day
9-1-21
It's been one year and one day since I walked into the house I live in for the first time. My husband and I left Detroit with our good friend drove caravan style across the country 2400 miles from Michigan to coastal Washington. I really hoped the world would be in better place concerning many things not least of which is the pandemic but also famine, wars, and natural disasters. I hoped. But the sinking feeling that this madness may be the new normal for the foreseeable future.
And after a year and a day the fate of many things is sealed.
In history- the time frame of a year and a day was used in British courts
"Year and a day rule was an ancient rule of the common law which created a conclusive presumption that a death was not murder (or any other form of homicide) if it occurred more than a year and a day since the act (or omission) that was alleged to have been its cause."
Sort a clean slate- though perhaps not a fair one. People bonded in partnerships like marriage in Pagan times could also choose to walk away a year and a day later with no legal consequences in some early traditions. It allowed a new paradigm to take place particularly for waring tribes and clans. Many world traditions recognize a year and a day.
These days I see world split into two factions that could use such a rule, that is if the conflict would end. Those who believe in science, and those who give into conspiracy theory.
If today I woke up and read that anti-vax, anti-mask- virus impact deniers were at last choosing to get vaccinated, protect their communities, and come together to defeat this plague I would apply this year and a day rule to them too. I'd draw a line under it and think on it no more.
Yet I can not, for they it seems are sealing their own fate and the rest of us too to be doomed to live out this plaguescape even longer because they can not or will not admit they were wrong.
As for me my life is much improved during this past year. My health is exponentially better. I am 45 pounds lighter. I exercise or at least go walking almost everyday. I have fewer stresses not living combative city life, though there are plenty of conspiracy nuts here, they are much easier to avoid. The air is clean here. The temperature is always temperate. I'm vaccinated so though I still worry about getting ill- it is not the death threat I felt before vaccination.
Life is easier- as easy as it can be with the many looming threats lurking just beyond my door. I am in a solid loving relationship of many years that has withstood near constant companionship for about 18 months- a personal record for me. I have a bountiful first year garden. My husband I are finally doing home improvements at long last now that some prices have dropped. I feel hopeful about my end of things- meaning what I can do. I stopped writing the blog as often and took six weeks off entirely because I found blogging takes more from me than it gives and distracts me for writing novels, short stories and poetry which are my true passions. Besides my personal perspective made public is just as easily had on social media, and no one cares there either.
I sometimes feel guilty being alive and doing so well when many people I know did not survive this plague time. I know many people are suffering greatly all over the world and that suffering has increased exponentially as mine as decreased. I wish I could give the gift of safety and love to everyone hurting right now because sometimes is overwhelms my heart to think how little it would take to make people safe and loved and how much we, as in America, have to give.
Yet we don't help people- we hurt them as a general rule. 300 million dollars a day for 20 years was spent making war in Afghanistan with literally no gains either in having a "safer" America or a less miserable Afghanistan.
I protested the war in Afghanistan for 2 years in the beginning regularly attending street protests and actions because I felt the wrong headedness of attacking a place that wasn't even involved in 9/11, at least not the actual citizens for the most part.
Essentially, it was a revenge attack on a country for one man's actions. A sick twisted rich guy on a "religious mission." The rich guy in question was not an Afghani. He was Saudi a construction baron son of a billionaire who went there in the 1980s while Russia was occupying the country. Then this Saudi guy (you might know his name as Osama Bin Laden) became so much of a wing nut even his extremist shitbag bigoted sexist evil Royal Saudi friends found him too extreme. I think the lesson here is beware of billionaires and their unchecked children.
Bin Laden attacked us with his money, his influence and the network of other religious extremists he built across the Middle East. But we as nation, we bombed a whole country because revenge is more important than strategy.
A year and a day after the bombing of Afghanistan I felt the new normal lock in. I hope this plague and behavior surrounding it doesn't last two decades. We are already changed as a society the question remains- how much? and for how long?
Maybe we should spend 300 million dollars a day helping people who actually need it here in the United States now instead of arguing over what place to bomb next or what country to compete with or continue another useless new cold war everyone loses again.
As for me I'll continue living a life with sunflowers, sunshine, forest and ocean time, and music with my partner and hope everyone realizes what matters- love. Love and the memory of it are all we really have in life.
Next year on September 2nd I hope to be writing a happy update to this year and a day. I hope you are all here healthy and prospering when I do.
Coffee
7-29-21
Coffee is about to go up in price- whether immediately or not one can't be sure, but like lumber it could happen overnight if the media causes the panic -as it usually does- and businesses will take advantage of any scare even their prices have yet to be affected. CNN's coverage primarily covered how their corporate overlords and target bougie audience might not feel the change via Starbucks. Fear not Lulu Lemon soccer moms your overpriced sugar swill will remain roughly the same price while local shops and home drinkers will take the hit.
So my fellow members of the Church of Java, our beloved elixir may indeed become expensive enough to ration for a while.
And with fires, climate change, and general troubles with production in many countries looking at other forms of caffeine that we can grow locally might be a wise option. Black Drink, sometimes called cassina, grows in America well and is considered a native shrub. Yaupon, the plant black drink is made from has been consumed for hundreds of years and had cafes in the turn of last century. Apart for its unfortunate latin name, Ilex vomitoria, yaupon has a lot to overcome to make any headway in replacing or supplementing coffee. It's a decent boost, I can attest from experience, but I seriously doubt many people will plant the bushes- which need both male and females plants to thrive. I had a hard time finding both when I lived in Michigan and I was keen to grow it but failed now that I live in the PNW I will attempt again.
For now I am overstocked in coffee, and I intend to stay that way. I suppose I could learn to live without caffeine but like living without cheese- is that a life worthing living? My addictions scream- NOOOO!
A shadow may fall on my morning cup but I hope it's of short duration.
Fireworks Suck
7-2-21
As July 4th approaches many of us are already experiencing sleepless nights, disturbed pets, and anxiety due to fools who have purchased their fire toys that bang and sparkle in the sky. Everyone on the entire West Coast knows the region is a tinder box just waiting for a spark, yet still I can't sleep tonight because my neighbors two doors down keeping setting off explosions.
Our town, Hoquiam, like many others in the county had banned fireworks this year after the devastating heat wave which has killed hundreds of people across the region and one Canadian village town, Lytton which reached 121°F, burned to the ground.
But alas, after issuing a decree the mayor of my town back peddled saying he didn't have the authority to ban fireworks without a statue being passed a year earlier and if even an emergency statue was passed the law could not be enacted until next year. I find this troubling since the town has all sorts of other powers but preventing wildfires via fireworks isn't one because specifically fireworks have been written into their own special law state law. Oddly specific and protective of a business model that arguably can only be at best seasonal side line and certainly not essential.
Risking setting the region on fire and making the air unbreathable apparently aren't big enough risks to merit emergency action by the State Fire Marshal -who is the only person with the power to make this declaration, because our Governor, Jay Inslee, doesn't have the power either! There must be one powerful fireworks lobby out there.
This situation is a perfect demonstrations of how broken many systems of governance are in the United States. Special interests have managed to manipulate state wide laws in order to make a profit off a pretty toxic industry.
Fireworks emit almost 60,340 metric tons of CO2 every year in the US. That's more CO2 than 12,000 cars emit in a year.
The performative nature of these July 4th "celebrations" of Independence- commemorating a bunch of white male, land grabbing, rich property owners declaring independence from their colonial master, the King of England while forcing slaves to work on lands they stole from Native peoples seems a pretty odd holiday especially in modern times. If it were a solemn holiday, that might be ok, but really it's a celebration of war and of taking-like so many other aspects of our culture.
"I say it with a sad sense of the disparity between us. I am not included within the pale of glorious anniversary! Your high independence only reveals the immeasurable distance between us. The blessings in which you, this day, rejoice, are not enjoyed in common. The rich inheritance of justice, liberty, prosperity and independence, bequeathed by your fathers, is shared by you, not by me. The sunlight that brought light and healing to you, has brought stripes and death to me.This Fourth July is yours, not mine. You may rejoice, I must mourn.” Frederick Douglass July 5th, 1852.
The people who buy fireworks and set them off don't give a rat ass about this history. They are self-centered, immature, thoughtless cretins. They want to play with loud bomb sounding toys and make exploding sparkly lights while getting drunk and eating too many trashy hot dogs and burgers at a BBQ. When challenged most of them haven't read the "Declaration of Independence" and probably can sing Lee Greenwood's "God Bless the USA" word for word but don't know the words of the national anthem. Both songs are awful.
People with PTSD, victims of gun violence, pets, wild animals, even bees and fish get fucked over by fireworks. But the worst is the fire damage to homes and forests all over the country. The beach clean up after these people trash the area takes weeks even months sometimes.
And for what? So some irresponsible buttholes can light stuff on fire and watch it sparkle for a few brief moments when nearly every town in America has a municipal proper fireworks show.
Oh, and you know why that video of fireworks is so boring on your phone? Because honestly after the first few you've seen it all and even the finale it's actually kinda boring once you've seen it before. What a waste.
What if the 4th of July was a day of community service instead where people went around and cleaned up parks, rivers, and beaches and communities? We could unite to help out unhoused people, the elderly, and veterans, people who are ill. Have neighborhood or family BBQs after a hard day's work doing something to be proud of rather than a trashy, gaudy, toxic display. And maybe get a good night's sleep every night in July instead of wondering if it was a gunshot or fireworks for weeks at a time.
Boooooom. Yep, there goes the asshole neighbor again-that one shook the house. At least I know it's not a gunshot.
Heat Wave
6-23-21
This week a majority of the US West Coast will be so hot that going outside for very long will be dangerous. Where I live, coastal Washington, we'll have one day of 90 degrees then back to our usual mild pleasant summer. One of the major factors in our choosing to live in the coastal region is because it is very rarely hot, and when it is we just jump in the ocean.
I brought my ACs from my home in Detroit because I was afraid of the wildfires east of our home and air quality issues without one. I have discovered that my air cleaner works fine for the slight issues we had last year during the big fires east of us.
Fire season predictions do not look good.
So, based in this, I have offered these ACs to friends south and east of us. No takers. Portlanders seem to be in denial about the new climate paradigm they live in. Many Portland homes, expensive as they are, don't have air conditioning so when the temperature hits 105 this Saturday there will be no escaping the heat for many.
Many people in the global south have been dealing with these crazy temperatures and intense unlivable situations for decades as climate change accelerates also often without air conditioning but not by choice, by poverty. It's part of the reason why so many refugees wait at our border everyday.
Maybe just a taste of what it is like frequently for a substantial percentage of the world might add some empathy to our thinking as a nation. Maybe. And I am sure someone after this hell week, which undoubtedly won't be the last, will want my offer of a window unit to help them endure.
For now, it is my hope that this heat wave doesn't cause more hellfires like last year.
But, alas, July 4th is coming and idiots with fireworks are already everywhere. Banning fireworks could save millions of acres of forest, homes, not mention children's hands, eyes, fingers and toes.
"But hey! What about the patriotic BBQs-won't anyone think of the BBQs?"
What would these "patriots" do without the ability to potentially set fire to the world so they can look at some sparkly lights while mimicking bombs. They need be allowed to traumatize many people, pets, and wildlife having no idea at all how democracy works and what this country is actually founded on, else who are they?
Don't take away the colonial celebrations of lies! It's our greatest longest running propaganda of all time! How else can we inspire ridiculous white men to believe they are entitled to kill, hoard resources, and deny human rights to world without our sparkly bomb lights?
Lumber
6/14/21
As of June the price of lumber is up 250% where I live and that's not all. Many supplies for basic building and construction have jumped 25% or more over the past few months. Appliances are going out of stock everywhere which was what happened when our washing machine broke. We had to buy a new one- no used ones out there, and as I said to many friends, I've paid less for a used car in the past decade than I did our new washer.
The media is discussing "inflation" and trying to put the blame off on workers who don't want to work for minimum wage which has remained stagnant for a dozen years while the price of everything has increased, and now consumer prices are rising at the fastest pace in about 13 years. Partly, the special circumstances of the pandemic shut downs are playing a part and market capitalists are taking advantage too. But the only time the generation currently in power, the Boomers, remember inflation affecting them was the 1970s so naturally, the fear is rising, and is actually causing some of the problem of making inflation worse.
People in poverty and the working poor have been experiencing a version of this greatly feared "inflation" due to flat wages for over a decade. Rents are out of control, the median home price has doubled and in some places quadrupled in that same decade, food costs more, utilities and water cost more yet wages have stayed the same in many places.
Now that prices being drastically different are affecting upper middle class homeowners it has become newsworthy enough to be on something other than an economic nerd's radar. It's the same disease the working poor have been suffering with as a chronic condition coping for a lifetime- whereas these would be home improvement sorts are experiencing an acute case with a simple cure-waiting for things to normalize after the pandemic.
Unfortunately, as we all discovered during this pandemic, privileged Americans aren't very patient- some choosing to risk the lives of others rather than be inconvenienced in the slightest while the rest of the country struggles to fight a deadly pandemic. People could just hold off on projects until the labor forces and resources normalize rather than making the situation worse.
That's what my partner and I are doing wherever possible. Instead of redoing our decidedly dingy kitchen with the planned renovation of butcher block counters and new cabinet work we settled for a cosmetic lift. Cheerful paint skillfully applied and some cheapish metal shelving rather than the built-in shelves we wanted to make. Also we are waiting to buy a fridge as well and waiting to redo the floors and bathroom.
Here's the dingy kitchen before shots and some after photos I snapped a few hours ago.
We managed to find a new stove being sold on Craigslist last summer and luckily bought a microwave before the prices went up. I calculated we saved at least $600 our used/recycled and free appliances, which is still no where near the cost of that new washer.
The cosmetic redo price for all hinges, paints, supplies and new lights above and racks was less than $200. Now the kitchen is functional, clean and interesting- not ideal but not a sad dingy poorly designed box with the ghost of 5 bad paint jobs haunting it anymore either.
When plywood finally drops down to a reasonable price per sheet then our many home projects- done DIY will able to get going. I am pretty proud of "making do" in these odd times but really it's about the same for me as usual. I actually had the money to buy lumber at normal prices- a great achievement for me, but I'm used to being patient. I am much like my kitchen in many ways-old, extra large, and oddly proportioned, yet still a cheerful, functional, and organized beauty ready to get cooking.
A Tale of Two Cities Part 1: Homecoming
6-4-21
Over Memorial Day weekend I visited Portland Oregon for the first time in six years. I moved from Portland to Detroit in 2015 I have wanted to write about these two cities and my experiences and observations about one of America's whitest cities contrasted to one of America's blackest cities.
But I didn't want to contribute another white woman writing about Detroit book or blog. I needed some space from Michigan and the pandemic before comfortably writing about my experiences in Motown and The Rose City as well as a visiting to Portland being fully vaccinated. I have decided to do a ten part series about the changes and the constants over the past six years.
Part One: Portland Homecoming
March 1st 2015
My partner, my bandmate and I loaded, Scoop, my old brown Ford 1989 van with our instruments and remaining delicate possessions not already shipped in giant boxes to our newly purchase home in Detroit. Snow, ice, and closed roads made our trip last over a week. We spent a month unpacking into our new home and then returned to Portland one last time for our unconventional backyard wedding in May 1st. That was the last time I saw the Portland Oregon.
But why did we leave?
Portland in 2015 was one of the best most beautiful cities in the world. Majority progressive cultural values, front yard gardens-backyard permaculture, lots of local music, art, whacky fashion, near by stunning wildlife and nature, a thriving stunning city filled with adventure. This was the vibe of the city for most of the time I lived there.
For several years I felt a shadow falling on my life in Portland. What was once a life of creative pursuit, progressive ideals and low impact living had become a struggle at best to hold onto my ideals in the face of mounting daily health issues I could not fix without health insurance which I could not afford unless qualified for low-income medicaid which would mean not making enough money to be able to pay my ever increasing rent. In short, Portland had become a place I could very well end up homeless if even one thing went wrong.
If just one thing we wrong- like health issues beyond control, one thing like a Republican president, one thing like needing to recover from surgery, one thing like cancer, or a car repair, or needing appliances or heat. All of those "one things" happened to me over the past six years. And I thank goodness most did not happen in Portland.
In year 2000 I could afford an apartment on my own, had no trouble finding work that paid a living wage, good food was easy to afford and transportation was a breeze having both a bus pass and a fully insured car. Gigs paid enough invest in my art and music-even to afford travel with them. I thought that Portland was progressive version of Shangri-la. Not flawless, naturally, the lack of diversity was glaring to me having moved from Virginia to Oregon in 1997 and during my time in Oregon I saw so much gentrification which displaced most of the neighborhoods of color.
By 2015 I had five housemates living in poorly maintained house in SE Portland that I paid way too much to get originally and was finding it hard to find decent paying meaningful work. Healthy food was a luxury so I made it through with potatoes, rice, pasta and garden veggies I grew. Gigs paid less in 2015 than 1997 though they required three times the work online and promoting to get attendance via social media/venues. Add to this no one paid for music anymore either. Being in a full sized band would never break even again in Portland Oregon. The entire city to me seemed filled with a recent influx of nouveau riche white hipsters from NYC, LA and San Francisco.
We left because I felt not only would the city continue to gentrify beyond recognition but that the music scene and arts were becoming the playground of the rich and advantaged neither of which I was likely to become. I felt if we stayed we'd become serfs to the newest incomers in our own city who could afford to buy into and dominate what had been created by the artists and musicians I cherished over the past 15 years of my life who financially, like me, needed to be paid something for their efforts just to be able to afford their instruments, equipment, and art supplies.
Last Thursday on Alberta, a monthly free DIY street festival I had participated since the early days where local art sold, and street performance was encouraged-was being attacked by these new rich because the new Alberta neighbors didn't want to deal with the street musicians, artists, and crowds which arguably is why the neighborhood's profile had been driven up in the estimation of the city's real estate agents. The new rich won that battle now the street festival once monthly- only happens once a year.
Venues once paying musicians were now happy to book shows for acts that didn't need to get paid because that helped their bottom line. Where once a ground swell of original music came from these many little venues and bars that supported the players and the businesses now this access to free performers made the homegrown acts asking for fair pay seem mercenary. As a musician I never felt right playing for free since it directly was contributing to other musicians not getting treated fairly.
A local media source wrote then about bands and artists moving from Portland to Detroit referencing our band but totally missing the point because they assumed we must be at least middle class to be a musician and be affording to buy a house. No. I was in poverty not an "urban pioneer" and we moved to the only place I could find in the country where a working class person could still buy a house and find music as a cultural value. Working class musicians weren't going to survive in the city Portland let alone thrive.
I left Portland with much sadness but plenty of resolve. I waved goodbye to the well-planted front gardens, the city that celebrates brightly colored art and unconventional thinking, green eco-values, the city that helped me become the woman I was proud to be. I would make a new life in Detroit. Learn new valuable lessons, build a home and glorious garden of my own, build sweat equity and contribute to a city again that wanted me, rather than one that seemed to view me and my sort as superfluous window dressing. And for the most part I did just that. But then the pandemic hit, we moved to rural Washington for many good reasons....
May 30th 2021
Two of our closest friends and fellow musicians own a small house and incredible garden in the Cully neighborhood of northeast Portland and agreed to host my husband and I while they were away for the holiday weekend. We are finally fully vaccinated and it was well past time I got to see one of my favorite cities and peoples again.
First, it is important that I describe our drive into the city. We drove down the coastal highway- I think of it as the blooming "yellow brick road" filled with invasive yet beautiful brilliant yellow scotch broom contrasting dozens of shades of glowing greens and beautiful clear blue skies with snow capped mountains in the distance onto I-5.
As we edged into the city just over the Columbia River bridge the number of homeless encampments greeting us as we came into the city was shocking to me beyond belief. My husband had been trying to prepare me for the disturbing sights I would see but I was still so surprised. In 2015 there were homeless encampments in Portland here and there but nothing like this- they are everywhere, in laybys, city parks, underpasses, bits of sidewalk, any spare patch of land. RVs in various states of disrepair also seem to clog all sorts lanes and roads. How in less than 10 years had this happened? The rich getting richer and the poor getting poorer. Trump. Property developers and the further colonial rules of empire playing themselves out. But why had Portlanders let it happen?
I couldn't help but see myself in one of those tents if I had stayed. Too in despair to carry on, going crazy, selling my last possible possessions of value to get some relief from the shame and pain via booze or by drugs hoping to die alone so the shame of poverty and pain was not what my friends remembered about me. I cried looking at each of these drab tent villages and scattered materials and trash piles. People living a life in understandably poor mental health and lack of sympathy from the rich assured fellow citizens who barely meet their gaze and I felt so unforgivably privileged at that moment.
The pleasant well maintained blooming front gardens still stood out blatantly contrasting the tent villages of outcasts sheltering under old trees who have managed to escape being felled because no house could be built in the park. The unhoused and these trees both refugees from the property kings and queens. Old neighborhoods once a bit shabby seemed remade into all too perfect trendy copies of each other. Condos, condos everywhere. I couldn't see the beauty of the city without seeing the underlying wounds of gentrification going from festering to gangrene status. This was not the green city once promised. This green was all about money. This was not the city I left. The fears I had at the time I moved to Detroit no longer seemed irrational but in fact, an understated commentary on what has actually happened.
I planned a vaccinated-only party for Sunday afternoon with my old friends musician, scientists, and dancers outside in the 15 year established permaculture back garden. When you walk through the gate of this Cully house it feels like an oasis in time, before the hard times, before the Trump Era of destruction, before the supremely rich moving to the city, before the hundreds of tent villages, the Portland "beforeness" was palpable in the air. Several friends remarked out loud at different times throughout the gathering "It feels like 2016, not just pre-pandemic"
We played fiddles, banjos, guitar, flutes, clarinets blended bass and guitar riffs, hand drums and drum machines. Original tunes, balkan and some bits of Irish music as always tossed in the mix, and naturally an accordion showed before the night was over. Ducks wandered around their garden unbemused by our revels as we held onto the joy and the novelty of gathering again.
It was an overwhelmingly wonderful and joyous thing for me to see many good peoples still doing well, playing some tunes together. Being able to have drink and tell our stories was a priceless gift. I felt both renewed and separated from the experience. Portland will never again be my city, my neighborhood, my town. And though only a few hours south of my home, I will become a traveler in her like many other parts of the world I have traveled to and made good life long friends. A place to play, but not my place, not my nest, not my lady Portland anymore.
I will not experience day to day life there ever again. This surprised me because I suspected I would fall in love again. I lived in Portland Oregon longer than any place in my life. It was the one home city I kept coming back to after every extended trip, after years at the coast, as if a very long string was attached to me and wound me back from time to time. I wondered if the magnetic pull would strike again this time. But it did not. I have cut the strings for certain. Though I enjoyed busking on the street with great friends-I found I was yearning for my own coastal Washington home with in 24 hours my visit. There was no great nostalgia, no sense of wellness, or the former embrace- like a lover- I once felt from this city. A profound sense of wonderful memories and acknowledging of my adventurous young life similar to how one remembers college life or a year abroad is best suited to describe what I experienced.
Alas, my Portland is not the lover she once was- she has grown up and took a job as a broker with a real estate firm centered in purgatory. Her punk house roots, home brew, food producing back gardens, and hard scrabble working class family forgotten and completely discarded in pursuit of the trendy topiary of today's tech culture gone astray.
Gone are the days of the whacky embrace of Portlandia not defined by the ridicule of stupid TV shows. I went to a grocery store and four strangers found it necessary to comment on my brightly colored fashion- positively, as as if I needed their encouragement or approval not sure which. Never had that happen when I lived in town before- my decidedly whacky bright colored fashion was pretty ordinary back then, and if someone commented it what I wore it was to know whether or not I made the out fit or if I had thrifted it.
Portland has grown both painfully hot and cold for me. But like all great lovers, I will always think fondly on our time together.
Andrew Alikahov, old friend and band mate playing on the street Saturday.
World Goth Day
5-22-21
Today is World Goth Day. It seems every subculture in the past decade has an observance day and that includes goths. In 2009 the BBC radio 6 declared the first "Goth Day" on May 22nd in a week of highlighting the music in the subculture and 2 DJs decided to observe it each year as"World Goth Day."
The stereotypical goth image of whitened skin, black heavy makeup, black clothes, and punk hair is for most people what comes to mind when the term "goth" is used. Over the past few decades with the assistance of mall shops like Hot Topic, marketers have attempted to co-opt the once completely original subculture fashion as something you can buy in pre-packaged form similar to the expensive halloween costumes sold in the ever present "Spirit Halloween" of nearly any culture or subculture that exists. For example supremely offensive "sexy native princess" and "gyspy queen" are sold right along side the "groovy hippie" and "sexy goth girl" packages.
Goth as a subculture is fairly unique during the past century of western culture because of how long it has endured and its origins. Music is the basis of goth, not pre-packaged clothing or expensive platform boots. Most historians say it began in 1980 and is based on fans of post punk music but "gothic rock" or "post punk." Naturally, by the time a subculture is recognized it has been around for decades, and this is likely true of goth culture so the origin story is far more complex than it beginning with the release of the song "Bela Lugosi's Dead" by Bauhaus.
Original goths generally were anti-establishment punks seduced by new music that embraced a dark moodiness instead of the capitalist free for all happy "everything is wonderful if you just do what we say" days of the Reagan era. Goth fashion originated as both a reflection of the musicians in the goth punk scene and as a rejection of the popular puffy pinkness, tanning booth skin, and candy colored capitalist fashion of the 1980's.
Clubs exist all over the world specific to goth music, moody dark aesthetics, and the gatherings of the subculture. Goth nights are often used by bars and clubs as built in money makers because those nights will be attended by people clad in their best gloomy or dramatic outfit ready to dance all night to a DJ spinning music spanning four decades as well as those wanting to stare at the goths from the sidelines. If you are goth you don't worry about whether or not you will be accepted or allowed to enter these clubs so they serve as a magnet to the safe haven of a batcave.
I have been part of goth culture since I was in middle school. I preferred to only wear black or dark moody versions of colored clothing and was definitely was an obsessive fan of Bauhaus, The Cure, Siouxsie and the Banshees. I loved horror movies and collected bones. Velvet is my comfort wear. People called me goth not the other way around. I was listening to what I liked and wearing what I liked which often lead to being teased and bullied but rather than being put off by the harassment my leanings became sacred to me.
Goths have been attacked all over the world just for walking down the street in clothing they want to wear. They are denied access to businesses and excluded from many aspects of public life in even though people have begun to dress partly like goths as a fashion symbol it still happens. There is a recognized ostracization in the subculture that is foundational also. Acceptance by the mainstream is not part of being goth hence why so many goths balk at the marketing and mainstreaming of the culture.
There was an inclusiveness to goth culture that embraced otherness and it included gay culture in my youth. Most clubs where I got my goth fix were gay clubs that had "goth nights." It was marvelous to walk into a club and not need to be concerned about agro bullying slimy men and instead just dance as freely as I liked. Knowing I wouldn't be stared at (except perhaps in admiration) by other dance floor participants was in major contrast to mainstream clubs which frequently devolved into women with their too small purses thrown in a pile while they danced around them in a circle hooting and howling at each other sloshing a drink around hoping to get the attention of some drunken boy while awful music blared from DJs who often mimicked annoying morning radio shows.
Goth nights are about the music and the dancing first. The goth subculture tends to let a person just be. Dancing alone isn't brave, it's normal in goth clubs and at goth nights. In fact, I regularly attended some goth nights for decades without ever really knowing the other people there. An occasional simple nod or expressed smile of acknowledgement was usually the depth of the relationship in the club. We were all there for the dancing and that was enough for us. This is not say goths are unfriendly, quite the opposite, just that socializing is secondary to the music and the dancing at clubs.
I am now considered an "Elder Goth" or so my younger goth friends have said. Even though I don't wear black everyday or follow a particular subscribed fashion aesthetic I suppose culturally I am still very goth because of the music I embrace, I am still anti-establishment, and the general dramatic otherness of me.
Apparently, my subcultural leanings are being studied to see if it holds the "key to aging successfully" whatever that is supposed to mean. I do recognize that most of my other elder goth female friends tend feel less concerned with the judgements unfairly put upon aging women in society as they begin to wrinkle. This is likely because we stopped caring decades ago what someone else thinks of our life style, our fashion choices, or way we present ourselves. We don't care if some fashion experts want to tell how we should dress for our age because we recognized long ago feeling comfortable with our unique style is addictive and everything else can fuck right off.
Happy World Goth Day everyone. And yes, "Burn Down the Hot Topic." "Goth is goth" as the lyric saying goes but influencers and marketers are assholes, and frankly we, the actual goths of the world, are not for sale.
Keto is Neato
5-12-21
As a woman who has been considered overweight or fat most of my life I have never been a fan of diets- mostly because they've never worked for me, as in literally I don't lose weight. If I do lose weight it's because I behave in an unhealthy way- consuming less than 800 calories in a day, smoking, and drinking while waiting tables for 10 hour shifts six days a week. I was thinner behaving like that but I felt the worst I ever had in my life, for years I did this to "look good."
I truly do believe some people are meant to carry extra weight, and that I am one of these people. I also think it's not a big deal. I've always looked good and felt better as a fat person than I do at my ideal BMI. I look like a bobble head with enormous breasts at the supposed ideal BMI weight 167 lbs (at the most) for my height of 5'10"
I weighed 167 lbs in the 4th grade and I wasn't chubby then- just really muscled.
I am big woman-naturally large and in charge. My healthy comfortable weight is about 15 to 20 lbs more than the BMI of 167 lbs limit. Probably because I am muscled and also have a fairly large chest this extra 20 lbs suits me. Or maybe because BMI is a bit bullshit when it comes to individuals. Muscle actually does weigh more than fat, and where you carry fat plays a role in how unhealthy it is.
But there is a limit to carrying extra fat in my case I can feel it when it happens. It hurts to be very fat-during 2020 that became very obvious to me.
The pandemic put being very overweight in sharp contrast for me. I am heading for 50 years old soon, I have auto-immunes, I have some other health issues. As I age these will be more challenging. Being less heavy can help me have better outcomes with my health, hopefully not die if I end up catching the coronavirus, and not get diabetes. Plus my poor weary knees need to get some relief.
But diets don't work... except there is one that does- at least, for me. Keto works.
I started a keto diet- very low carb absolutely no sugar and high healthy fats and protein all fresh food diet in late March. I've lost 22 lbs and feel better than I have in many years. The inflammation I experience everyday is also much better. I am currently losing between .5 pound to 1 pound loss each week now which is the pace I want to keep up. I believe trying to lose to0 much too fast is a reckless idea and could lead to looking like a shrunken prune too.
Sugar has been my enemy for a long time. It makes me feel worse but like most people it tastes so good and you get conditioned into addiction to it. These days it's in everything. Hidden sugar is a serious health danger.
The keto approach which is so popular now- is being attacked as a fad. There is very little evidence to go against it and works really well for the type of person I am. I have a lot of "self control." It's never been an issue for me to fast or restrict my eating. But I have never actually lost weight doing it until now.
I am a very good cook and I know how to exercise properly. Successful keto dieting requires these two skills. I also monitor my blood pressure, my heart rate and my general intake of water, my ketones, and track my health issues everyday already.
I researched the keto approach looking at what the naysayers said first. What the naysayers advocate against keto mostly seem to say is "we don't know if this will be healthy long term" and "it's unhealthy" -referring to eating bacon fat everyday- which I agree isn't the best idea. Considering that most people maintaining a healthy keto diet eat avocado oil, olive oil, coconut oil, nut oils and ghee much more than bacon fat I'm not too worried about the "unhealthy" claims. I eat about the same amount of bacon now as I did before I started keto.
The other complaint from some doctors- they say keto is not sustainable-meaning essentially it doesn't work long term because people break with the diet- not because the diet doesn't work. That is true of most diets. But in the case of keto, I am converted to it. It really works and the effort required is less than all other forms of restrictive dieting. This will be how I eat from now on.
These keto detractors are all claiming the only way to lose weight is to eat less calories from a so-called "balanced diet" including carbs and sugars.
Yeah, that's the diet that doesn't work for me. Not all calories are the same. I apparently work as a well oiled machine- literally as in eating oils is making my life better. For me it was incredibly easy to achieve ketosis and I am definitely losing more fat that muscle. I am more clear headed than ever in my life.
What's far more unhealthy than keto is becoming morbidly obese from eating sugar, empty carbs, starch and grains. Sugar is why people are fat in America not bacon fat. Sugar and empty calories that don't actually satisfy hunger are why people are fat- especially me. I've known it for a long time but the price of not eating carbs and instead low carb vegetables makes our grocery bill 3 times higher.
Eating avocado oil, olive oil every day with nut proteins, meat, salmon and veggies is so satiating that I don't ever feel hungry. I think about food almost never now. I used to seek it out as a comfort and think about food so often I was ashamed to admit it.
Of course, seek medical advice before you start keto- make sure you have a healthy heart before you start any diet but particularly this one.
But if you are out there right now and are more than a little bit overweight like me:
TRY KETO. Seriously do it properly, with a mind to changing completely to low sugar for life. Make sure you don't buy prepackaged foods and you cook what you eat.
My favorite books so far are from Maria Emmerich her recipes are fantastic but there are so many good resources out there! Good luck!
How the Coronavirus Will Win
5-5-21
Big Pharma is risking killing millions of people around the world, maybe even billions. Not in their usual way of limiting access to life saving drugs by charging more than is possible to afford as they usually do killing millions. This time in order to preserve so called "intellectual property rights" concerning the vaccines for covid-19. They are lobbying our government to go back on the promise made by Biden himself not to let property rights stand in the way of the global fight.
And Big Pharma is winning big time. They are blocking even allowing negotiations to take place. Essentially, the world needs billions more doses produced and delivered as fast as possible. The existing production capacity around the world is not being utilized because these companies are not sharing the recipe for the vaccine even though they've made billions in profit already from it. It was developed with tax payer money to based on research NOT from the US.
Meanwhile the coronavirus is raging in many areas of the world with large populations that are unvaccinated and/or not following difficult to maintain safety precautions. Each time a new variant emerges we get closer to a potential vaccine resistant variant emerging. Maybe even one that will be far more deadly- where lockdowns won't need to be enforced because the piles of dead bodies will be evidence enough. The coronavirus doesn't care about our fucking property rights.
To believe America isn't just as likely to go through what India is currently suffering is stupid. Look at the past year. Nearly 600,000 people in the US are already dead. That death count is only as low as it is because millions of responsible people followed lockdown and safety measures which reasonably can't be maintained forever.
Of course, we all know if lockdowns had been actually maintained truly by the majority of our country, rather than being made into fucked up divisive political issues, we would have far few deaths and could have been living largely normal lives like the lucky and sensible citizens of New Zealand for nearly a year now.
The coronavirus is winning because people who can in the US get vaccinated aren't- still because of the moronic, fucked up political issue it was made into by Republicans and certain religious interests around the US.
A far worse scenario is holding up supply to the world while we stockpile. Holding up supply to protect the profits of companies that don't even have the right to be fucking profiting at this point.
One might almost think this is intentional. The United States of America is the BAD GUY right now. Most citizens of the US, based on a recent polls, when aware WANT to share the recipe with the world. Yet, still no deal.
Time is ticking on the time-bomb of COVID-19 becoming a far more deadly vaccine resistant impossible to fight virus.
Generally, our country preserves shady "property" rights over people's right to live safe healthy lives. It's literally in the founding of our nation. The United States of America have often been the bad guys, not the heroes we pretend to be. Slaves were claimed and treated as property, and the land taken by our founding fathers was not theirs to take, so they committed genocide for generations against Native Americans in order to preserve these rights. Look into any "founder" of our country and you will see that property development is the core of their wealth.
This week I finally finished watching Raoul Peck's "Exterminate All The Brutes" and though non-linear, very personal, and narrated by a man with a naturally gloomy dark voice I think it needs to become required viewing for any person seeking to makes sense of what is to come based on what we, the United States of America, are founded on.
How will the coronavirus win? Colonialism played out through property rights that's how. Colonialism fed by white supremacy. We risk exterminating the entire world by allowing this paradigm to continue.
If we do manage to truly win the fight against this virus it's far more likely luck will have a played a part rather than our country actual putting the interests of human lives over that of big business.
But happens what if our luck has run out? Let that horror settle in your mind. Prepare for the worst and pressure Joe Biden to help literally SAVE THE WORLD.
One Size Fits All
5-3-21
Whenever I think about how fucked up market capitalism is today-there's one phrase they embraced that sticks out: "One Size Fits All."
Generally, it's applied to cheap clothes supposedly intended for a range of people who are "average build" in western culture when literally, the majority of the world population are not westerners- as 4.5 billion people are not and there is no such thing as average build. Trends in fashion are entirely based in artificial demand created by slick marketing.
"One Size Fits All" as an approach for literally anything is a great metaphor for the effects of western unchecked capitalism on the world. When something doesn't work for the consumer, there must be something wrong with that individual. Conform to us and our product rather than making products and services suit the individual or community. It doesn't fit you because there is something wrong with you. It tends to leave out entire cultures and communities and contributes to all sorts of problems within democratic societies.
A reasonable logical approach in life automatically would reject the concept of "one size fits all" yet most parts of our current world repeatedly make the mistake of addressing problems this way, in education, in healthcare, even in our relationships. We've been conditioned to believe there is a one answer or one thing for every issue and need.
The philosophy of fully embraced capitalism is that the marketplace will provide all. It will provide the one thing you need or want. Fashion is just one glaring example of how untrue this is. The marketplace doesn't provide consumer goods presented in a clear way that quality and function are discernible- it creates demand backed up money spent more on advertising than the actual product in many cases.
Capitalism thrives on marketing things that people don't actually need- not by providing actual inventions or innovations. Strict market based economies steeped in western capitalism with its property rights and copyright's placed over the rights of people actually stifle innovation.
Competing with something new, inventive and well made might cut into the profits of an established wealthy company selling their old crap-referring here to the existing paradigm of mass produced items whether computers, clothes, construction products or cars- the list is endless. The company with the crap product needs to unload the inferior thing they overproduced usually intentionally designed with planned obsolescence so the consumer has to buy another. If you make good long lasting consumer goods these days you won't survive as a business that has to answer to shareholders only interested in short term gains not making quality goods and services.
That well-working long lasting environmentally sound innovative item must be destroyed either by buying out the company and shelving the superior product or by making it impossible to compete by lowering prices on crap versions of product and smear campaigns against the better product so it then seems explosively expensive and possibly a risk.
The electric car is a prime example of this. It's been an innovation available for the mass market over 50 years but hasn't been embraced in the market place until very recently because the existing paradigm of oil markets and gas gulling cars have the power to make sure it has not been available until they have squeezed the last dollar out of polluting the planet with antiquated cars, lawn mowers, and bikes.
Few people realize the electric car is an invention that has been around as long as combustible gas engine. They stopped being produced because of corrupt market capitalism not because demand was lacking. Innovation was stifled by the combustion engine markers in that era and a lack willingness to invest in the electric infrastructure. Then again in the 1970's just after the oil crisis when there was DEMAND for such a vehicle. But the heirs "barons of the oil business" world had to suppress these innovations or how else could they make money on their air and water polluting products.
50 years of cars without fossil fuels polluting the air- imagine the difference it would have made in the world to have 50 years less of carbon pollution. In this case unchecked market capitalism not only stifling innovation but also the very air we breathe.
The "law of supply and demand" has been circumvented so long ago into the 'law of create artificial demand for a false promise quality supply" that it shouldn't even be used in economic theory anymore.
"One size fits all" is the approach in current business model, now as then. Make the same crap over and over that isn't actually meeting the needs of everyone but makes profit. PROFIT not innovation is the driving factor. Profit over invention is the abiding law of economics.
Thankfully, One Size Fits All, is an approach to life beginning to be rejected by younger generations when it's applied to fashion, lifestyle and politics too. Hopefully, this renewed search for meaning and purpose in life rather than the acquisition of stuff, as well as an embrace of socialist democratic principles will lead to some true new innovations to begin solve the climate crisis- squarely created by corporation's market capitalism of "one size fits all" style marketing of how and what we should demand, based on their supply of crap regardless of the consequences.
Brood X
4-29-21
As a witch I find much of my inspiration on how to live from nature. (and hey before you lovely atheists attack or dismiss me, the term witch applies to many things these days not just beliefs you argue about- in many ways witches and science are on the same page)
Lots of people and media have been discussing re-emerging into the world of vaccinated people during the pandemic and all the strange, exciting, and often uncomfortable things this new paradigm causes.
I encourage everyone to look to the behavior of the cicadas on their 17 year cycle coming to fruition this year for inspiration. Brood X, as they have been termed, are going to swarm. Many will die, many will only succeed in breeding.
To me this past year+ has felt as long as 17 years.
"Adults cicadas live aboveground for two to four weeks and spend nearly all their time eating and trying to mate."
I think this will be exactly what this summer is going to be like in many places. "Hot Vax Summer" as it has been dubbed.
The last hay day of Brood X or Brood 10 was 2004, a year I remember with great fondness. Not much social media existed, beach life, pubs with live music and probably the last year coffee shops as places that weren't entirely swamped with office workers on their laptops being twats, but instead actual social centers.
Leave your phone off. Go somewhere without any connection to the digital hive. Have wild sex, cuddling or some other fantastically human naked experience. May Day is coming and never have I felt such a connection to the earth as now. Dance naked, garden naked. Eat from the bounty of the earth, not packages.
Play music to celebrate being alive, play music as a musician on your porch, in the street and everywhere you safely can. Fuck the work paradigm controlling life for now. Experience life as much as you can before the calls to go back to "normal" are so loud you can hear little else.
Learn from nature, respect it, and realize your place in the existence of the universe is at least as tiny as the these little red eyed fellows.
All hail Brood X, or in the human form Brood Sex.
MULTI-PASS
4-27-21
My husband and I finally got our first shot of the Pfizer vaccine earlier this week. We drove over an hour to make sure I could be near a hospital in case I had any complications as I have had before to vaccine shots that were required for travel. I am fine and feeling incredibly privileged and lucky to have this chance at a safer life. I am still certain I will likely end up with a COVID infection at some point because people are not behaving well, but at least this might lessen the deadly consequences.
I am very shocked to learn that 5 million people haven't shown up for the second dose? Why get the first shot if you aren't going to see it through? The theory is people are hearing about side effects on the second dose and they are afraid now. I personally find the idea of a ventilator (if it's available) being shoved down my throat and hoping my body can recover from a deadly disease far more terrifying than and feeling shitty for a few days to a week caused by a vaccine.
By Memorial Day I will be fully vaccinated. I will have at long last my MULTI-PASS to quote the excellent Leeloo character in "The 5th Element" I have been try to engage other more social friends into hosting smallish outdoor mask-less gatherings for only those with their MULTI-PASS and call them 5th Element parties.
The greatest thing a venue, a restaurant, or a bar could do encourage people to help achieve herd immunity would be to only allow vaccinated people to dine indoor.
No shirt, No shoes, No vaccine= No service.
If I saw the above statement as a sign at a business- it would earn my loyalty. I really think there should be perks for doing your part and honestly consequences for not doing your part in the fight against COVID-19. If we don't achieve herd immunity future lockdowns of their business will be likely again- and we could prevent that now.
Anyone who thinks the idea of vaccine passports is a bad idea really hasn't travelled that much. You have to have vaccines of all sorts that have nothing to do with COVID-19 already to travel to many places. I am completely in favor of expanding that to anyone getting on a plane going anywhere. Anti-vaxxers shouldn't be allowed to spread disease. They have every right not to be vaccinated but that "right" has consequences and spreading disease that could be prevented is not only dangerous but it should be a criminal offense. Don't get vaccinated, but wear a mask forever- and except you are not going to be allowed in to many places. People have died and are dying because people put their individual choices over the safety of the community- in any other aspects of life we prosecute that behavior as criminal.
How supremely privileged are we as a country to be turning down vaccines when the whole world needs them. We stockpiled them! Why? Not so some cult followers of an orange buffoon and his enablers could still have the ability to fuck up everything. When other places desperately need them like India, Mexico, and Brazil is disgusting to me that vaccine hesitancy even exists.
Watching the hordes of people swarming the overwhelmed hospitals in India should remind people to be more concerned about the world. It's not a one country at time solution- all countries need to be vaccinated fully for world herd immunity. We will see the funeral pryers in India repeated in other places in the world and it could still happen here.
GET YOUR MULTI-PASS! Join the sexy responsible people!
Guilty.
4-20-21
"You were told, for example, that Mr. Floyd died because his heart was too big... the truth of the matter is that the reason George Floyd is dead is because Mr. Chauvin's heart was too small." Jerry Blackwell eloquently said in his rebuttal closing statement.
That was when I cried today. Watching this trial has been difficult and when I imagine the pain the families of people who have had their loved ones killed by the police I can't believe someone could bear all these decades upon decades of systemic abuse without collapsing into permanent despair, yet they have risen up.
These families have continued to be the picture of restraint and respect. An entire part of the population in our country are victimized by a system of authority designed to oppress them, to unfairly arrest, brutalize and murder them, yet still most affected people even through the trauma mostly choose to respond with peaceful protest.
I do not know if I could be so honorable as the black and brown people of our country. If someone killed my loved one on a video and then I had to listen and read about millions of white people excuse his murder and play the video like entertainment I would go insane-particularly to hear the disgusting refrains of "all lives matter" and "blue lives matter." Yet they rise above it.
The people who daily are victimized by the police are the ancestors of unwilling slaves victimized for centuries who still have to tolerate daily second class citizen status for no other reason than institutionalized racism-enforced by the militarized police force. A police force created from a past used to capture runaway slaves and police the public for property owners over human rights.
Of course, we should abolish the police force- the ones that currently exist are systemically infected with brutality, racism, and corruption protected by powerful interests.
Does this mean I think no system should be in place? Of course not. But we need to actually fund a series of community protectors, first responders, mental health first responders, and yes some persons who can respond with force since we are a culture gone mad with guns.
The verdict today was not justice, it was accountability. Real change will only come when everyone accepts the true situation in our country.
Black Lives Matter is an incredibly important movement in our country and if you don't find that you embrace the work behind it, support the activists, and embrace the solutions- you need to realize you are complicit in George Floyd's death and thousands of others. You are choosing to embrace a system that is obviously proven to be systemically broken rather than support solutions to fix it.
Chauvin has been found guilty. Guilty on all counts. And so are we all in this country for allowing these murderers to continue killing without consequence and we pay them to do it.
We are "lucky that what black people are looking for is equality and not revenge" as Kimberly Jones so passionately put it.
I was reminded today of Sandra Bland and how she cheerfully tried to address these issues with her "Sandy Speaks" before she died in a jail cell. The murky waters of how a traffic stop leads to death in a jail cell is why black people don't comply with the cops instantly and live in fear of being killed over nothing on a daily basis.
I still think about her and how her death and so many others are the example of a horrible system we need to abolish just like slavery was abolished because the police force is really an extension of that time in our history.
The End Times
4-14-21
The drums of war are beating louder again in America. They are never silent. Their thud is the heart beat of our blood soaked culture. There are more guns than human beings in the United States. We venerate guns over the lives of school children being slaughtered with horrifying regularly.
We’ve been killing people all over the planet with our war machines longer than I have been alive. We sell our killing machines to others as one of the main “commodities” we produce. We have allowed militarized police forces to kill the citizens of our country, particularly the black and brown citizens, with little or no consequence for over a century. Yet we pretend peace and democracy- as long as it’s what we say is democracy and serves our interests.
Biden announced today he’s withdrawing troops from Afghanistan, our longest war in history-yet just days ago his administration’s proposed military budget is even larger than the previous maniac in office proposed- more by billions. Billons more to be spent making the world less safe when we need those resources to stop the ACTUAL threats we face from a broken healthcare system, the recovery from a world broken the pandemic.
In the modern era every time we as a nation “withdraw” completely from an area isn’t long before we start another war. Literally, usually less than three years- it depends on how many “not officially a war” activities we have on at the same time. So, my bet is now that there is little support for the endless war in the middle east the Neoliberal push will be to start a new conflict with China with Russia as adjunct.
The New Cold War, as it is being dubbed, has already begun in the eyes of many pundits. The rhetoric is already heating up in public commentary by Biden. He even mentioned China in a discussion on American infrastructure like some kind of competitive empire game was going on between us and them. I believe this war will not remain "cold." Having dangerous weapons laying around always leads to someone using them though the empires in question- The US, Russia, India, and China have world destroying bombs rather than handguns or assault rifles that cause all the death in the America daily. Sadly, I wonder, as is destined to happen- one of these terrible weapons of true mass destruction is launched if the persons responsible will say "Bombs don't kill people- people kill people." Or will they "this is a mental health issue -not a bombs issue."
The American commitment to violence and death as a way of life is firmly at the bedrock of our cultural identity.
Our culture is a death cult.
We are predominantly a Christian country, a religion when viewed objectively is also a death cult, though in fairness, most popular religions are death cults. This country was made a Christian country via genocide of the majority of Native American tribes. The excuse as to why those indigenous people should die was often because they were not willing to believe in the one true God and therefore those “savages” did not deserve God’s earth and were slaughtered. Those that remained often had to convert to the very beliefs used to kill their tribes.
God and Country. A slogan so steeped in the blood of the innocent yet people say it proudly with no shame. As if the two cannot be separated despite how our democracy is supposed to have a separation between church and state.
Lately, I have come to realize that many of my friends and progressive associates don’t really understand the rise of these death cult Christians to power again. They just think these people are really stupid or completely hoodwinked. And they also don’t realize these believers are following the exact tenants of their religion in order to get into heaven. They comment when confronted with these seeming lunatic people who won’t get the vaccine “that’s not real Christian behavior” or when these same people refuse to wear a mask or believe in batshit conspiracy theories.
Actually, the anti-science, violent, and bigoted behavior of evangelical Christians in America is pretty much how most Christians have behaved whole time they have been in America. The exception to the rule of bigotry and genocide predominant in this religion has been in some not white churches- but many of those are still bigoted against gay people and sexist toward women. They believe in the Bible, the King James Version for the most part, King James himself one of history’s more famous woman haters.
This is not to say all Christians are bad, horrible people. No. Most people religious or not aren't bad. Most people are good. Good people doing nothing are why evil flourishes.
If your religion directs you to accept bigoted, sexist, and fantastical myths literally as part of the tenants and foundation of your beliefs and faith then it can hardly be a surprise when this doctrine is used as justifications for terrible things. If you identify as Christian as well you are less likely to interfere or speak truth to power when these things happen for fear of being seen as against God.
"The world will not be destroyed by those who do evil but by those who watch them without doing anything." Albert Einstein famously said.
Self fulfilling prophecies are usually just applied to individuals and therefore limited in the scope of damage that can be done by any one portent or set of prophecies. But what if millions of people around the world are involved? What then? How much damage can be done? We are seeing just how dangerous it is right now with these religious beliefs hampering the fight against the pandemic.
The entire system of belief these American conservative Christians not just the evangelicals have the constantly referred to-"faith in" is based on a batshit crazy idea called the “The End Times” which makes the QAnon stuff seem pretty tame. Many of these people believe the vaccine is the mark of the beast and if they take the Covid vaccine they will not get raptured up to heaven when Jesus returns to take them all home any day now.
They really believe the seals have been broken and some angelic herald with horns is blowing from the corners of the earth unleashing plague, death, and earthquakes. They absolutely believe in a massive war that is a final battle of good versus evil will take place in the middle east thus ending humankind- Israel and Jews are involved too so this is why the Christian politicians in the south are so into supporting Israel with military might.
They really think there is a Satan. And that the Anti-Christ already walks among us. They really think that all the disasters happening because of climate change were destined to happen due to God and his angels visiting devastation upon bad humankind because the world has no faith and does not believe in their God.
I was indoctrinated with this series of literal translated reinterpreted doctrine for the entire of my childhood. I believed it when I was very young because everyone else did. Also, I had many bad dreams that had come true so I thought prophecy was likely “gospel” as much as anything could be.
Most specifically Revelations was actually interesting. The rest of the Bible is pretty boring stories about not so believable heroes and the women are villains for the most part-so I didn’t really believe that totally, even as a young child. I began to question it all around seven years old: Where did Cane’s wife come from if Eve and Adam where the only people on earth at that time? (The Sunday school teacher gave no satisfactory answer.) What is so wrong about eating fruit- we eat it all the time? How come we can’t be naked now and stop eating forbidden fruit? Why is eating knowledge bad? Was Nimrod an actual giant? If Judas had to betray Jesus so we could “be saved” isn’t Judas actually a good guy then? He felt bad, he killed himself over it- I thought Jesus was forgiving?
You get the idea.
The Revelations and what I was told it meant was fascinating. Actual Death on white horse, whores, murderers, plagues, natural disasters, wars, magic, heroes, horses and mythical creatures, angels- everything a good story should have. It took much longer for me to doubt these magnificent tales. These really did seem like something an all powerful God could be involved in rather than the dry punishing texts of the Old Testament or the sad tale of the son of God dying but yet still coming back. Vampires did that coming back thing too-perhaps Jesus was the first vampire I reasoned as a little girl. This question was also not welcome in Sunday school especially when I decided Jesus was giving people his cup of his blood and his body to eat so they also could be vampires with him and live forever. There is a lot of talk about eternal life after death in the Christian church- it gets really confusing for a child.
I grew out of believing in the monotheist ideas of any sort before I turned into a teenager as my critical thinking skills became more engaged. Still I didn’t dare tell anyone until I moved far away. And I still felt superstitious about things that could be seen as “End Times” signs for years too if I am honest. So, I understand why someone who never left these close knit communities in rural America would still believe in such storied prophecy. After all, belief in God is a massive suspension of disbelief to begin with, let alone a virgin born baby son of God who dies and returns to save us all by his own completely unnecessary death.
Regardless of who we chose for our next war or military action doubtless these beliefs will play a role in getting support for more killing that war mongers will profit from while pretending to be serving God and his justice around the world. Just as they do for supporting the unchecked gun culture that allows children and innocent people to be slaughtered daily.
Christianity isn’t the only religion with death at its core but Christians are the predominant extremists in my country just as Muslim extremists do similar things in the Middle East and Africa. We aren’t so far removed from the times of the crusades, we just use different words for doing the same thing- going to a country we have no business being in and killing their children and families- then they come here to try to exact some kind of revenge in the name of their God.
"For God and Country" was the confirmation signal used by the US Navy Seals to confirm that Osama Bin Laden was killed. On his radio, the U.S. Navy SEAL responsible for killing Bin Laden reported over a radio, “For God and country, Geronimo, Geronimo, Geronimo.” After a pause, he added, “Geronimo EKIA”
If people in the US can see the Taliban and Osama Bin Laden as a crazed backward dangerous violent religious extremists we fought literally our longest war against- or at least that was supposed to be the reason for the war- then why can't they see the evangelical extremists the same way?
Or maybe those things were just an excuse for war, like always using religious differences to justify horrifying things we do to other people's children so certain powers could profit from oil and weapons.
The real question is are we going to allow a real "End Times" to happen by accelerating the New Cold War filled with bombs, rogue actors, and Neoliberal politics fed by religious lunatics bent on destroying the world in the name of their God. Or are we, the good people, going to intervene rather than "watch without doing anything."
"In the House"
4-7-21
I often think of writing a modern day version of those journal narratives style books I was pushed to read in high school from the "beat generation." Except I'd be writing from my perspective stuck here in my hermitage home because of the pandemic rather than the drug addled and alcohol filled road trip of Jack Kerouac's "On the Road"
I think mine would open a bit like this:
"I hear a seagull cry as I feel a chill mist descend on the step of our back porch impatiently waiting for my husband to return from gathering supplies for the next few weeks. It’s 9 am he said he’d be back by now.
Did he run into one of the maskless plague bearers? Was there a well armed gunman with a recently acquired assault rifle at the store hell bent on shooting the place up? Was there a car accident? My mind races with all manner of possibility because the madness of modern life has seeped even to the soggy moss covered ground of the small costal towns of the rural pacific northwest usually a haven for progressive thinking. But there were MAGA flags still flying here in this community only a few months ago…
None of possibilities I imagine include socialist hell bent on sharing food and medical services with me. There aren’t any transgendered persons out trying to convert him to their lifestyle. If I believed everything I read about the outside world from my hermitage I would think there would be evidence of these things too. My husband assures me there is not. Though apparently there are some of these people giving out food for free once a week-associated with the “Food not Bombs” people I have encountered in other PNW towns.
There are homeless encampments less than one mile from us. I know this because recently one caught fire and a local scanner page on social media reported about it. I felt a pang of sorrow seeing the photo of the flames at the little tent village. How sad to lose even your tent and belongings when you have so little already. I wondered if there would be a community outpouring as I had seen recently when someone had their house burn down. Or perhaps the community would step up to help like when they found out the mall was closing permanently. People offered free services and places to help those businesses so many people opined the terrible mall closing tragedy.
No, alas the opposite has happened- local community persons so recently devastated by the mall closure commented in ridicule about why the fire must have happened. "Drugs, it's drugs." They proudly commented.
I remember the night before the fire happened it was quite cold, especially for this area. My assumption was that since “warming centers” weren’t open the fire must have been an attempt not to freeze death by the tent dweller- I commented on the local page but other commenters have assured me it must have an attempt to make drugs in the middle of the night.
I am still doubtful. Though I am new to this community I don’t think people generally wake up in the freezing cold just to cook meth in a tent.
Some of the community cheered to hear three kittens were saved from the fire, with absolutely no mention of the person who might have lost everything also survived. I bet those kittens find a home before that person does."
Maybe I'll call my roman à clef "In the House"
My entire perspective of the human workings in the world has relied heavily on what I find online and news sources during the past year. I have to remind myself constantly that it is not reality. I wish everyone else would too. People have not really learned that social media is a glimpse into personal propaganda more than actual life.
I've traveled all over the United States in cars, trucks and even hitching for a little while in my life. I have traveled across America in a car during the coronavirus pandemic too- with the most interesting best people in my life just as Kerouac did. We are musicians, and I admit I did drink heavily a few times- maybe I should finish my "great American novel" rather than my much better works of pure fiction?
I have lived a rather scandalous unorthodox life at times, after all. By modern standards my success relies upon my willingness to lay my private life bare to thrill readers with tales of conquest and risk. And don't forget sexy artists smoking instead of eating- popular with revisionist cliches of debauchery originating in 50's and 60's portraying the arts to be the sole denizen of drugged out, half baked weirdos unable to cut it in the real world. Artists are portrayed as people swimming in an underworld of adventure and "counter-culture" rather than the hardworking creators that rarely get compensated and spend most of their life struggling. The actual truth for the majority of artists, writers, and musicians is far from these tales of unhinged binge drinking lives. That true story is not as sexy or sinful. That story doesn't sell. That narrative is not the one wealthy people will promote. I lay some of the blame for this right at the feet of these "beat generation" types.
To me most of the novels with a thin veneer of fiction clouding over the more mundane reality of the subject's real life seem like literary indulgent narcissism. Many of the modern narrative style podcasts have this vibe too. Telling supposed true stories yet there's definitely a fictional story arch to meet a fantasy hero narrative to entice listeners. This is not to say that aren't excellent books and podcasts that are in this non-fiction blended with fiction style but generally not.
I always found it really funny that these fortunate white sons like Kerouac, Ginsberg and Burroughs were considered counter-culture for going against a culture designed literally to benefit them above all others almost entirely with no consequence. They are believed to be literary heroes of the age- icons of "counter-culture" to this day. Even when arguably there were far more "against the grain" sort people already making headway in an unrecognized or discussed counter-culture that weren't white dudes during the same era Kerouac, Burrows, Kesey, and the later lauded hippie heroes of the late 60's and 70's.
Feminists were revolting against the housewife life prescribed to them fighting for equal rights and pay. There were black men and women writers all over the country standing up to and sometimes dying because of the Jim Crow world we are still fighting today. These white guys were the trend evolving in the culture of the time, not the counter-culture.
Most of the people I know who are big fans these dated novels and poems by the "beat generation" are white dudes of a certain age-the same sort that love Joe Rogan. In fact, over consumption of alcohol, drugs, and sheer lack of responsibility for their own actions seem to be the venerable parts of the book for these fans. Just as with the so-called gonzo journalist Hunter S. Thompson. Thompson and his effect on journalism is why we have people like Joe Rogan being viewed with the same lens as Amy Goodman- who is an actual journalist with award winning in-depth reporting and long form interviews. They are presented as equals when clearly they are not.
Rogan is a slick "every man" conman courting controversy who says total nonsense things to stir shit up just like Thompson did in his era. Thompson had been decent sports writer and Rogan the host of a ridiculous spectacle show that belongs more in the realm of P. T. Barnum than in journalism. Goodman is a dedicated life long progressive journalist producing countless pieces of in-depth journalism for over 20 years- yet Rogan has more viewership. This is the modern media world of today. Sexism and conservatism still weigh heavily on who gets produced, published, interviewed, or viewed.
Back then all of these guys could rebel against prevailing culture because the consequences for their actions were simply not as drastic as those consequences were for more marginalized and far more talented writers, poets, and journalists like Zora Neale Hurston, Maya Angelou, and James Baldwin who were rebelling against the establishment in amazing courageous ways while these guys were just getting drunk, drugging out and talking about how oppressive it is to be in the culture everyone else was suffering more from than they were. Meanwhile their contributions cast a shadow over more important works that should have been in the spotlight.
These white "counter-culture" icons could afford to drink every night take drugs etc and still have a home and a job for the most part. If these 50's and 60's era icons had been actually poor or marginalized they would be seen as the unfortunate homeless fire victims in the tents in my town are viewed- entirely without sympathy by the majority.
It seems the American story is always written by those who prefer fiction over fact, glossing over oppression and treachery to make heroes out of villains while making devils and monsters of those deserving sympathy.
Maybe I should call my masterpiece "Sympathy for the Devils" it has the sort of ring to it that might seduce the all too self indulgent aging white public to read it comforted by mistakenly believing there will be "no new steps."
For now I can highly recommend reading "Homeland Elegies" by Ayad Akhtar if you would like an updated and far more excellent roman à clef that is actually in this moment and time.
A Home of Our Own
3-31-21
Most people who live in the United States but don't already own their own home know exactly how difficult it is to get financing or any type of loan to buy a house. A home within a reasonable distance from work and needed supplies, schools, businesses, hospitals etc is currently the impossible dream for so many struggling with rent made impossibly high and skyrocketing health care costs.
Many cities in the United States are literally priced completely out of the range of any person making less than $100k a year. Meaning working a full time job you would need to make $50 an hour and have a near perfect credit score to purchase a home on your own as well as have a 20% down payment. In the largest city in the state I live and where the majority of the population live and work- Seattle, the typical home value as of this week is about $815,000. The down payment on that house is $163,000. (That down payment is more than my house cost in total.)
In 2012 less than ten years ago the median home value in Seattle was $365,000. Median value is still considered a range of $565,000-$815,000 but that's broadly defining a closet sized apartment as a "home." In those ten years the federal minimum wage has remained flat in and unchanged, yet cost of living and inflation have both risen. Even here in liberal Washington it's only around $12-13.50 an hour depending on your age.
The average working American earns nothing near to the amount needed to buy a home- and more than half of the adult population make less than $40k a year. Even two people combining their incomes and not including any student debt, medical expenses, insurance, children or less than perfect credit don't stand a chance to buy a home near where they work if they live in an urban area which the majority of the population does.
But here is the very interesting part and also extremely fucked up part: The mortgage payment on that house crazy expensive house would be $3037 a month. Many "average" American families that live in Seattle would need to pay this amount for a 2-3 bedroom apartment. Yet even if someone had paid that outrageous amount of rent perfectly on time for decades it would literally count for nothing in factoring in their loan for buying a home of their own.
Increasingly over the past 40 years but with particularly multiplied intensity over the past decade- those with inherited property, multiple properties, tax evading wealth, and those at the high end top 10% of wage earners have gained more and more return on investments they didn't even make often and more income when they were already paid well for while people who are just entering adulthood and the working class and hourly wage workers in the America have had to struggle to make enough money to buy food. And often the working poor struggle to even find safe housing, let alone dream of the supposed American Dream of a home of your own.
Slum lords rule cities with high rents and low rents alike because most people are so desperate to find an apartment or home they will put up with law breaking often disgusting living conditions while dreaming for better. Why? Because we don't actually prosecute these people for the villains they are most of the time and if you make a stink as a tenant- where are you going to go?
It's been called a "housing crisis" but actually it's the consequence of unregulated market capitalism on yet another essential for human life. The media tend put the word "crisis" after anything that has some connection to greedy businessmen and corrupt officials to smooth over the actual reasons in favor of pretending the highlighted issue could be "solved" or implying it might lessen to not a "crisis" in time. 40 years is a hell of a long crisis. The consistent state of things cannot reasonably be called a crisis regardless of how many politicians would like to redefine the term.
We call the horrible way our medical systems works via market forces a "health care crisis" too. Oh yeah- now climate change is being relabeled "the climate crisis" which damn it all, that means not much will get done. Oh, and now the "border crisis" to smooth over leaving children in cages. They all have the same root cause our unregulated "capitalism crisis."
The entire situation is a mass manipulation of the working population to keep them in a position of servitude so others can hoard more wealth. This century's serfs. The ideas of rent control, fair housing, or even raising wages are non-starters because we as a country allow businesses to dictate far too often in city councils, state government, and definitely in the federal government.
For profit interests should not be directing the government-it should be the other way around.
The process of buying and selling a home is an often shady business deal and encouraged to be so by real estate agents, brokers, lenders. It's not straightforward in the least, unregulated opinions not based on facts come into far too many aspects of the process, as well as a serious lack of accountability for the business persons involved. There are shady real estate agents, inspectors who can be bribed, shady appraisers and often lenders, and even banks acting badly in the home buying process.
showing the back view from our house last year just before we put it on the market. The property also included a double free standing garage and fully fenced in side lot in addition to this. 4BR, basement, attic, triple the land on the corner.
Hoquiam- house the day we closed 2BR, one story attach one car garage. I feel fortunate to have found this little cottage but it's undeniable it is far less valuable than my home in Detroit for actual LIVING in it.
My partner and I only have a home because we have had family members and good friends help us get to where we are now. We bought a house in cash in an area of the country where that could still be done under for $30,000. We built "sweat equity" and sold it during the pandemic for less than it should have been worth but that's because of Redlining and shady unregulated appraisers under valuing and plaguing the city of Detroit in a way that would make their white supremacist counter parts from the 30's-70's proud. Our real estate agent was a saint, however, and helped us get at least a fair price for the work we had put in on the house but it was long struggle and without her we might not have been able to sell it for what we needed.
Our new home in Hoquiam, Washington is literally double the value, half the size of our Detroit home-even though this is also an economically depressed area as well. Based on a comparison calculator the cost of living is actually higher in Detroit. Why is this house worth twice what our much larger and nicer home and property was on the edge of Detroit Michigan? The legacy of racism and redlining is the short answer but it's more complex than that so over then next few months I will be showing the comparisons of why this ridiculous situation is true.
For now I must say I believe the United States is experiencing a "conscious of country crisis." Are we going to let the majority of the citizens because serfs worthy of medieval Europeans in order to preserve the fortunes of the very few? Or are we going to take meaningful action to once again revive the "American dream" which is currently the "American nightmare?" How many more cities need to be surrounded with illegal RV encampments for the people who actually work in the city before something changes?
This year may well be the era when the tide turns or when we fall further from the promise America once had. I certainly think if not now maybe never. Let us hope this new state of awakening seeming to sweep the nation will stretch to this decades old problem.
Might as Well Face You're Addicted to Stuff
3-25-21
If someone created an effective 12 step program that combated consumerist addiction in America which could be easily implemented that person would be assassinated by a corporate lead movement certain to find a patsy to take the fall while all the research and the program disappears from existence. It's enough to make you believe in conspiracy theories- which I never do.
Marketing is the greatest, most evil force in humankind's history. It shapes what you think about yourself, others and your connections to the stuff around you. Consumerism strips from most of us our reason, our morality, even our common sense. We might know better but yet we still can't resist. I was once told at an interview I should "become a marketer you'd be really good at it." I felt like slapping that woman. Yeah lady, I know I would but you might as well tell me to become burglar who exclusively robs children and poor people because it's almost the same thing.
If you have a negative self image that is wonderful! Well, at least for marketers it is.
Your negative opinion of what you see in the mirror is exactly who they influence the most. Whatever you desire or crave or more accurately have been trained into thinking you crave comes from comparing ourselves to this believed better person or selves. I am, therefore I buy.
You buy substandard items on sale because you are getting a deal! Yeah! But wait this frock is toast in a couple of months, this food is actually loaded with sugar, this phone is actually made by slave labor using children. You buy nice bit of makeup because that beautiful woman on the shows, instagram, youtube, facebook, says it will work to make you beautiful too, but really it only works for people like her who are already genetically beautiful.
All of this is hidden from you American consumer. Why? Well, these days it's because we simply don't want to know.
George Monibot's video on this is a must watch.
Any rational person should see the package sitting on their front porch from Amazon which you can track- as a system gone horribly wrong. You know that it came from thousands of miles away, was originally made on another continent, and yet it made it to your front door in two days for less than $10. This as a system must be taking advantage of others somewhere along the line. Someone is losing out so we can consume blindly. Someone is likely suffering so we can consume. The earth is being trashed and polluted so we can keep feeding our addiction.
We are all guilty of it. It feels great to get a deal, especially if the item was something we would never have found without this crazy uneven unfair system.
The grocery store is no different from Amazon. Box stores like Walmart and Target have a mark up on what Amazon does too. All of these places are consumerist places of worship or if you will kingpin cartel pushers of the consumerism as a drug.
I can hear some minimalist out there feeling this a some sort of endorsement for their trendy gray sparseness. For the most part minimalism is privileged people being able to pay more for less stuff. They can afford to buy things when they need it regardless of price. Plus they generally have more property they can control as in houses and living spaces, and minimalists consume just as much foods, shows, apps and video games as the rest of the population.
So, since no one is immune to this addiction how does a person combat this addiction and begin to win the battle against empty consumerism in their life?
Well, like most things admitting to the addiction is first. I am addicted to stuff. There I said it.
Next try to go a whole week without buying anything. No grocery store (buy your needs stock up first) no Amazon- no thrifting even. No apps, no Netflix, No Prime, No Hulu. Then try to do that for two weeks. Still think you aren't addicted?
Right, thought so-we all are.
If you can make it two weeks then ask yourself "How the fuck did I get this way?"
That's what I am doing this month. I went from a person who hadn't owned a tv in 30 years to a person who watches shows every day gradually over the last ten years, granted on a laptop but it's still similar. Once, I only shopped eagerly for books, instruments, and thrifting items but now I regularly browse Amazon.
The week of the strike to support the people trying to unionize who work for Amazon during which I promised to not use Amazon or Prime taught me a big lesson. I am addicted to stuff, movies, shows, and it turns out food too. I made it all week but it was a struggle not to go online to watch something or browse shopping at all.
So my first step has been to radically alter my diet by going Keto which is more expensive but totally cuts out processed food buying and "treat" marketed snacks and consumerist buying. I can do it smartly. I have lost 11 lbs in two weeks and have eaten more vegetables and unprocessed food in these two weeks than I have in two years. I chose to cut the "stuff" out of my diet first knowing it would cause me to have less income to spend on other "stuff."
Next I am beginning what my husband jokingly called an Amazon cleanse. No buying anything non-essential starting April 1st. We have list of what is essential.
If I manage to stick to this program next I'm going for a tv series cleanse. Limiting my intake to less than 10 hours a week. This will be the most difficult for me since I use shows to help fall asleep but in theory 10 hours should still give me this time.
Finally, I want to replace my addiction with other behaviors which will be the ultimate way to free me from this ever creeping consumerist self building up in me. I have already started with going back to sewing and recreating outfits using discarded clothing to make items rather than buy them- now that I have the supplies I need. Perhaps now exercise, cooking and hobbies of which I have many will take center stage again.
What consumption have you found yourself ramping up these past few years? Especially during the pandemic most of us have become more connected in bad way to our addictions. I believe stuff as an addiction is as bad as booze or heroin because it hurts the whole world not just us. Here's hoping I find a way out of this- if it works I'll write about it too.
Vernal Equinox (Ostara)
3-20-21*
Happy Spring Equinox! This is the day of the year when the amount of light vs darkness is just about equal. From this day forward the northern hemisphere tips toward the sun and daylight will increase everyday until the Summer Solstice.
There are many old pagan traditions, neopagan celebrations as well as religious and regional festivals around the world that celebrate this time of year. In Iran for Persians it's Nowruz or New Year's Day and there are many associated Persian groups that celebrate Nowruz in other parts of the world as well. In Japan people put flowers and offerings on the graves and resting places of loved ones all week.
Many places plant seeds today and begin the spring cleaning. That's what we did in our house. We are using the lasagna method on our front yard and replacing the grass with wild flowers and raised beds for food. It's a great time of year to start such a project for anyone even in the wintery midwest because it will be ready for planting just in time for the last frost.
Our front yard in this week's stages- today was phase 2 seeding!
The other side looks a bit like a farm supply until we get it sorted
There is something about planting seeds that feels both ancient and novel at the same time. I feel connected by a tiny little seed to all my ancestors who came before me and planted the seeds they had collected through painstaking years of work and experimenting. In this age I have but to order them online or ask a friend and copious amount of seed is available. The knowledge to help it thrive is universally available online. We do live in a charmed time indeed compared to the hard work our loving ancestors put in everyday to bring humankind to this moment in time.
And yet this new garden is different from my previous world, new more clay like soil, different climate and totally different seasonal rules so it's entirely novel. I don't know for sure what every plant will do or how well the set up will take in this new home.
Planting a garden and deep cleaning a house, as many do this spring renewal time, have been for many years belittled as unimportant in comparison to more lofty pursuits like getting flash cars or working endless hours toward promotion. I think few things can deliver the satisfaction of a well growing garden planted by your own hand. And undervaluing a clean home has more to do with sexism than with its obvious importance.
Happy Vernal Equinox everyone! Clean and plant the seeds of equality in your mind too! It's a good time of year to start fresh in thinking, in loving, as well as cleaning and planting! You can do it! I'll keep you posted on our new front garden progress as time goes by.
*I've been on a bit of a break from the blog due to extreme dental issues that were causing mind shattering pain, still unresolved but on the way to being addressed so forgive my being absent these past ten days. Be back more regularly after I sort out some health issues.
One Year Later
3-11-21
What were you doing last year on this day? Concerning March 2020- I bet you don't have to think too hard. It was the day the pandemic was declared officially by the WHO. It was the day when everyone on earth was first truly alerted to the real threat of the new novel coronavirus. Covid-19 as it came to be known.
Last year on March 11th 2020 the builders just finished painting my house in Detroit Michigan a wonderful shade of teal with red trim. At long last, a new roof, and some other important longed for home improvements like new windows were finished. Some of my daffodils were just showing a bit of yellow some just poking out of the ground.
The head contractor wanted to come chat with me in the house and scoffed at my caution when I refused saying I was concerned about the virus. I had to be strict and pushy to make him keep his distance- his explanation was that he "would be fine since he was an Indian man and knew how to treat little colds with turmeric and ginger." I told him I also had plenty of turmeric and ginger in my house but I don't think that's going to be enough this time. He rolled his eyes at me. He was to be a predictor of many people's behavior in Detroit. Many neighbors and friends got sick early in this pandemic and some died. Many people never took the virus seriously. Some still do not.
Contrast that afternoon to this afternoon, March 11th 2021: I played my fiddle while my friend, housemate and bandmate played banjo with me on our front porch 2400 miles from that home in Detroit. We played songs we've not played together in a decade. We could hear children in the distance running around on this sunny afternoon for the first time at the school down the street from our newly adopted home of Hoquiam, Washington. Some daffodils are blooming, some just peeking out to see spring sunshine. My husband is online teaching students via zoom.
Last year we played our last public gig with the Detroit version of our band on March 7th. We knew it was to be the last. My husband and I cautiously played that gig. That night he agreed not to go back to work at his teaching job that week since I was sure this was going to be the long dreaded deadly pandemic many of us had feared was coming and I didn't want to die.
This past 12 months is proof absolute that time passing is a high individualized experience even when we are experiencing a collective shift in our behaviors. Some days drag like a slow motion setting is locked on our daily experiences . Sometimes it's a week later and we feel "it's already Tuesday again?"
When I realized that I've only lived near the pacific coast since July I feel that can't be right either. I've been here for years now, right? The only people I have met are our nearest neighbors. The entire social life of this new town is a mystery to me. I've moved many times in my life but this is the first place where I actually know more of the local deer and stray cats than I do the actual people living here. I haven't even been a local business yet.
Last year we had a virus denier and conman as president in office who actively contributed to so many people dying- 530,000 Americans are dead at current count due to the novel coronavirus. Now we have someone as president who at least realizes the peril we've all been in. This new fellow is seeking to solve some problems rather than deny it even exists as a real danger so some improvement there- even if half of the electorate is still hoodwinked by the previous years of indoctrination.
More than one of my fellow American friends have decided to move away from our country permanently after the way people treated each other this past year. These friends could no longer stomach a nation that would deny medicare for all in such a time of great demand while still allowing corporations to get a giant payout from politicians. I have to admit if I had the opportunity I would have taken it too. Who wouldn't want to live in place that paid citizens to stay home and gave everyone access to healthcare during the pandemic if they could?
I feel hopeful we might recover as a nation at some point in the next few years from all of this poverty and death. Maybe we will feel calmer and more normal. But not back to normal- I don't think we can go back -because that world is no more.
I have changed. I hope you have changed. I feel so lucky to have the friends and connections I do have- which I took for granted before the pandemic. I will never take my relative autonomy for granted again, nor my ability to travel, go to a shop or even get bored in a bar full of people.
I'll also never trust anyone ever again who proudly admits to being a Republican. Once it was an occasionally forgivable thing to be a misguided Republican voter. Once to vote for Republicans someone could have thought it meant they were pro-business or anti-tax because the party was very good a misrepresenting their actual platform- which more akin to corporate raiders and robber barons. But now to vote Republican means you are a willing knowing participant in racist, classist, sexist systems with ridiculous corruption as a foundation, a willing believer in stupid conspiracy theories and most importantly are openly willing to let other people die just so you don't experience inconvenience. Not all that different from the GOP for the past 50 years but these days they don't even bother with the pretense of being anything more than backward selfish jackasses.
I won't patronize any business in our new town that openly supported the Republicans. I made a list during the election, though so many still have their "Make America Great Again" flags still flying so I need not have bothered. I am not being partisan- especially since I'm a green party member- I simply can't knowingly give my money to delusional trash human beings or absolute QANazi fools- it only encourages them.
Hopefully, we as a nation can't unsee those people who fell through the cracks of our terrible medical systems. We can't unsee the two steps from absolute disaster our country hovers near with its broken political systems that threaten our democracy. We can't unsee the terrible costs of classism, racism, and corporate greed that threaten the lives of our fellow citizens.
Hopefully, we stop murdering people with our racist police forces.
We will forget the nurses, doctors still doing all they can to help people make it through even though the level of dedication we are asking for is above and beyond any call of duty?
Hopefully, we won't forget all these essential people who carried us to get this point of survival. We can't forget the grocery store workers, gas station attendants, warehouse workers, caregivers, the hospital employees, delivery drivers, farm workers- we need to actually pay them a living wage and $15 an hour barely covers that in most places now, let alone the phased in 4 years from now floated by inadequate politicians pretending to give a damn about people living on scraps with no health insurance. (The list of Democrats who voted against $15 an hour is a true shit list- never trust these people again: West Virginia’s Joe Manchin, Delaware’s Chris Coons and Tom Carper, New Hampshire’s Jeanne Shaheen and Maggie Hassan, Montana’s Jon Tester, Maine’s Angus King and Arizona’s Kyrsten Sinema)
If we do "go back to normal" like it was before Covid-19 I can say with absolute certainty we will face another crisis from contagion far worse even than this one and our country may not survive it intact.
No one can entirely predict how people will behave once we're allowed to be back together. I am hoping people value seeing live music again, going to dinner, a show, or traveling. I hope they remember to support the people who make those experiences possible by actually paying and tipping these people.
Perhaps people will realize at long last how important the teachers, long undervalued, are in their everyday lives. Perhaps they will support school funding, arts funding and a whole lot of other programs that help address the problems the pandemic has exposed so rawly.
Perhaps. Perhaps. Perhaps.
Perhaps we really will all get vaccinated before the end of summer....
Happy Birthday Craigslist!
3-5-21
26 years ago Craig Newmark started a revolution in both the media and in the lives of ordinary Americans by launching craigslist. What started basically as an email list transformed the world and is commonly used in 70 countries and nearly universally in most American cities.
There are adults who have never known a world without this clever website. It was so simple to use its adoption though never quite universal is common place. The idea of "want ads" quickly became a thing of the past similar to the decline of the "land line." Looking for a place to live, to work, and understanding what is on offer in an American city became a quick search on Craigslist with little or no cost to the seeker.
Whenever traditional corporate media covers Craigslist one of two types of stories generally emerge. One type is a sensationalistic story referencing some supposed crime connected to using craigslist. The second story type in reference to something whacky offered up online via craigslist. It is rarely a story about how a revolutionary website changed the world with one simple idea-an open, largely unregulated local marketplace for ideas, jobs, housing, good and services all posted largely for free without gatekeepers.
For many decades long misplaced grudges have been held against Craigslist, a website that arguably revolutionized the world and forced old newsprint dominate media to be dragged into the 21st century to compete with free and open source online resources. Corporate media barons still claim Craigslist, and Craig Newmark destroyed journalism. Rather than innovating their platforms and building more engaged audiences they put profits and punditry over true journalism for over a century. These days Craig Newmark is one of the greatest supporters of journalism in the business world.
40% of the revenue corporate newspaper media once sleepwalked into extorting out of the average consumer via the classifieds was reduced to a trickle when Craigslist was widely adopted. Journalism wasn't killed by Craigslist. What did happen was that disgusting entirely profit driven commercial media suddenly had less ability to profit off the working class as easily as before while providing less and less actual local media coverage. Craigslist led to access to an ever broadening world not just for those with means but also for those in poverty. Its simple, intuitive and without commercial flash platform was easy for everyone to use whether or not they had experience navigating other interactive websites.
These gatekeeping corporate media CEOs put maximizing profits for shareholders over actually producing content worthy of being called journalism. They left the door wide open for innovations like Craigslist to dominate. Classifieds are most useful if a very broad audience has access to the post. Not being limited to inches on a back page of a newspaper which charged sometimes outrageous amounts at the time Craigslist came on the scene was a major difference that was really inevitable considering how the internet works. Newspapers could have realized this idea far sooner if they had chosen to innovate themselves rather than relying on outdated ideas as the industry had since before TV and even radio existed.
In past quarter of a century Craigslist has connected countless people with a new job, an affordable apartment or home, a free bit of furniture, a decent car on the cheap, bandmates, housemates, help with minding the children, education, hobbies, classes, and even a new partner in life with just a few clicks and a quick email. More than that it showed many other platforms a great example of utility via the internet as a roadmap for the future platforms most people couldn't live without today.
Happy freaking 26th birthday Craigslist!
Craigslist is still a great tool to make meaningful connections happen in life without having to negotiate old paradigms of value determined by corporate overlords. You can learn a lot about the world just by seeing what's on offer on Craigslist. For example you can nearly always find these things for free almost daily regardless of what American city you choose: A piano, a trampoline, a hot tub, a desk, a filing cabinet, an entertainment center, and an aquarium. Pay attention, act quickly, have access to a vehicle and craigslist's free stuff section can outfit an entire apartment in under a month for free in most areas. Heck, I bet if you wanted you could build a house with things you find on Craigslist.
I have personally had some life changing things happen thanks to Craigslist over the decades so I always give things away for free on the site when I don't need to sell it on to contribute to someone else's good fortune. I hope to see Craigslist going strong for a long time to come!
Local fat stray cat near my house-overfed by six neighbors and counting.
Pet Peeves
2-28-21
Being American there is only one topic more contentious than gun ownership and that's pet ownership. This blog is going make me extremely unpopular with many people I know and love. People have too many pets. In fact, the entire idea of keeping a pet is animal slavery.
Do I think every person with a pets treats their animals poorly? No, of course I don't.
I think animals don't really belong in unnatural habitats like houses and apartments.
Think about it: a bird in a cage... not allowed to fly, seems cruel in an extreme to me as does a cat trapped in a tiny apartment or a dog tied up in a yard. People are fooling themselves into thinking the pet needs them when, in truth, it is the reverse.
I'm not alone in my unpopular opinion, but anyone who states the facts about pet ownership and the impact it has on the earth or about animals forced into being pets runs the risk of becoming a pariah. I think it has much to do with our capitalist ownership society believing it's ok to own a living thing. We see animals as property just as we used to see some people. In fact, what sort of pet you keep can predict political leanings.
I've traveled a fair bit and in many other places pets haven't been as typical and central to daily life in other countries until about ten years ago I started to notice a change toward more pet owners showing up in my travels. Now it is common place for people to aspire to having pets and having indoor animals in Europe, Asia, South America and even Africa where is was not as common in comparison. We have exported western style ownership of pets around the world now even China seeing massive increases in pet ownership in the past decades.
Americans are pet people. Most people have at least one pet in their lifetime with many families having 3 or 4 different animals not being seen as unusual. It's pretty universal to love and feel a deep sense of connection with kittens, puppies, baby bunnies, and little birdies that grow into full grown animal companions for some what others refer to as "fur babies" or "fur children." Children starving seem to garner little sympathy from the same people who can't stand to hear about puppy mills which arguably only exist because people want to have pets in the first place. Same goes for rescue centers and pet charities they wouldn't need to exist separate from wildlife societies if pets weren't kept as possessions.
These "fur children" have almost as much impact on the environment as having a child and in some cases even more impact when considering the impact cats have on the bird population. Pound for pound there is more meat in pet food than human food. Our pet ownership in the US has created some pretty destructive industries and behaviors that go along with having said "fur babies"
It's difficult not to think of many environmentalist vegans as hypocrites when considering how many of them won't eat a burger or wear leather but have multiple dogs and cats that require lots of kibble and meat. Except for the vegans who want to also torture their animals with an unnatural diet based on veganism for an animal that would naturally eat meat. I suspect lab grown meat will be pushed for cats and dogs by their owners long before it's a standard achieved for human consumption. (This is not to say I think being a vegan can't be healthy- certainly could be healthier for many people especially compared to eating the trash American diet but many people become vegans for non-dietary reasons.)
There are recently some new developments involving insects that could help mitigate the impact of pet ownership and meat consumption but the carbon foot print of these industries is never going to be neutral.
This blog post is not meant to shame pet owners or make people think that they are bad humans for having a cat or dog. I haven't had a pet for over 20 years but I did have many pets before I made the decision to go without ever having a pet again- I understand the urge. It was harder to quit pets than smoking and still I occasionally think fondly on my "too many cats" days and wish I had a fur ball to snuggle.
These days I live by a strict rule: If you can't eat it, don't feed it. So pets are not a possibility and neither are children. Being child-free has been absolutely life defining and made me extremely happy contrary to popular belief. I find many other people replacing having children with having pets, often too many little fur balls. People have often asked how I have been able to travel so much over the past few decades- being pet-free was a very big part of traveling, every bit as much as being child-free. The amount of money I would have to spend on a cat is near equal to two round trip plane tickets to Amsterdam. In addition, not having to arrange for care of these pets while I was away or worry about the creatures either- plays a big factor in my exploring the world.
I know some people couldn't survive without the mental health boost their pets provide. However, people must start realizing there are many ways we have a deep impact on the environment and on wildlife. Pet ownership is a significant impact that people try to pretend isn't such a big deal when it's one of the biggest.
The carbon foot print we all have is not carried just by that meat eating conservative redneck raising cows and hell in plains of Texas while he shouts for "Freedom isn't Free!" from his Ford F-350 pickup while speeding down the highways just for fun not commuting. It's also equally carried by the plane traveling vegan socialist with two cats who eats two avocados a day while drinking almond milk and organic coffee cycling his way across a bridge home from work in Portland, Oregon.
So maybe don't get another cat or dog next time you feel the need to bond with something helpless and tiny. Maybe stick with the pets you already have and just visit with kittens or puppies. Volunteer at a shelter, go to a forest watch the animals there. Do it because if more of us don't start behaving this way there will be less and less forest and less creatures left to observe with every year that passes.
Show Nature you truly love her -stop getting more pets.
"Numb"ers
2-19-21
Before the end of this month but most likely before the end of next week half a million people will have died from coronavirus in the US in a year. Most people know this but they actually can't take it in. We are very bad at truly understanding big numbers and what they mean in our lives. The county I live in has only had 45 deaths so the impact can seem low if you only look locally. Meanwhile life expectancy has dropped more than a year due to Covid and almost 3 years for black people and almost 2 years for Hispanic people in the United States.
The average human being in the US will meet somewhere between 10,000 and 80,000 people in their lifetime depending on what type of life they lead. Here are some ways to put these deaths into context.
Imagine everyone you've ever met in your lifetime even for a few seconds is gone- dead. Now picture 6 people who didn't die- but also everyone they've ever met is also dead. That's how many people have died.
Have you ever been to a big stadium sports event or concert? Do you go regularly? Ok. Remember how crazy big the crowd looks? Every show, sporting event, or public rally you've ever attended in your entire life they are all dead now.
Ever been to Atlanta? The entire population is about equal to how many people have died. More people have died than the population Miami, or Minneapolis, Or New Orleans. and so many other cities.
I recently rewatched what I think is the best fictional series ever created about a pandemic- Survivors. I think it is mandatory viewing for anyone who wants to better understand what could happen if we get an even worse pandemic in the future. If you watch it you can get a real feeling of what so many people dying would feel like if you could see them all. Julie Graham in the first episode gives a stunning performance on what it feels like to wake up to all of this death.
The show premiered 2008 but was based on an older series from 1975. The producer Susan Hogg had been inspired to remake the series after flu pandemics and SARS back in 2007. I believe one of the reasons that this series did such a great job is how it shows the isolation and desperation of the people who didn't die. The second season of the show was in fact delayed by a real life swine flu pandemic in 2009. It's a great British drama with very little gross gore plus the characters seem like real people not slick pretty people hero parading as is the norm in American series and films. Also, I am impressed it was shot on 35mm film.
I hope we don't see another pandemic, naturally, but I also hope climate change can be reversed. I hope people will stop putting profits before people as well but I prepare for the worst while hoping for the best. I suggest everyone take to heart the lesson that this pandemic is one of the first in a series. More than likely we will face more pandemics in our lifetime and next time it could be far worse if we don't learn lessons from this plague.
Everyone of these 500,000 people had family, friends, and neighbors who must now cope without them and grieve. Don't become numb to the numbers.
Playing the Spoons
2-18-21
Since the early days of the pandemic I have thought often of fellow Lupus sufferer Christine Miserandino's Spoon Theory and how the limitations of the pandemic add another layer to lives of the chronically ill, the disabled, and elderly people. I believe the pandemic is giving otherwise healthy people a taste of what's it's like to live as a sick person.
Learning to slow down, and/or having to slow down is an incredibly hard lesson in life. Many people are struggling with this impatience the most during this pandemic. Everything takes more steps and more time if you are behaving safely. It can be unbelievably frustrating to have to take ten times longer to get something done due to societal limitations that was almost effortless before.
Believe me, no one understands this better than chronically ill people. Imagine this current situation applied to your life all the time but not just your interactions with society had to be handled with care- also your interactions with your own body. The patience required is beyond attainable many days. And now we have the added dread and stress of catching Covid and dying. Experiencing this stress makes our illnesses physically worse in most cases.
It's not only a matter of patience, in the cases of many chronically ill people, sometimes being tired, sick, alone, in pain, isolated, and financially unstable has another factor overriding them all - fear of being side lined, by society and by our families. We are made to feel like a burden in normal times- now that dark feeling is overwhelming some of us. Many chronically ill people and disabled persons, people with intellectual disabilities have not been offered the vaccine yet even though those with disabilities and autism are far more likely to die from Covid by six times as much. So our very real fear of being side lined is happening.
Chronically ill people are also suffering more due to lack of access to health care in general during the rationed times and from fear of Covid exposure at medical appointments. Getting vaccines to health care workers first was of great importance too but even many healthcare workers haven't gotten access to a vaccine.
Just like in the beginning of the pandemic people seem to be putting these populations last because-well we're already damaged right? Isn't that how the world sees us? It sure feels that way. We are treated like our lives have less value somehow compared to the rest of the population. If we dare to suggest it should be different or advocate for care it is seen as special treatment rather than humane.
Now people have compassion fatigue as well, after a year of feeling what it's like to be in a version of the world we as chronically ill people often experience during not pandemic times. There was no stock pile so the supplies of vaccine that could have launched a campaign which quickly delivered the doses to the most vulnerable people is being abandoned in many places to give doses to "open back up." Again because if my sort dies it's not seen as much of a loss.
Rather than the deeper understanding the situation of the pandemic might have taught normal healthy people- some kind of empathy for those in compromised situations- people are choosing to side line their needs for "the greater good." Whether it's teachers, workers or just people in good health of a certain age- when it's over they can look forward to a completely better time. Those of us who are ill or disabled this isn't temporary and there is no end in sight for us especially since no one is advocating for these populations in favor of "getting back to normalcy." Hey maybe normal wasn't so great for everyone.
I hope everyone gets the Covid vaccine asap. As a person who has chronic auto-immunes, autism, and multiple co-morbidities I hope I make it through and that the vaccine works for me- so I can go back to my careful life with limited spoons. But I must confess hearing the constant drum beat of impatience from the average and well to do healthy citizen about the impositions in their life is getting a bit tedious.
Love in the Time of Covid
2-14-21
These days, like all other aspects in life, seeking a new so and so, significant other, sex buddy, even new friends is nearly impossible. Even maintaining existing relationships has become extremely complicated by new sets of rules imposed by the current pandemic.
Lots of people have turned to online dating for the first time ever only to be confronted with a world of gatekeeping apps trying to algorithmically sell a mate or match rather than just present what is out there. It's enough to make a person give up on love altogether.
It's best to view these apps like going to a bar. You don't expect to meet the love of your life there, but it could happen. More than likely you'll have a few flirty conversations or maybe even a one night-one week stand. Each dating platform has its own rules or atmosphere:
Tinder is a shady smelly dance club with poorly lit crowds drinking Pabst from a can pretending to like it. Terrible music is blaring from a crap sound system with a DJ nearly as deaf as he is tone deaf swaying in the distance on a makeshift platform with 5 girls pretending to dance in body conforming catsuits while they take selfies in front of him. If you have success in real life in this place you might do well on Tinder. It's not impossible to meet someone but you'll have to struggle through a crowd of people you don't even want to touch, let alone get sweaty dancing with.
Ok Cupid is the generic local pub/bar/venue in town that opens before the sunset where you might get decent craft beer and some fries but most people are there with someone else or they aren't there to meet you. The bar up front is free but there's a door guy in the back for the real show with his hand out standing in front of blacked out french doors not even letting you see the band setting up or who might be there.
Match is a singles meetup at a bar with glaring lighting where everyone acts like they are still at work without the married people around- in theory. The drinks are expensive but you never seem to get a buzz from those cocktails. At the bar you can strike up the conversation which could lead to something but only if leave the bar. The cover charge to get in was really high so you make the best of it.
Facebook app is the less than clean bathroom hall in OK Cupid's bar where relieving yourself could be possible but you might try to hold it anyway when confronted this scene. You might meet someone who needs to pee too.
Plenty of Fish is a crap trendy warehouse bar a bunch of people in their 20's told you about but you only go there if there's nowhere else to go. You might meet someone who hated the place too on your way out. The cover charge is low.
E Harmony is like going to church looking for a date and paying to do it.
Grindr is the gay club in town that Stephen Fry told everyone about and rumors say Eminem has been to this club with his shirt off.
Online dating works best for people who know how to market themselves so possibly it may be the most capitalist idea we've produced in humankind's history- the need to "sell yourself." Alas, it is all we have for now so better make the best of it even if online dating sucks.
There are countless blogs and articles out that tell you how to make a better profile to gain success on these apps. The truth is your likelihood of success is quite low regardless of how well crafted your profile especially if your expectations are too high.
There are so many other sites- goth sites, punk sites, and even sex club style dating sites. Just like with a bar- don't just go to one place, one time and judge all your success on the one experience. It takes work and will likely be similar to going out all the time to the same places. It can be interesting but what you put into it and your willingness to engage have much more to do with your success than just how you look or where you go. And just like in bars women have an easier time meeting people (at least straight heteronormative bars) and men are viewed as creepers until proven otherwise.
The best advice I can give anyone trying this out for the first time or even the 100th is to research the sites, see which fits you best and use them for limited periods of time a couple times a week. Don't get obsessed. Online dating screen time is soul sucking just like drinking too much.
Also stop using filtered pictures or app made photos, old photos or too many with you holding a phone in front of a mirror. Use paragraphs for heaven's sake! Write what you want- but present it with clever language if possible, if not, be clear and concise. Don't waste time writing how much you hate dating sites, the questions on them, or the miserable times we live in- we all feel that way- it's a given.
I'm starting a year long writing project today following many different types people online dating over the next year as we transition from lockdowns to hopefully some sense of normalcy. "Love in the Time of Coronavirus." Which I am sure is a title for thousands of other writers who love Gabriel García Márquez too but my story will be an epic effort so I feel the title stands.
As I've said many times love is like a well crafted song you can't get out of your head and you want to sing all the time. Here's one I crafted with two people I love on Valentine's Day eight years ago. Happy Valentine's Day Everyone!
Year of the Ox
2-12-21
Over a quarter of the world's population just celebrated Lunar New Year. It's a time for fortune telling, fireworks, feasts, reflection, family gatherings and wearing red. In China many superstitions are adhered to during the 7 days of Spring festival. Over a billion people usually travel just before this time period and just after to be home during the somewhat universal vacation in much of the Asian Continent. In the US people usually call it "Chinese New Year" but in most cultures that celebrate this time frame it's called Spring festival and New Year. This year that's February 11th- Spring Festival Eve the last day being February 17th.
Red plays a significant role. Wearing red is a major luck factor in general but particularly during the week of Spring Festival. People give little red pouches of coins. Red bedding and even underwear are encouraged. Focusing on happiness, prosperity and gratitude are strongly encouraged. No crying, no fighting, not arguing or a cursed year may follow. This year the parades are certain to be less spectacular in the US (if at all) due to the pandemic and certainly responsible people will not gather in crowds also not to curse the year.
Lunar New Year can be traced back to the Shang Dynasty so for at least 3500 years some form of spring festival similar to the current one has been happening- which is amazing for any tradition to have lasted so long.
The Ox sign is about stability, hard work, endurance and humbleness. After the year we've had here in the United States I think a good dose of those things might be in order. The last year of the Ox was in 2009- it's 12 year cycle beginning with the Rat. 2020 was the Metal Rat. I am a Water Rat. Each year has both an element and an animal. You can look up your Chinese Birth Zodiac here. This year is the Metal Ox meaning a good time to invest and review your financial planning or lack thereof. Also a great year to begin a serious area of study- so go ahead and start that new class or enroll in college, learn a new language. Maybe Mandarin?
Also if you are going to be painting anything red in your home why not do it this week? Buy a "Year of the Ox" stamp. Maybe learn a bit about China and Asia in general beyond the context in which our western media frames billions of people as either good or bad for us when it comes to trade and power.
China has been around for thousands of years and will likely be a dominant world power for many centuries to come. Most westerners have very little knowledge about most Asian cultures and history even when we are highly educated. Westerners know more about fallen Empires of Rome, Greece, Egypt and Britain than we know about China, Japan, Korea, or Vietnam. Even though the British tried to rule India for over 200 years very few people in western culture know Indian history enough to know they don't celebrate Lunar New Year on the same day as Korea, Vietnam or China.
China, Japan, and India are dominate powers in history stretching from far before those western empirical times to the modern era as the oldest continuous civilizations on earth. Learning about an entire amazing histories of peoples of Asia who are the dominant populations on earth would be a wonderful way to celebrate Lunar New Year! After all, the Ox Year is a great time for study!
Happy New Year Everyone!
Transparent Wood and Other Marvels
2-10-21
Over the past few years many unusual and wonderful new building materials have been created which hold amazing potential to transform how we build and function as a society. One of the cheapest and easiest has been transparent wood. The applications for a material that is both lightweight, load bearing, and stronger than standard glass combined with a less toxic process for creation is a potential revolution in the next era of building materials.
Building materials and how we build have so much more to do with our daily life than most of us realize. Think about how whether a particular area of the world is made with wood or with concrete determines much of the environment impacts of building and the impacts in the future from natural disasters like floods and earthquakes. This new development in transparent wood can involve less polymers and toxins (meaning less plastics and less chemicals will be used) which will lead to cleaner building and greener building.
Construction is one of the worst industries for environmental damage and waste. If more focus was put on how we construct and what we build the damage done everyday all over the planet could be greatly reduced. Construction is already regulated in most areas of the world and new regulations should be used as a spring board for true progressive change in how we live and where we live.
Now that solar cells can be made transparent I am hoping that these two innovations can be combined to become widely used in multistory buildings that are energy neutral in consumption and future greenhouses for gardens that could grow food in twenty story high buildings while helping preventing greenhouse gases! We could even grow our future homes with the new fungi based building techniques! Imagine mimicking nature rather than fight against it to make wonderful places to live and work.
We live in a world of marvels and I am excited to see what innovations are yet to be invented from forward thinking engineers and scientists no longer as crippled by antiquated oil market capitalism. A real green revolution in industry is possible if adoption of new methods is subsidized rather than subsidizing polluting industries on their last leg like the oil and gas.
Witchcraft Vs Witch Crap
2-4-21
This week many among the witch world and beyond celebrated Imbolc. It's basically marking "spring is coming, maybe!" and a time to fortune tell, forecast and make good wishes for the future. It's a time to take stock of your "seeds" literally and figuratively- the ones to go in the ground and the ideas in your head. A time to be prepared for the coming seasons. If you've ever seen or made Brigid's Cross or even participated in Groundhog's Day then you have taken part in some small way in Imbolc traditions- though many associate Groundhog Day's origins with Candlemas those origins are from the Neolithic era and pagan. Just as Brigid is a Celtic goddess but the Catholic's turned her into a saint. There are lots of different places in the world that mark this time in similar ways like in Japan with Setsubun.
As a lifelong fortune teller it is a couple weeks filled with a flurry of activity from the full moon closest to Imbolc to Chinese New Year which is on Feb 12th. I practice all sorts of fortune telling forms cartomancy, bibliomancy, mediamancy, tasseography and ritual bathing and cleaning nearly everyday. I build altars and organize the heck out of the house.
Also, like lots of people in the witch community, I craft herbal sachets, mojos, belts, knitting, crocheting and macrame with an eye toward the future as reminders or as representations of actual energy.
And then at this time of year there's the shoppers- which I, unfairly at times, have called "shopping mall witches." People who buy clothes they think look witchy, silver rings, rocks, little bags, herbs and potions online believing it will give them power or make them a witch. I wasn't going to write about this because I feel there will be many in the broader witch community that believe I am gatekeeping but in the end I felt compelled by instinct, as I am with most things, to address this touchy subject.
This is not about gatekeeping or defining for anyone what a witch is or is not. It's about the craft part of our practice. Buying something blindly has so much less power for ritual rather than receiving it as a handmade gift, finding it, refashioning it, or making it or in some cases commissioning it from another witch. It's similar to the difference between buying a painting and actually painting one.
Witchcraft is an art like all crafts and arts supplies must be gathered. The basis of most witchcraft is nature and the supplies should be as well. This is not to say I think a little wooden box from a craft store can't be used in great things for example, but if the witch can make a little wooden box it's better than the craft store box. If the witch can't make it but knows someone who can- better to buy from that maker than the craft store box. The last option should be consumerism, blind or otherwise.
Buying rocks and crystals is pretty common these days too. There will be more power in a stone or gem found by a witch in nature than the one purchased. Buying oils, powders, and herbs is even more common place but growing the herbs, again if possible, and making these things is so much more powerful in the intent of a ritual and for the craft.
Where things are sourced from, as a witch, is nearly as important as the ritual or spell itself. Most of us believe in energies being transferred though objects. If that rock comes from a gem mine where children slave away- it's tainted. If those herbs come from a place that uses pesticides and poisons the land-it is tainted by bad energy. If the clothes you are wearing are made from slave labor or underpaid sweatshop situations you have that evil energy on your back too.
If you are buying from another witch or practitioner I believe that is personally better because we can't master all be all forms of the art. Just as every other art form has masters of the craft so does witchcraft. Witches can source things online as in materials but do research- make sure the company doesn't hurt the land or other people. Fair trade if at all possible, but at least find out about who is making what you are buying. Buy from thrift stores too multiple energies will be built into those objects- often far better than something new- though sometimes complicated.
Making and growing things gives much deeper connection to those objects and to the rituals or potions they might be used in.
Witches and really everyone should care more about where the things we buy come from. Not everyone can afford to be choosy on survival things particularly in these desperate times-but when it comes to things held in reverence and used in ritual it absolutely has to be a concern. Better to spend no money and make something rather than "buy" a spell or a crystal or whatever else is being hocked as witchcraft these days.
In short, if you want your life to be magical you can't be cursing and destroying the lives of others through your purchases to make it so. Stop buying witch crap and really start practicing witchcraft. Let love and nature be your center for all the energy you want to channel and things you focus on. Don't consume or wear trappings of an idea-be genuine, honest, and informed and you will be an expert in or "master"of witchcraft and how best it works in no time at all.
Seasons of Mists and Fruitlessness
1-30-21
This time of year it's so difficult to remain motivated to do just about anything. The weather here on the Washington coast at this time of year is bit like a more mossy and less fruitful version of the famous Keats poem:
Season of mists and mellow fruitfulness,
Close bosom-friend of the maturing sun;
Conspiring with him how to load and bless
With fruit the vines that round the thatch-eves run;
To bend with apples the moss'd cottage-trees,
And fill all fruit with ripeness to the core;
To swell the gourd, and plump the hazel shells
With a sweet kernel; to set budding more,
And still more, later flowers for the bees,
Until they think warm days will never cease,
For summer has o'er-brimm'd their clammy cells.
Who hath not seen thee oft amid thy store?
Sometimes whoever seeks abroad may find
Thee sitting careless on a granary floor,
Thy hair soft-lifted by the winnowing wind;
Or on a half-reap'd furrow sound asleep,
Drowsed with the fume of poppies, while thy hook
Spares the next swath and all its twined flowers:
And sometimes like a gleaner thou dost keep
Steady thy laden head across a brook;
Or by a cider-press, with patient look,
Thou watchest the last oozings, hours by hours.
Where are the songs of Spring? Ay, where are they?
Think not of them, thou hast thy music too,--
While barred clouds bloom the soft-dying day,
And touch the stubble-plains with rosy hue;
Then in a wailful choir the small gnats mourn
Among the river sallows, borne aloft
Or sinking as the light wind lives or dies;
And full-grown lambs loud bleat from hilly bourn;
Hedge-crickets sing; and now with treble soft
The redbreast whistles from a garden-croft,
And gathering swallows twitter in the skies.
Now with the pandemic this partial hibernation effect is deepened literally trapped inside most of the time as we are if we are being decent human beings doing our part to combat the plague. I find that organizing, list making and scheduling consistent activity are the only way to make it through without going mad.
I made a public list that think still applies in our first month of lockdown:
1. Make a daily schedule even if you live alone. A realistic relaxed schedule of things you must do is essential- it gets you off your phone and laptop, it makes things feel normal and builds in self-care. Make sure you add time to organize the day into your schedule. Wake up at a reasonable hour, don’t sleep all day- you’ll be up all night and start a cycle.
2. Prep meals for 3 days- it’s better to have food in handy access just in case you do fall ill. This will also keep you aware of your supply status well before you run out.
3. Set up activity areas in your house. Put your laptop in a work area like old school desktop days. Set up your projects for work/art/photos/writing there- walk away from the internet every hour even if you are working. Set up a craft and project area with all the supplies. Do all of your sewing repairs! Make a “quiet area” of your house for household members who need a break and can’t go outside and/or it’s nasty weather.
4. If you can go out side every morning, midday and one more time before the sun goes down. Leave your phone in the house. Make these visits outside at least 15 minutes. Or at least one long walk.
5. Drink water- hide the booze. Make it special if you do drink and seriously limit it. Your immune system doesn’t do well when you are drunk but also hungover is a bad thing to combine with anxiety not to mention being infected with COVID-19.
6. Have a list of people you contact and check in with everyday who brighten your life, and who you can be a caring support network for as well.
7. Exercise every day at least 15 mins but better to do one hour. So four 15 min sessions works too. You need to deeply breathe and sweat to keep healthy. Also try not to overeat it’s easy to do at home.
8. Only check the news once or twice a day. Limit your access now so you don’t go crazy. Limit your show and movie time too. It’s natural to binge but not healthy to do it everyday.
9. Take a bath before you go to bed, shower after you come home if you went out, don’t wear your shoes in the house. Don’t wear something twice. Obviously wipe stuff down with bleach wipes or alcohol wipes but you are usually the dirtiest thing in your house. As an immunocompromised person I have found this to be essential for Nate and me over the past years.
10. Garden-even if it’s just clearing up. Really it’s the most rewarding calming thing you can do (I realize some people can’t due to apartment status) But also take a bike ride or go on a walk maintaining social distancing- just sit in nature- connect with life. If it's too cold plot and plan or learn about plants.
11. Try to be mindful about this situation and be present in the moment. Don’t think about what might happen, think about what you can do right now. Be kind to others -people are scared, let love and compassion guide you not fear and resentment or anger.
12. Journal. Write about what you are feeling or seeing. Write about the memories of things you miss. Write them as a story for a stranger a hundred years from now to read. Write poems even bad ones your brain will reap the benefits either way.
Good luck dear readers on this one of darkest times as a nation. I hope this spring and summer begin to turn things around for us all- the clouds will clear.
Wolf Moon
1-27-21
Just in time for the first full moon of 2021, aka the Wolf Moon, some interesting studies recently published details concerning the luminous orb dominating the night sky and its influence on human behavior.
There is still no evidence that people are actually crazier or more likely to do bizarre things like many "old wives tales" claim will happen on a full moon. Werewolves are still a myth too- just thought I'd mention this in case there's a new conspiracy theory out there concerning treasonous Ted Cruz's need for a neck beard. Cruz is just a traitor to democracy, arguably far worse than any werewolf, because at least werewolves can't help it.
There is evidence to suggest our sleep cycles are influenced by the moon. Additionally, women's menstrual cycles temporarily synchronize with moon cycles-not a real shocker to any woman that has periods but nice to have it actually studied.
Our bodies and behaviors are actually effected by outer space! In fact, these new studies suggest that in ancient times and possibly previous to the modern era as well, human sexual behavior might also have been synchronized with the moon. Perhaps those "old wives" wary of full moons had a point after all as "old wives"often do. Sexual behavior and the drive to have sex or not- really leads to the crazier side of human behaviors. Our culturally universal fascination with the moon might, in part, be driven by our fascination with sex.
A sky clad pagan dancing under the full moon might make a bit more sense when viewed through this lens. Either way I'm with Van Morrison on this one.
Family Values
1-25-21
Most people have heard of UBI thanks in part to Andrew Yang and the endless Democratic debates where he got to mention his "freedom dividend" idea. The reasons why universal basic income are the best idea for any democracy are a little less clear because rather than analyze the idea for its own merit people hear instants objections coming from people in power (mostly conservatives) saying "It will make people lazy!" "People shouldn't get something for nothing!" And so on.
Three things UBI could actually solve or address pretty quickly: Homelessness, the gender wage gap, and the care crisis we face with an aging population. Other things that UBI would address: Lack of wages/income in the arts, the extreme financial burden put on single parents, extreme poverty, and begin to address the needed reparations from slavery- though there should be an extra component there to address much needed restitution for a section of the population intentionally pushed down by centuries of racist government.
Women have spent centuries without being fairly compensated for the work they do in the home just because it can't be "traded" or turned into a commodity. The majority of domestic work is done by women even when they have a job and when both partners have a job- women still do more domestic work. If we compensated women fairly for this labor- or just paid the going wage- women would get far more than the proposed $1000 a month in Yang's plan. The only real escape in our current world from this domestic servitude is choosing not to have a family which is becoming common despite conservative politicians efforts against letting women have control over their own bodies.
We have to ask ourselves as a society if value and commodity are the same thing. They are not. The work women do as mothers and wives is "priceless" but not addressing the very real labor involved disrespects and devalues this "pricelessness." Real family values being embraced would seek to compensate and respect domestic work as well as allow for either gender to be the stay at home parent, caretaker, and caregiver.
The current pandemic crisis nearly 100% percent of the net job losses have been women. As Rep. Katie Porter said in one of her many tweets about the plight of women in this pandemic "The Depression will be gendered." One in five women have had to leave the workforce during these troubled times due to childcare concerns, taking care of elderly family and other domestic responsibilities.
In an already unequal and unfair world women are paid less for the same job as well as doing the majority of the house work it seems to me UBI is an idea long overdue that would benefit the entire community because less people struggling to survive would lead to more people thriving.
Predictions
1-21-21
I have a knack for guessing what is going to happen given a particular set of data whether in my personal life, community, and even globally. I am a reluctant clairvoyant. Normally I don't publicly write about these portents due to the rather intense amount of ridicule I have received in the past from both the religious people from the Abrahamic faiths and the scientists in my life. People who don't ridicule me or dismiss me are usually people who also have clairvoyance reluctant or not. Also some people have experience with me personally than proves to them in some way I am not making it up for attention- which is the typical assumption. Who the heck would want that kind of attention?
This past two years I have decided to be a bit less evasive about these predictions. I used to believe saying them out loud made them more likely to happen-the concept that an idea once planted in the mind of many makes the outcome more likely. I have watched terrible things come true that once only existed in my nightmares and daydreams but I felt certain would come true in my lifetime. My particular knack isn't blessed with a specific date as to when something will happen- just visions of the circumstances that lead to the tragic or unusual event- so when all the circumstances of the scenario are there then there is no prevention on earth that will stop the incident.
It's likely my mind works with data and predicts likely outcomes when I am sleeping in a highly efficient systemic way that then produces a narrative story so I can problem solve in my own personal life. Or maybe I'm just one of "them" like many grandmas have said to me over the years.
Over the past two decades I have studied tipping point math and Complexity theory (taking Chaos theory to the next logical step) since they tend to lean toward how my mind works with systems. I am a pattern thinker in an extreme due to autism so naturally I have an easier time making sense of lots of data that is seemingly unrelated and can by instinct predict outcomes. (There you go scientists who ridicule me- there's your possible explanation about why I might be a much better than average guesser.)
I bring up one further thing that contributes to my potential as an instinctual futurist. I've traveled more than most people and when traveling have sought out the differences and similarities between cultures almost like a collection. That collection lives comfortably in my mind with huge data sets and associative thinking based on a much better than average memory.
This has all been a preamble to my predictions for the next era which began yesterday- how fast or slow these happen will be determined by event horizons closing the circle of circumstance but they will happen in my lifetime if I live to old age- actually many of them quite soon it seems.
Things you don't need to be clairvoyant to know but it helps:
Before it's over more than a million people in the US will die of Covid-19 and it's variants (based on data models and behavior close to two million)
A new global pandemic will emerge in less than a decade-more like a couple of years after this one is in theory "behind us." This emergent disease will be hidden from the public at large at first due to economic concerns- millions will die as a result.
China will fully become the leading economic power with a dominance that pushes their darkest policies into other national policies around the world particularly media suppression.
Neoliberal policies will take a much stronger hold on the US and UK leading to more wars in the Middle East, South America and eventually with former Soviet Union states and China. Diseases will be weaponized and utilized in this war as well as magnetic weapons with bullets that fire nanotech into people.
Cryptocurrency will be attacked by western and European influences who try to destroy it- only to rise higher in value in countries in distress by unchecked capitalism. Self-reliant groups of like minded communities embrace cryptocurrency as a way to subvert top down rule of the masses. New economies of scale emerge in Western cultures based on third world paradigms.
Medical advances will revive a dead person back from biological death- as in brain death via previous to death implants. Implants will prolong life well past biological constraints.
Drugs will be created to fight most contractable diseases based on microbiome approach and will revolutionize therapies the way antibiotics did.
The housing markets will be the most stable market in US- decentralizing of office work from cities will be the driving force behind this market as well as government funding increase home ownership for first time buyers. However, this will cause the creation of service "ghettos" within American cities driven by even larger gaps between the richest and poorest residents.
Carbon markets will be embraced more commonly allowing polluting industries to buy carbon trade offs rather than actually reducing the impact the environment. The term "green" will become meaningless.
More westerners will abandon Abrahamic faiths, however this will lead to a much higher than average establishment of individual cults and schemes to fill the void left by the previous cults of Abraham. Remaining big three churches will become more extremist as is happening with American evangelicals.
Proof of life sentient life beyond our galaxy will actually lead to more religious beliefs about our origins and who "god" was/is. Large groups of these cults will believe they are to be rescued by our "god" progenitors when they, in fact, are fictional too- just like the stories of the Abrahamic God.
Ok now for the not so obvious predictions where you may need a bit of clairvoyance:
(really want to be wrong on these)
Australian tsunami largest recorded
Volcanic eruption in Washington State starts massive wildfires
Major earthquake (above 6.5) in the central part of the United States
Multiple tornadoes will hit Chicago metro area in the same year causing massive damage by the lakeshore areas
A category 4 hurricane will hit NYC main ports late in the season basically mimicking Hurricane Sandy but with many times the force.
8.5 earthquake on the Cascadia subduction zone- causes nuclear contamination via power plants
Russia will test electromagnetic weapons on US targets including planes.
And finally really really specific consistent dreams I would so much prefer never take place- these are constant nightmares of mine for 20 years- along with the current pandemic, Chavez, Trump and 9-11 which all came true they are in a circle of events together.
The widespread adoption of drone technology for delivery, but also citizen monitoring, and most frighteningly-policing. This is accomplished partly by pushing "green" policies claiming how drones will save us from environmental damage due to box delivery via postal service/driving.
A bomb goes off at a Super Bowl involving teams with some sort of wing/bird and the other some kind of cat team in a stadium with a retractable roof where it doesn't usually need to retract but does due to unexpected weather changes. This leads to a renewed era of patriot act style government suppression of rights.
US begins (or accelerates depending on what perspective you have) war in South and Central America claiming to be defending the people in peril like migrant populations and preserving the rain forests but actually it's over resources our government wants to take unhindered by other governments. China becomes involved.
Okay, whew. That's all I am willing to talk about for now. I really hope 10 years from now someone is out there ridiculing me for these predictions because most of them didn't happen- except I really do want to see more therapies using microbiome systems for medicine.
Oh and here's some data (I said I would highlight good sources) IRIS Nasdaq CarbonBrief.
Universal Design
1-18-21
The entire world is designed to be optimized for one specific sort of human being. That person is between 18-50 years old, in good health, right-handed and male. Considering that 164 million people are female in the United States and 61 million people are disabled out of a population of 328 million it seems again we have a minority rules situation.
Anyone who isn't actually the one of these lucky ones- the right handed, perfectly abled bodied male understands what I am referencing. Cars, buildings, desks, tools, clothing, appliances, showers, toilets, websites, shelving, entrances, packaging, pools are all standardized to suit this one kind of human being. As a chesty woman I can add massage tables, dress shirts, operating tables, coats, seat belts, wet suits, crutches, and most exercise equipment to this list. All of these things can be customized, naturally but usually at great expense or by limiting what can be accessed. Women's space suits at NASA are a famous example of default male design issues. Heck, most women would settle for decent pockets in our clothes as a sign of improvement.
Lack of comfort, inconvenience, and access are not the only problem with this bias in design. Sometimes the consequences of standardized designing only for men can be deadly for women. For example while women are less likely to be involved in car crashes our chances of suffering fatal injuries in a crash are 73% higher than men- much of that is due to biased poor design. Even PPE used in hospitals has a default bias against women even though a great majority of hospital staff are women.
Since the 1960's the concept of universal design has begun to make some in roads into modern society though a far from total embrace. Much of the problem lies with engineers the most male dominated field in STEM. Women make up only 13% of engineering workforce. Standards tend to draw on existing paradigms in every field but particularly in engineering and design. Curb cuts in sidewalks are actually very recent standard additions to daily life even though wheel chairs, baby strollers and suitcases have been in standard use for hundreds of years. We have all benefited from design changes resulting from passing the ADA act in the 1990. It's possibly the greatest argument for completely changing how engineering and design in the modern era is approached.
Federal acknowledgment of ableist design 30 years ago in the United States gives me hope that the sexist and racist design of our society might someday be fully addressed with legislation to address equity issues faced by the rest of the population who aren't one of the lucky ones.
One of the silver linings to the clouds of the pandemic and some of the civil unrest are how these biases have become more highlighted. Someday perhaps women might be elevated to status above coveting the pockets on men's clothing and not be ridiculed for demanding design equity in population where we are, in fact, the majority.
Crime on Television
1-16-21
Until about ten years ago I had lifelong insomnia. I literally had trouble falling asleep every night. I tried all the established cures and behaviors to no avail. Then I started watching streaming videos and noticed there was particular type of show that made me fall asleep within one hour. British Murder Mysteries. I like these shows- didn't think were boring, in fact, they are my favorites but they always made me sleepy.
I began experimenting and after a year worth of data I found the formula. Commercial free (commercials are still louder in volume than most shows by design) murder mystery usually leaning toward cozy mystery would make me fall straight to sleep within an hour regardless of how fast my brain was spinning.
American crime shows with few exceptions didn't work at all. Those shows focused on the murder, and the gruesome- not the characters who solve the crime or the village or place where it happens. The mysteries that comfort me had to come from world that makes sense but also one I don't actually live in.
These days I have "Midsomer Murders, "Miss Marple," "Poirot," "Foyle's War," "Father Brown," "Inspector Lewis," "Miss Fisher's Murder Mysteries," "Rosemary and Thyme" and at least a dozen other go-to worlds at the ready so even if I wake up I can fall back to sleep. The less associated to actual police activity the faster I am at ease and the easier it is to fall asleep.
Over the years I have wondered at this remarkable cure for insomnia. It hardly ever fails me. There seem to be few side effects from exposure to too many mystery killings- mostly quoting Cadfael at pivotal moments of gardening success or the tendency to wear outfits matching the era or style of the shows without realizing I am.
Much of the media landscape is pretty horrific and these stories give me a solvable solution to ponder were the heroes are clever people with good intentions. A knitting old noisy lady, a fashionable daring woman from the roaring 20's, a chubby English priest with his lady side kicks, or two gardeners just trying to make a living -put the world to rights where no one else can.
Our cultural fascination with crime and the natural curiosity about mystery have been the driving force for a large percentage of the series produced over the past three decades. We better hope aliens aren't watching us from the sky or else they might think British villages have a higher death rate due to murder than the Nazi Blitzkrieg did on the whole of Europe or that barren landscapes of Sweden breed serial killers as a high percentage of the population.
American culture via movies and television shows has done a lot to glorify war, police, crime bosses, and authority figures (mostly male) over the past forty years. Our biggest export to the world is this form of entertainment. A hero figure or group of hero figures smash a bunch of stuff while fighting against an obvious bad guy in the pursuit of justice and are ultimately triumphant. These days we make many more of these formulaic shows and movies with literal super heroes rather than glorifying ordinary humans.
It's only in the past decade most of us have had access to films and shows from other cultures. British TV is a big deal in America as well as many Asian pop culture stars making in roads. An outside influence on Hollywood has begun which I think has been one of the big drivers toward including more types of people as the hero of the story.
American shows will always be more flash than substance I suspect but maybe we too will make more cultural gems in the coming years. I certainly hope so since I though I have literal hundreds of episodes to call upon as my bed time stories at some point I might need new crime on television.
Middle Children
1-12-21
Being a middle child prepared me well for being a member of the Gen X generation. All the work and very little credit or reward for the peace-keeping in the family. We spend a lot of our time being the ambassadors between the Boomers and the Millennials, usually culturally, and definitely for technology. Class, as in socioeconomic status, whether you are rich or poor, is a much bigger signifier of your cultural references and behavior than your birth year, but much like astrology and other birth chart based behavioral profiles, generational similarities can't be totally discounted.
My husband belongs to the overanalyzed millennials and I am squarely in the Gen X category: the hardly even noticed group, except as the butt of our own jokes or as the source of secretive intel about the other two generations sandwiching us, who combined make up the majority of the world's population. We Xers are severely outnumbered.
In my personal experience, the biggest difference between my Gen Xers and Millennials is communication style. Smart Xers tend to engage only when they are actually interested. They really will spend time writing out a comment that could be used alternately as a university level answer to a test question. Millennials will often respond to such long conversational comments with less than five words, or worse, a meme or avatar picture.
Millennials engage constantly but with very little depth contained in their responses. Being witty trumps being deep. Even if the person is very educated, they limit much of their engagement to reactions, approved in-crowd jokes as humor, and emotional declaration.
Boomers tend to want to be the authority - explaining things to everyone - but have little natural skill at communicating in the fast-paced world of the internet. They are still fuming days later about something other people don't even remember saying or commenting. At best they contribute online by sharing well written articles or interviews from their peers, or more usually sharing antiquated ideas born of a cultural perspective whose relevance has vanished completely in the past few years. They are not the only group of people crippled by misguided nostalgia, but they are the most affected. They are left behind in many ways but I am sure I will be someday too.
GenXers tend to prize themselves on self-reliance in a world of ruin. The unchecked capitalist world of today falling apart is no surprise to most of us. This doesn't mean we're all progressives - far from it - but we usually choose to support ideals, knowing that compromise will be the end result regardless. It's better to strive for our wildest dreams rather than acquiesce and compromise in the beginning.
We were the latchkey kids, the single parent babies, the first "whatevers" that couldn't be defined entirely by our position on the corporate ladder or in the workforce.
We had to figure things out on our own if we didn't fall into line with the status quo. We got the gift of autonomy as children. Some Xers sought another source of authority over their lives to fill the hole of their largely absent parents, while others flourished under self determination.
There is a great divide in my generation between those who fell lockstep in line with capitalist consumer society and those who did not. In fact, I would say it's the biggest difference culturally that I experience: The difference between those who believe in the system and want small reform and those who recognize the system is poisonous to entire portions of the world's population and want great change but often feel powerless to communicate these ideas in an overwhelming tide of other voices.
Some of our parents were boomers but many were the "silent generation," the children of the great depression: the early civil rights leaders, true radicals, genocide survivors, and desperate laborers if you came from a poor background; and the miserly, rich,, socially conservative centrist business owners and bankers if you came from an affluent background. So, basically Bernie Sanders or Joe Biden in political terms, Martin Luther King vs Warren Buffet, you get the idea. They were the middle children between the "Greatest Generation" and the Boomers.
There hasn't ever been a member of the silent generation to hold the presidency; Joe Biden will be the first. I suspect the same skip of power will be true for middle children of my generation - the Xers - in the United States as it was for those in the silent generation. The next election cycle will be ruled by the middle-aged millennials because that will be the largest group in our population. Though the media (mostly Rolling Stone) have tried to claim that soon-to-be Vice President Harris is an Xer, she's a boomer both culturally - she's a lockstepper - and as defined by age, born in 1964, the youngest of the boomer generation.
Lots of the news we consume is entirely based around these generational bounds and shackles in some ways. I feel perfectly at ease reading Anand Giridharadas (Elder Millennial) and Dan Rather (Silent) alongside each other with equal weight, but I suspect this is because I'm an Xer. My favorite Boomer journalist is Amy Goodman. In fact, having a favorite journalist and writing about them is probably the most Gen X thing I will do today.
I mention all this today as a preamble to today's signal boost because I want to introduce you (for some, remind you) to one of my favorite silent generation members:
Bill Moyers is a journalist and broadcaster with a career spanning over fifty years. His work has changed my life. He has introduced me to many new ideas and old truths, with an equal passion for both. His books are well written and his interviews are superb. Moyers is a major critic of mainstream corporate media, with an expert perspective having been the White House Press Secretary for LBJ.
Moyers interviews thinkers, historians, and experts - not media pundits or misguided activists. Here's an excellent recent podcast discussing the events of the failed coup. Enjoy!
Hindsight is 2020 and 1920
1-11-21
Around Christmas time 2019, a bunch of my friends volunteered to do a photo shoot with me to encourage people to vote in the coming year. Everyone got dressed in 1920s flapper dresses and Roaring Twenties style fashion on two different weekends to encourage voting by posting these photos on social media. The upcoming election was so important to us all that regardless of personal political differences, the message to participate in democracy was essential to us all.
The idea went beyond encouraging voting. We wanted people to see the history of the moment. And that's what I'd like to encourage a great deal more of this year in light of recent events. 100 years is not so long ago.
I have often wondered in the past four years if this is how my relatives from Germany felt in the 1920s? Did they too feel an urgent need to change things and push to resist the acquiescing of centrist appeasement? Or did they let the far right re-characterize an insurrectionist coup into a hero narrative with as little effort at resistance as is happening within the Republican party and right-leaning media these days?
The 1920s saw the rise of an autocrat in Europe that history will likely never forget. His name is literally synonymous with evil. Few realized at the time how very dangerous this one man would become, how truly disturbing his plan of action would be. Of course, some people still worship Hitler and some of those people were at the US capital on January 6th, 2021.
Lots of people in the media have railed against the characterization of the 45th president of the United States behaving like Adolf Hitler. Many have said it was a step too far, but I think we can now see the differences between the two men have more to do with amount of time in power rather than character. In essentials, they are extremely similar men with almost identical approaches to governance. Let's hope his time in power is soon to be over.
As promised, over the next few weeks I will highlight good sources of information.
A great source of information for history relevant to today is United States Holocaust Memorial Museum's Holocaust Encyclopedia. Unlike the rather consistent rehashing of the battles and military actions by the History Channel or similar military worshipping sources, this source of history focuses more on the details that led up to the rise of anti-Semitic fascism in Germany before World War II. It has a great deal more context than most documentaries and programs produced on the subject.
The site has more than just factual information; it also includes personal stories, discussions, and a superb search engine.
If you want to put recent events into context using history (which has a tendency to repeat itself), start with the Beer Putsch and see if you can spot some similarities.
Granted, another genocide has not actually happened in the US...yet. However, our country does begin to resemble post WWI Germany. Almost 400k people have died of a deadly disease just this year, so things are arguably nearing as bad conditions for many people in the US relative to average life in Germany after WWI.
Needlessly, many more people have died here than would have if the executive branch of our government had used science as the guiding principle rather than an autocrat's crazed whims. Government aid packages to the majority of those suffering in these tough times have been held back by the Republican party that backs the 45th president. Instead, bills favoring massive amounts of military funding are passed despite the mounting, desperate needs of the average citizen. I suppose Mitch McConnell expects us to eat bullets.
Businesses are closing, ruined by repeated lockdowns, caused by the cult followers of American Orange Hitler refusing to wear masks and causing massive community spread of Covid-19 (also note I rarely call him by his name; I think the less we use his name, the less he can feed off the attention rush it gives his sort of awful person).
I hope as a country we can learn from history on this one because we're doomed if not. Hitler learned a lot from his failed coup and so will these QaNazis. Hitler did not have the bombs we have. The next autocrat in America has the potential to destroy the world utterly. Without serious consequences for all the enablers of this recent coup, there will likely be a more effective version of American Orange Hitler running for election in 2024, and this time he or she will be attractive to more than just cult members.
Our feeble voting system is all that stands between democracy and total annihilation. This message still stands.
Echo Chambers, Blamers, and Disclaimers
1-9-2021
There are limited types of voices in the internet landscape these days, whether on social media, mainstream media, reporting, podcasts, or blogs: persons who shout out to a group of people who will likely agree with everything they write (the preaching to the choir type), or those who seek to blame someone or something with little nuance or care for presenting evidence on what they perceive as the opposition.
The media have become well-versed in this type of readership and fan-based engagement. If they want to make the most money they must appease both of these groups, so presenting spectacle and speculative content has been the main thrust of reporting in the mainstream for decades now, thanks in part to social media madness. However, journalism has always engaged in this sort of lowbrow reporting; now it's just unchallenged, even worshipped. Usually, the responsibility for this style of reporting is pushed off on to the disclaimer section of most end-user agreements of social media, which is how Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and even at times NPR and CNN escape blame for the incitement to stupidity we have all watched unfold in the past four years.
Who doesn't want ten million followers for their reporting hanging on every clever Twitter jab or meme shared?
I don't. I would rather have a readership that thinks critically and seeks to learn new things as well as challenges me to do more. I'm old school: I think complex ideas need to be examined with detailed, in-depth reporting if we are to understand them.
The general dumbing down of the population via social media is becoming evident to most of us these days. Our systems of education have primed us for this situation too. Experts are self-declared, and true experts are rarely represented. Some say it's the internet in general that is dumbing us down, but I disagree; I think it is specifically social media and at times mainstream media. I have more access to information than ever when it comes to scholarly research, but I'm a nerd with a thirst for learning, so naturally I'll always find ways to learn.
However, it's been so long since I found a new source of information in the media that wasn't a series of interviews intended for a dumb audience that I was beginning to give up hope until recently.
That's not to say the interviews and podcasts out there don't grant us access to very smart, interesting people - the access is better than ever, actually. What I mean is that questions asked of these people are intended for an audience who have no familiarity with the concepts presented. Basically middle school level depth pandering to the lowest level of cognition rather than raising the bar. I call it "the Rogan slogan effect." The funny everyman interviewer like Joe Rogan turning complex ideas into bits of wit for the witless.
Occasionally the Rogan slogan effect is helpful when new information needs to reach these masses - like when Rogan interviewed infectious disease expert Michael Osterholm on March 11th, 2020 about the pandemic - but often it causes damage. People like Osterholm are presented on the same platform as opinion-driven fools, so naturally Osterholm being interviewed on that platform only serves to lend credence to Rogan's other bullshit.
Important to interject: I don't refer here to actual comedians like John Stewart, Seth Myers, Trevor Noah, and Steven Colbert, who tend to be better at informing the public than other media in the past couple decades; I refer to the internet trolls like Rogan who have an audience based on being base.
If we reward those who appeal to the popular rather than the correct, what can we expect?
Hearing experts interview experts - or at least, educated interviewers ask experts questions - is very rare these days. It saddens me, since the majority of new learning in my life comes from those sort of sources. I understand the tendency to seek the entertaining rather than dried up, old academics; anyone who has listened to an interview with the monotonous tones of Noam Chomsky might find themselves longing for a Rogan podcast, even if Chomsky is a genius.
There are ways to stay informed and learn new things without spending countless hours scraping through the internet, which is why for the remainder of this month my blog will be dedicated to my great finds on the internet: both recent and long-serving podcasts, blogs, and media sources highlighting interviewers and writers who are doing the hard work of interviewing in-depth in the PT Barnum internet landscape. "Signal boosting" I believe is the common term these days.
Today I would like to introduce you to Luke Robert Mason and his excellent Futures Podcast. I found him only recently while looking for interviews with one of my favorite thinkers under 40: Rutger Bregman. Enjoy this one and for the love of all that is holy and unholy please subscribe, like, and follow this guy to boost the signal.
The Source, The Spin, and How to Cut Out The Middle Men
1-7-2021
Over the next few weeks, pundits and reporters in the media will analyze, pontificate, and obfuscate information about the events of January 6th, 2021. It will be a day of infamy in American history. Which spin doctor you read or watch will greatly determine your opinion on the scene we all watched unfold live on air.
But what if you could cut out the middle man on this one? Or at least the spin doctors? You can.
Most of the media get their information from “sources” they don’t identify. I’m here to tell you that those sources are more often than not on Reddit. Apart from on-the-scene reporters, Reddit is very much a source for most of the media for leads, ideas, pictures, and highly tweeted material.
Reddit is a world of lunatics, experts, fools, trolls, coders, incels, gamers, comedians, writers, musicians, and filmmakers; all with equal access to post, to lie, to educate, to advise, or - what happens most of the time - to ridicule each other and the world.
The rules of Reddit still operate much like the olden days of the internet: without a filter. There are moderators, but it's still the wild west. It's a bunch of forums with endless threads. It’s full of nonsense but it’s also full of relevant information and context in the comments, which are just opinions, but often the opinions are as valid or more correct than mainstream media spin.
If you see something interesting on social media sources like Twitter, Instagram, or Facebook you can be sure 99% of the time that it was on Reddit first.
You don’t have to actively engage in Reddit to have access to the material and the daily updates. I've been a Redditor for about 12 years with many different handles, though I have deleted most of my profiles to escape incels. Reddit can be a very hostile place for women, but honestly the same is true of the world at large.
There are some excellent existing mashup pages to help you read the “headlines” of Reddit. My favorite scraper page for over a decade has been this one created by Jimmy Erlang Kubernetesson (I doubt that is his real name), whose more common handle is Jimmy Ruska: JimmyR.com
Use this page not only to see what’s gaining attention on Reddit, but also try the excellent search bar for better searching; even if you don’t know how to use algorithms, the super search bar is there to help you. I can not recommend this page highly enough for time saving and organization.
Besides Reddit, I recommend reading Propublica, Democracy Now, and Double Down News, as well many sources based outside the US for good reporting on our country.
I don't need to spin what happened yesterday. I will refer you to my post from yesterday before it all happened as to why it happened and what needs to change in the US. There are solutions.
Today really is the beginning of a new era in our country. I hope it begins with atonement and consequence for our past mistakes so we don't keep repeating them. It will get better if we actively push to stop it from getting worse.
Calls for Unity with hoodwinked, fascist, insurrectionists or understanding them isn't the answer; shaming them is the answer. Then offering them redemption, solace, and a future after they have come to terms with the crimes committed by their cult.
Shame all the the Trump supporters for what they supported. Make them feel the consequence. Now. Or they will be back in a few years and even more dangerous.
Acknowledging what is wrong through punishment and consequence is the only way to be a good parent. We must know when to punish foolish children and when to reward them. These people who stormed the capital are hoodwinked men acting like the misbehaved children who didn't get punished in Michigan and so then added more to the gang. Treat the followers of the 45th president exactly as a good mother would.
Put the 45th president in jail and on a very public trail. Then when he is found guilty, give him the harshest sentence possible (except death, because his suffering would be better than creating a martyr.) Release all the evidence from the trial for public consumption.
This series of events would prevent yesterday's events from happening again, or the far worse scenarios that brew in all our minds right now. But anything short of that and we'll have a new, more effective autocrat in a few years able to hoodwink even more racists to his/her (I think they'll pick a woman next time as their Trojan horse into democracy) cause.
Why? Because the middle men - aka the media - will spend too much time covering that future circus without context, just as they did with the 45th president from the very beginning of his campaign. Lazy journalism or active propaganda journalism is as much to blame for yesterday as the 45th president and his cronies.
Unless all of us do the job of creating consequence for these people, the government likely will not. SHAME THE FUCK OUT OF THESE PEOPLE. Make your words heard. When you see a Trump person publicly shake your head in shame. When you find out a business is still a supporter of the cult, stop patronizing the place and make sure you let them know as publicly as possible, and encourage others to do the same.
Make this unpopular fast before more foolish, immature white dudes who like what they saw on TV yesterday aim to copy it. This shit escalates fast in unpredictable ways. Believe me, I would know; I've been an active Redditor for a dozen years.
Ok, time to go back to irresistible doom scrolling.
It Ain't Over*
1-6-2021
Often I've read or heard "it takes two to tango" said by conservative pundits when describing the serious deterioration of the political landscape in America. Seems more like the Hokey Pokey or the Time Warp to me rather than the tango but that's probably because I actually dance regularly rather than talk total nonsense in order to excuse disturbingly bad behavior that threatens democracy.
Today's the last day elections will have anything to do with the power balance in the US. When Georgia's runoff is declared it's over. But ain't over. The majority of the news cycle switched over to constant coverage of elections and politicians so long ago I doubt the reporting will even marginally change. As to any American citizen having an influence on the outcome- that time has ended (unless the 45th president does actually succeed in his treasonous slow motion coup aided by 12 Republican senators) It won't be "news" anymore. It will be hashing and rehashing of "how we got here" and shit stirring with the media as culpable enablers to dipshit "it takes two to tango" pundits who present spin and lies as if they are facts with little or no opposition and almost no real time fact checking. Nothing is presented in context anymore when it comes to the media.
I could write a ten thousand page book on why politics is so divisive in the US and how it came to be this polarized and still not cover the entirety of the complex reasons and history of "how we got here." Or I could do what the average pundit does throw some shade on the main culprits without presenting evidence just stating my opinions as facts.
Or I could just say what is actually happening:
Unchecked access to politicians through money, lobbying and blackmail by religious organizations, and corporate interests has led to those in office having to make a choice between behaving honorably and losing their election next time around.
To win an election in America a politician must become part of a system that requires corruption as an operating principle for success.
The better at corruption you are the better chance you have at gaining power. There are glaringly obvious examples in every branch of government and rare exceptions to this- most exceptions are progressives, not Democrats who call themselves progressives, actual progressives.
So I just named the problem- how do we fix it? Again do you have time for another ten thousand page book?
Ending corruption in American politics under our current systemic structure isn't actually achievable.
Prosecuting it is.
If this is done to the fullest extent of existing law it would greatly de-incentivize corrupt characters. Imagine if lengthy jail time and bankruptcy were the likely outcome for being found guilty of corruption rather than being allowed to resign and pretending to "spend more time with your family" when actually they just landed a great high paying job with a Kay street firm. Imagine if the enablers and staff of said corrupt politician were also sent to jail and if the Kay street lobbyists were too!
Just like many other solutions to the problems in America- there is a pretty simple answer that would be acceptable to both sides of the political spectrum of the electorate. Here's a few others:
End the majority of gun violence: intensely regulate and limit access to bullets. It is actually possible regulate bullets rather than getting people to give up their guns. We could never find the millions of guns out there anyway. Make bullet manufacturers responsible for digitally tagging each bullet (already exists) and selling a limited amount per person. If those bullets with the tag are found being utilized in a crime- the owner of the bullets is criminally liable for the crime as well whether or not they actually shot anyone. Additionally, make manufacturers of bullets follow the same rules pharmacies do and keep track of who, when and how many bullets on file. If someone is stockpiling the Feds are alerted. Make the manufacturers of bullets criminally liable if their product is used in a mass shooting via a class action suit. Believe me, these bullet makers would be the ones fighting for mandated background checks then and they'd screen for mental illness and domestic abuse too. Also officially declare and treat bullets as hazardous waste to be able to regulate them since there is no provision in the 2nd amendment to protect them.
Healthcare: "Medicare for all" is the simple most workable answer to serious problem of limited healthcare access. Anyone who argues against is drinking in some pretty serious corporate greed speak or is a self-centered prick who actually believes they deserve healthcare and others don't. Universal Healthcare must be embraced as a human right especially during a pandemic.
Poverty: Connect the minimum wage to a living wage calculation. We have so much data just laying around about what is costs to live in every part of the country. Apply this data to constructing a living wage law not determined by a number of dollars per hour but a percentage of income from a full time employee. The minimum wage should be able to cover 100% of the cost of living for a full time employee. Of course, this would also require "medicare for all" and an intense effort by state and local authorities to actual enforce existing tenant laws and labor laws so immigrants weren't screwed even more than they are now.
I could go on and on. Most problems have solutions but politicians need to pretend those solutions don't exist so they can benefit from the squabbling and partisanship of the two party system while actual useful sorts are left out in the cold with dwindling access to a platform to implement workable solutions. Profit and the power to profit is the motivation in politics not public service.
Personally, I'd love to see a law prohibiting anyone making more than the average income in America from holding public office. Make this retro active for five years before the election and completely ban former officials from taking jobs with any group that has a lobby for life. Or ban lobbyists all together if you want to get really sexy in this fairness fantasy of democracy.
As a progressive I obviously want both Democrats to win in the Georgia Senate runoffs mostly because it could end the chokehold of power that Mitch McConnell, aka the Dark Lord, has on the Senate at last. I don't have delusions that the democrats will actually begin to implement solutions but I do have hope they will stop creating more problems. The Democrats don't seem like they actually want to destroy democracy unlike the Republican party who also seem to relish fucking everything up for everyone who isn't living in their alternate version of reality.
Whatever happens- it ain't over, even if the fat lady sings.
*this post was written before the deadly Capitol insurrection. The impeachment of Donald Trump is currently underway. It still "ain't over." If we rid ourselves of the 100 plus Republicans who voted against certifying the election we would have a chance to return to some stability but that seems less likely to happen with each day that passes.
Negativity Bias: Why You Should Stop Swallowing Bitter Pills
1-5-2021
There is much discussion online about toxic positivity and seemingly endless posts, stories, articles, and blog entries discussing this behavior and how none of us should accept it. There are virtually no discussions about the far more prevalent, dangerous style of thinking and reacting that infects us all: negativity bias.
Most people live life never really questioning the truth of something they've had confirmed by experience because it's just true - it happened. Anecdotally it's the absolute truth: it happened, so no one can shake that opinion and in the world we live in that opinion will grow into an entire belief system based on one biased perspective of a few experiences.
Promote that biased viewpoint with a famous populist, a persuasive radical, a resource-rich capitalist; then other people will adopt that belief system even if they never had the experience. No one will question whether or not that experience is actually universally true, especially if those people had remotely similar experiences confirmed in their lives. I mean, we don't all need to get bitten by a snake to know it can kill us, so we all avoid handling snakes, naturally.
We don't all need to fall off a cliff to know it can kill us either, so we all completely avoid cliffs, right? We can die in a plane crash so we don't fly either, right? We can be eaten by sharks so going swimming in the ocean is a big no-no too, right?
Most people think that negativity bias used to be unnecessarily cautious is pretty easy to spot. But is it?
Let's take a real life example about a choice and actually analyze this concept:
Mel is a 24 year old college graduate with a programming degree, scant work experience, and copious college debt. Recently she has been offered a relatively high paying job with a firm in Toledo. Mel is also an accomplished photographer and spends the majority of her free time on this obsessive hobby. She has also been offered the chance to travel for a year in an arts grant program that doesn't pay her bills but would afford her a great deal of experience and connections that could not be achieved in any other way. The job and the program are time-sensitive and in direct conflict with each other. Mel wants to accept the arts grant because that is her truest passion. She doesn't have outside financial support but does have enough money to make it through since the grant offers a stipend and traveling expenses. However, it is likely the position in Toledo won't be there when she returns. What should she do?
When analyzing how things will turn out, Mel decides to take the job with the firm because it's a sure thing financially and she needs to be able to pay her student debt. Her thinking about the worst-case scenario between the two things helped her make this safe decision. What if she couldn't get a job when she returned? What if she wasn't as good a photographer as she thought? What if something happened to her while traveling? What if she fell behind on her debt? At least at the Toledo job she can pay her bills and build experience.
And that's exactly what happens.
I am sure there are many people who would agree with Mel's thinking and believe that she absolutely made the best choice for her future.
But what if...
When analyzing things, Mel decides to accept the grant. Traveling is not something she's been able to do yet. With this opportunity she will gain international experience and life lessons that cannot be gained without first-hand experience. She will have a reason to focus on refining and mastering her art in a way that can be all-encompassing rather than at odds with daily work life. It is possible she will be able to turn her passion into an actual career leading to further opportunities and financial stability. Accepting this grant could lead to lifelong connections that will help her further this career. She could become an award-winning photographer in demand with her own business.
And that's exactly what happens.
Both outcomes are the truth. But which truth is most likely to be communicated? Which outcome story is repeatedly told from parent to child, from adviser to friend will depend a great deal on whether or not the teller has the ability to think outside of inherent negativity bias.
There is no such thing as an absolute truth when perspective is a determining factor in experience.
What we experience is heavily influenced by what we think we are going to experience. And when our prediction outcomes are confirmed by experiences, we tend to dig further into the biases those predictions were derived from rather than question other possible perspectives or outcomes.
Sadly, we are hardwired for negativity bias. Once bitten, twice shy. The basis of our expectations about experiences we inherit from our parents, our family, and our culture. We aren't just hardwired for negativity bias, but almost every career field and field of study that exist tend to base much of how they operate on confirming negativity biases regardless of the evidence to the contrary.
Rutger Bregman discusses this in his excellent recent book Human Kind: A Hopeful History. The information commonly accepted as fact about world history are the negative experiences confirming the worst outcomes and theories about human behavior.
It is often said that history is written by the victors of war, but I think history that is accepted and circulated as truth is written with the narrative that most confirms our negativity bias. A perfect example of this is the widely popular book "Gun, Germs, and Steel" by Jared Diamond. To this day I have friends quote back his sexist, ableist, negativity-biased narratives of history as if there can be no other truth, even though in academic circles many of his assumptions have been proven dubious and even based on inaccurate information. His book confirms a negative, highly capitalist view of world history. Doesn't matter, PBS made it a series, so it must be true.
How we think about experiences doesn't have to be a choice between being Pollyanna or Chicken Little, regardless of what mainstream media tries to promote. Headline news is a collection of negative stories that confirm the world is the crappy doom spiral we've always believed it was so why the fuck should we bother - combined with the occasional, look at this, rare kind of "human interest" story thrown in spice it up (or more likely as propaganda). Most writing about human history is the same.
But what if the average news consumer heard about global warming disasters reported with equal air time for recent innovations by environmental engineers we should adopt, the simple legal actions that could be taken to prevent some fires, and novel ways to help the situation. You know, context and solutions, not just "Oh no, everything is burning!"
What if rather than "Guns, Germs, and Steel," we also read "Friends, Healers, and Nature" as context. If Diamond's narrative is your perspective it means you deny the contributions women make to human experience every day - which means you're not alone, but do you really wanna be that guy?
Anybody out there who wants to limit the influence of negativity bias in their life should begin with limiting news consumption immediately. Less than twice a week is working well for me, or less than 10 minutes a day. Also, I tailor my news consumption for context, not bias; meaning I read science news, news about discoveries, psychology news, arts news, and innovation news first before I read or watch headline news.
Sciences are supposed to spend time gathering unbiased evidence to confirm or refute experiences and outcomes, but how can scientists truly do this if even they operate from a starting position of negativity bias? So, it is possible that many more wonderful things are true about human existence that we don't know, just because we can't conceive of something so positive.
All the focus on toxic positivity is eclipsing the root of the real problem of human experience: negativity bias.
Try to think of the reasonable, best possible outcome first rather than the worst-case scenario first. Then, find balance deciding which outcome is the outcome you actually desire.
And more than likely... that is exactly what will happen.
Bezos, Brazil and Babes
1-3-2021
What do you think of when you hear the word Amazon? I bet I can guess. Packages, stuff, things you shouldn't buy but can't resist, things you need, or a corporate Lex Luther style but more diabolic billionaire paying little taxes while children starve when he literally has the resources to feed most of them? For me it's mostly that last one combined with too many flapper dresses (file under things I can't resist.)
What did Bezos himself think of when he heard the word Amazon? Was it the Brazilian rainforest? Or was it Wonder Woman and a bunch of other scantily clad mythical women wearing magical bracelets and flying around in an invisible jet?
Judging by his behavior I am betting it wasn't the rainforest, but if it was how freaking sinister that seems considering the number of trees from the rainforest have been clear cut for boxes used by Amazon.
Consider the name for the popular e-reader and tablets "Kindle" and "Fire" from Amazon when it comes to the company's brand choices. Many of my fellow book sellers and I thought at the time his first e-readers appeared these name choices was a not so veiled reference to Ray Bradbury's "Fahrenheit 451" referring the temperature paper catches on fire for burning books. Bezos's message is clear- eliminate all others but me. The Kindle and The Fire have ruined most bookseller businesses for over a decade now.
Financially successful people chose the name of their businesses, their brands, and their products very carefully and I am sure Bezos is no different. Bezos claims he changed the name from Cadabra to Amazon after browsing the dictionary and reading about A for the Amazon river.
I, for one don't buy that story but it sounds better to business journals than admitting to the same nerd love nearly every straight man I know in his age group had for comics with immortal superhero women in red, gold, and blue patriotic underwear. Perhaps he needs the lasso of truth wrapped around him by Lynda Carter and Gal Gadot.
I suppose we'll have to take his word for it- though I would like to point out that "Amazon basin" and "Amazon rainforest" come up in any dictionary before "Amazon river" so perhaps a little suspicious it's the river that caught Bezos attention.
The Amazon people or Amazonians in DC comics are fiction and have nothing at all to do with indigenous people from the Amazon in many ways they are the exact opposite, though tribes in the Amazon are actually heroes. They are the one thing standing in the way of total deforestation of the Amazon often called the lungs of the earth. Standing up against their lunatic president Jair Bolsonaro who has much in common with our 45th president with zero help from the outside world is a struggle beyond heroic.
These days unlike Bezos's charming time period of browsing dictionaries people browse Google and based on that there is little evidence of any Amazon except his creation.
Maybe someday tech Lex Luther will admit of his love for Lynda Carter as Wonder Woman played a part in his choice, at least he'd seem a bit more human if he did. His reputation is tanking among us working people despite finally giving in to the $15 an hour wage demands two years ago. He primarily benefits from Amazon- giving very little back to his employees and taking from the makers of the product and gaining more and more power like a bad DC comic villain wanting to rule the world.
Many people claim Bezos is gathering so much wealth just so he can live out his "Star Trek the Next Generation" fantasies of hanging about in space saying "Make it so." So, clearly I was spot on about the nerd thing- takes one to know one. Or maybe he just likes portrayals of powerful bald men. Let's hope this doesn't extend to Professor Xavier else there will be some fucked up schools in the future. As for Bezos, his master plan is still up for discussion.
I have a suggestion for Jeff Bezos if he wants to prove he chose to name his company after a river in Brazil maybe he could do more to actively help the peoples who live there and struggle everyday defending against other super villains like Bolsonaro. Jean Luc Picard would already be there with a team working to save the rainforest. Bezos literally has the power and money to save the rainforest nearly single handedly. Until he does something about his active part in deforestation I think Lex Luthor is his avatar until further notice.
In the meantime anyone who wants to stream the nostalgia moments of Lynda Carter making us all swoon can check it out on HBO along with the new incarnations of Wonder Woman.
Good Intentions
1-2-2021
Before each year ends I make a list of "intentions" for the year ahead. Most of the time I do this just before the winter solstice. Usually I review the list from the previous year but I also spend time writing down the good things that happened. Despite the adage about the roadwork on the way to Hell, I have found that my good intentions often become realities.
I list the things I want to own, the friends I want to visit, the ideas I want to explore, the places I want to photograph. Places I want to go in addition to the people I want to cook for, have tea with, or spend time with on a hiking trip are always on this big list. I list places I want to swim. Plants I want to grow feature prominently many years. I make this list equal parts stuff I should do when ideas escape me and stuff I haven't focused on but enjoy.
I don't have "resolutions," a new thing or restriction I must do: like exercise, diet, or a whole bunch of other things seem doomed to fail for almost anyone. Starting the year with unproductive failure or berating my bad habits rather than focusing on the good ones is a terrible way to motivate me.
Over the years working with lots of people who needed behavior plans helped me understand what works to motivate and change behavior and what does not. Will power alone is very rarely enough for sustained change.
Most people respond best to rewards and consequences. So if the reward and the consequence are directly connected to each other for particular behavior, permanent change is more likely. Only punishing or only rewarding behavior yields uneven success at best and can create new behavioral issues.
For example: I quit smoking - cold turkey, as they say - after nearly 20 years of smoking two packs a day. On February 14th 2021 it will 20 years since I had my last Marlboro red. People consistently marveled at my will power and self control over the years which had little to do with my success. It was planning and scheduling around my limits and motivations rather than having a greater well of self discipline. Going against thousands of years of human behavior was not the way to change myself, but learning to manipulate these signals could change my bad habits. I intended to trick myself with curious exploration and determined planning. Just like all my other travels, my path to becoming a non-smoker was just another well-planned trip that would take years to execute.
I devised a behavior plan modeled after what helps compulsive people curb their compulsions. Tracking, scheduling, mindfulness, and writing about the process was part of the plan. The reward for succeeding and the consequence for failure need to be equally felt in the same moment. So knowing I would die of lung cancer some future day was never a motivator for me - and really, we tell ourselves those are the worst years anyway, right? I needed to find a real motivation to stop smoking and also not to start again.
For me, my success is down to pride and shame as big motivations, as well as giving myself permission to indulge in things I had never had.
At the time smoking was costing me about $30 a week, due to the highly taxed cigarettes - which at the time I bitched about - but it did play a part in motivating my urge to quit. So thanks, local Oregon legislators. The expense of one year of smoking was over $1500 and after two decades over $31,000!
The idea that I had already wasted so much money and would only continue to waste so much money with nothing at all to show for it disturbed me greatly. Math often plays a big factor in my evaluation and thinking when weighing the pros and cons of a particular thing. A plan was formed.
I would buy things each week equalling the $30: something I could physically see but wouldn't normally spend money on and rather liked. I wasn't the sort of person who spent money on myself. Then I wrote down in a notebook with the receipt attached what I purchased. It could be almost anything. It couldn't be food, coffee, or booze; it had to be something physical and importantly, an item that I could give away if I failed, which leads to the second part of the plan. If I smoked even one cigarette I had to give it all away that day - no exceptions.
I explained the plan in detail to five really good friends and all of my co-workers, even some neighbors. If they saw me smoking or believed I had smoked they could repossess everything in the book. I showed them where I kept the book and encouraged them to pop by anytime to make a surprise inspection of my house and room. They were welcome and encouraged to taunt me about how I would never make it and how they would in the end own all of my lovely things. Many seemed to relish this task.
I brought the tracking book to work each week so people could see what I had found treasure hunting; it became a source of entertainment on previous smoke breaks for my co-workers to read the book aloud while they smoked right next me as I watched the beautiful white puffs longingly call my name. Eventually those puffs became stinky smog that made me feel nauseous.
I had about three and half weeks of strong will power before it faded but at that point my receipt book was already full of items. I am an extremely resourceful thrift shopper so with $90 I had purchased these things:
23 books
2 jackets
A ballgown
2 end tables
4 hats
2 mirrors
2 bedspreads
15 coffee mugs
I could have easily given up most of these things but the books. The shame and embarrassment I would feel if my friends taunted me with my own failure did, in fact, motivate me not to light up each time I considered smoking. Seeing certain people drinking from my mugs at work I would have found unbearable. I literally wouldn't be able to look at myself in the mirror because I would no longer have one.
In the beginning I kept cigarettes in my house too. Openly laying there so the temptation wouldn't just hit me when I was suddenly around other smokers but would be there tempting me all along. I knew I needed to train myself away from smoking, not hide myself away from smoking.
After six months of success I was allowed to save a whole month of cigarette money then buy stuff. After 3 years I could save a year's worth of cigarette money then buy something high end. And at 5 years I was allowed to begin to spend on not tangible things like travel- but had to keep receipts still and pay them back if I failed. At ten years I could burn the book. And at 20 years I would be allowed to consider it a success. My 20th year anniversary as a non-smoker is this Valentine's Day; I will have a party again even if only my husband and I can attend.
By year five cigarette money had bought my car, my fiddle, my first laptop, my shoes, my clothes, and most of the things I owned. I made how far I could stretch the cash into a challenge each year, trying to top the next.
The plan had many tiers. I could spend differently after gaining trust in my ability to resist. I had to help others quit too. This was important because remaining a non-smoker as a good example to other people was a much bigger motivation than I anticipated. Even if I had faltered I could start again after giving away things, though I found public accountability was my greatest motivator. I never smoked again despite many attempts by smoking friends with my same shoe size to seize my horde of beautiful shoes by offering me a cigarette. Plus, people I wanted to succeed in quitting too were depending on me and I couldn't let them down.
I had a party every year on Valentine's Day to mark the anniversary of this promise to myself and share the story with new and old friends alike. At this party, for the first five years I showed the book to people and invited them to read it, as well as take part in my success by trying to tempt me if they wanted something in the book. I am known for throwing some pretty fantastic parties so attendance was often more than fifty people.
Many years I held the party in a pub and invited only non-smokers and people who had quit at least three weeks before the party and I paid their bar tab. I can proudly say at least 10 people from my parties have joined the ranks of long term non-smokers.
The year I quit smoking, my intentions list does not mention smoking at all. However, it does mention getting more books, a ballgown, coffee mugs, end tables and mirrors.
Not smoking also changed me fundamentally, which I could not have predicted either. I became less tolerant of bad treatment from so-called friends, from poor working conditions, and from bad relationships. Without the de-stressing hit the cigarette provided I was left to actually deal with the many things in my life that made me unhappy. So systematically over the years I had better friends, better partners, and healthier attitudes toward life and work. Willfully taking in toxins all those years had led to a toxic life both emotionally and physically.
I won't pretend that my good intentions didn't lead to a form of hell in the first few years of not smoking, because it wasn't easy changing the habits of a lifetime. I am happy to have paved the way to my new life with not only a new found confidence but also an understanding of how difficult paths often lead to the best destination. Maybe my good intentions are the road to hell, but maybe that road leads out of hell too.
Would my system work for everyone? Definitely not. The key is to find a proper reward and enforceable consequence that suits the individual to change behavior. It takes some reflection on what actually motivates you, what repulses you, and what feels rewarding.
This year I am beginning a new program to handle a potential addiction to social media I feel I am in danger of sliding into during the lockdown times. An hour of fiddle practice or music practice of any kind allows for one hour of social activity online. Any hour spent online must be paid for by an hour of writing as well. This plan is working on a different set of rewards and consequences rather than my gaining or losing things, but I have high hopes for my intentions! Here are just a few:
Write 300 blogs
Finish 3 novels
Swim in 5 new rivers
Eat something new each week
Photograph and film an elk, an eagle, a surfer on a wave, a wolf, a cougar, a deer herd, a heron close up, an owl, snakes, crows, cats, rabbits, and 22 new people
Learn about web design
Read about Tipping Point Math
Cook dinner for my husband's family
Make a recipe book
Make paper
Make 3 belly dance belts
Go to the north edge of Washington
Ride my bike on the beach near sunset
Learn 5 Irish tunes, and 10 Balkan tunes
Cover "Venus"
By publicly sharing this I am far more likely to try to achieve all of it this year rather than just writing down my ideas.
What are your best intentions? Taking control of your path or at least recognizing what path you are actually taking in life can be discovered by exploring and being curious about what you intend versus what you achieve. Don't forget to ask for directions and help. I am glad I did. I am grateful to all my taunting friends over the years for helping me gain the strength I needed to triumph over smoking. Try it out with close friends if public declarations aren't your thing - you'll find the encouragement from a friend is worth its weight in gold.
The Butthole Chakra
12-30-2020
Nearly twenty-two years ago I went to a weekend workshop about Chakras. It was given by a deeply impressive old Buddhist monk who wore saffron-colored robes and no shoes, yet his leather-like feet did not disturb me to behold like most feet tend to do.
His bald head came up to my shoulder. He probably weighed at most a hundred pounds soaking wet in his robes, yet in every room he entered his presence was the largest.
I didn't know any of the other attendees at this rather spendy camp full of rich, middle-aged Westerners attempting to become more attuned to their inner selves as they educated themselves on Eastern belief systems.
I had a cabin on my own due to other cancellations, which suited me well as I don't usually like to sleep in the same room with strangers.
A friend who was studying to be a Chinese medicine doctor had paid to attend, since our monk teacher had also been a famous medicine man in his native land. She had a last-minute emergency, so gave me her place at the weekend retreat.
There wasn't a chance I would actually pay to be around the sort of people who regularly used the word "chakra," let alone a whole camp full of them, but I'll try almost anything if it's free.
Chakras are originally a Vedic concept traced back to Hindu belief systems originating somewhere between 1500 and 500 BC. My Buddhist teacher educated us about both traditions: the Vedic/Tantric six or seven chakras, and the traditional Buddhist teachings of three or four in older scripts he had learned as a boy.
He was not teaching the ever popular and very co-opted modern theories based on "The Serpent Power" by Arthur Avalon (aka John Woodroffe) connected to self-centered yoga masters all over the Western world.
I was pleasantly surprised by my weekend retreat because although it did involve too much yoga, no meat eating, and dealing with a crowded room full of pretentious, heavily perfumed, rich psuedo-hippies, it focused on learning the history of peoples who believed in chakras as well as meditation and medicine.
The teacher had been a monk living in Tibet, and then had been a refugee in Canada for about fifteen years by the time I met him. It was impossible to discern his actual age.
I guessed he was at least 70 because of his fitness level, yet his curled up, small stature hinted that he could be nearly 90 years old. He also spoke about things that happened in the late 1920's as if he had lived through the experience.
I heard many complaints throughout the weekend from white wearing, Kundalini yoga sorts who said he wasn't giving them the information as they had learned it from the Yogi Bhajan centers they attended: the 3 HOs Sikhs, or the Ho Ho Hos as I began to think of them.
In their opinion this little monk was wrong and they wanted me, the outsider, to know it. These Ho Ho Hos all had a bit of a cultist vibe going on, too. I could feel it in the air whenever more than one of them was around.
The feeling similar to the kind of feeling you get around someone who is seemingly very high but actually, they are just batshit. No one wants to tell them they are crazy because it would involve actually engaging in hours of useless conversation still not likely shake the cult-like certainty they have in their ridiculous guru worship. A bit like talking to the QAnon conspiracy believers of today.
Best to just stay silent, which I managed to do for large parts of the weekend.
I listened to the Ho Ho Hos talking at dinner and breakfast about what they saw as correct energy manipulation and how to engage my chakras. I found most of them to be a bit like gas bags in fake, white, ill-fitting karate uniforms with too much body hair being allowed to grow out of control.
Though I admit I was entertained by the idea that some of the Ho Ho Hos would make good shopping mall Santas given the chance and the right wardrobe.
I frequently pictured them in their all white outfits with little fuzzy red Santa hats, behaving like Santas crossed with Hare Krishnas, singing carols the way those fellows sing devotions to Krishna at tourist spots.
"Have yourself a merry little Krishna let your heart chakra be gay..."
They didn't think the food was very good either. They had trouble sleeping in such cramped cabins, and why were day trippers who didn't pay the whole weekend cost even allowed to attend?
Also, these fashion pre-mummies in ill-fitting head wraps were too damn touchy - always trying to pet me or stroke my hair. Some of them were connected to The Golden Temple of Oregon and Yogi tea (which I don't drink to this day)
They were angry (but with deep breaths) about paying this monk who was not agreeing with their guru on every question. I found myself increasingly more irritated by these attendees, especially in the silence times. They had to contribute their opinion or idea as a contrast just as he finished his words for guided meditation.
The second afternoon, we were all sitting in a lotus-like position on a scrubbed wooden floor of what must have once been a dance hall. It was pissing rain outside, which was the only sound beyond the breathing in the room.
The monk fellow was perfectly positioned in front of us all. We faced him as a class, listening to his calm instruction. He discussed clearing energy and what it meant to utilize chakras for the purpose of healing.
He began by saying energy was only one term for what builds up in one's chakras: stress, fear, shame, guilt, anger had heavy effects our body could feel and how this weight was the source of disease.
I was enthralled, I must admit, because his matter-of-fact description of what I previously considered hippie nonsense was hitting home and finally seemed to have a feasible meaning.
Then, of course, the Ho Ho Ho cult had to chime in. One of the most pretentious women, fond of wearing an expensive reddish purple velvet burnout cardigan over flowing white tunics and culottes in Birkenstocks, bejeweled in crystal bangles and giant chunky beads that hit the floor when she sat down- piped up, again:
"How can we be expected to clear the energy from our chakras if we don't recognize all of them" she asked our little monk teacher just as he was explaining his belief system of the four chakras.
Then our monk asked for a moment of quiet meditation to clear the energy. I could see a flicker of irritation in his usually perfectly peaceful face but his silence continued.
Mine however, did not. "Maybe you should start with your butthole chakra," I said from directly behind her as her face instantly turned a color matching her cardigan and her eyes blackened as she whipped her head back to leer at me.
I felt the wind from the monk's robes as he rolled back from his meditative sitting lotus pose as if he had been pushed backward in the air. The most hilarious giggling imaginable came from this old man lying on his back, feet and legs still in position but in the air.
It was truly infectious laughter and soon the whole room was laughing as hard as he was. All of us falling over giggling like children on the floor.
Everyone except purple extra chakra lady.
"As you see, children, energy is contagious, but first you must be open to it" He let his stare linger on the angry Ho Ho Ho cult member. She made a weak smile.
The rest of the class continued with no interruptions.
With a broad smile and warmth I have never quite felt since that day- the old monk told me how much he appreciated my attending his workshops as we were leaving the studio.
"You have made me laugh like I did as a child and have brought me back the energy of a child to share with others," he said.
I said "Thanks," not entirely sure if he hadn't just told me I was immature.
"You should seek to bring laughing to more people. You are very good at this energy considering your painful past" He patted my arm carefully. "It is like the magic you carry."
I was a bit freaked out he knew any of my past was painful since I had not said a word.
These days I still believe in some of the lessons I have learned studying chakras and yoga. I have an abiding respect for Buddhist monks and nearly every practitioner I've met from Asian countries.
But I find my experience with Westerner practitioners who claim to be learning from gurus or the "right books" to be varied versions of the Ho Ho Hos: privileged, fake, passive-aggressive, ownership elitists to be avoided if at all possible.
I really think there is a butthole chakra that must be cleared before you can ever hope to have enough joy to share it with others.
In my practice I often start by farting and not being ashamed since some pretty important people in my life laugh uncontrollably at every fart.
On that note I'd like to end 2020 with today's butthole-themed blog and with what I think is the best song of this year. I think Jolee has laugh magic too. See you next year!
Doppelgängers
12-29-2020
According to recent research it is likely that you have a look-alike out in the world, actually you probably have at least five people who look so similar to you that your friends and family would believe it was you in a photo or 2D representation. Over the past century more and more people have discovered another living person with eerie resemblances to their reflection. This is partly due to the ever increasing use of photography and access to tools that share images instantly.
We've all seen the people on social media who look like paintings or who resemble famous people because those images are seen around the world. Now partly due to"selfie" culture there are thousands of people all over the world that are searching for their doppelgänger even via an app. A team of researchers in England have begun to harness the power of social media and selfie culture to begin studying the phenomenon.
The other me circled as I take a photo of a friend at the anti-war protest in Portland Oregon
Just about a week after the protests against the bombing of Afghanistan started- I found one of my doppelgängers. I was taking as many photos as I could to document the peaceful protest when I zeroed in on the edge of a crowd with a gun toting federal agent. There I saw a woman who literally looked like me in every way possible. Our face, our hair color and length, our height and even how we dressed. She was carrying a camera too. I thought I was having a mental episode or maybe a ghost me was over there hanging out next to an armed federal agent. I got a fellow protester to look at her too. She told me I was lucky I was able to find my twin again in among all these people.
I didn't approach her but I do have a photo, grainy I am sad to say, of her staring at me disconcertingly the way I stared at her later that same afternoon. Often since then I have met a number of people who resemble each other intensely even though the chances of actually meeting your stranger twin are about one in a billion.
When I was young my aunt had a real life evil twin stranger or "double walker" as was translated for me the English meaning behind the German word doppelgänger - now commonly used in most languages with little to no sinister meaning attached.
I was told how my aunt used to travel a lot in the late seventies and early eighties to the Canary Islands and was more than once detained because she was a dead ringer for a lead member of the ETA, a Basque separatist group. It took hours, sometimes days to convince the authorities she was not this woman.
Eventually, the Basque woman was killed by her own people for trying to start a new life in 1986 but I often wonder how much danger my aunt might actually have been in during those intervening years. Perhaps not only Interpol and Spanish police would have a hard time telling who was the terrorist and who was the German woman on holiday once too often when they sought to kill their comrade.
Facial recognition software is a flawed approach for so many reasons but the possibility a suspect might just look kind of similar is one of the most disturbing. Even if someone does look just like the person committing the crime- it could just be close resemblance. Law enforcement agencies using these grainy representations as proof of wrong doing aren't so different from the times when a rough description of any black person was enough to get arrested based entirely on proximity. False positives can completely ruin lives. It happens more often to black and brown people like many of the mechanisms used by the police forces-systemic racism exists even in algorithms.
Some research has indicated that the more you scientifically resemble your doppelgänger the more likely you are similar in other ways like type of job, character traits, even sexual orientation. The idea that we are all really just a big pile of cousins intermarrying has been proven by DNA studies in the past decade. Everyone on earth is your cousin. Science says We Are Family so is it so surprising that someone might look just like you halfway around the world or even in your own state or county?
As for me I don't regret not meeting my twin stranger at all. I've had too many weird things happen to me already. What if the myths are correct and she was the personification of death or a Vardøger? Why chance it I say- plus it was really really unnerving just catch a glimpse of one of my clones.
It is really a shame we don't have technology to help us find our spiritual twin or soul's doppelgängers rather than our physical twins. It would be an app even I might buy.
Catch Me If You Can
12-28-20
During the build up to the Iraq war, around the turn of the century I noticed something about the vernacular of public radio and news programs- a new catch phrase was in constant use. “Boots on the ground” originally used only for actual troops being sent into a foreign land but within a short span of time it was used for everything. An ice cream shop opens- the reporter talks about “boots on the ground” referring to how many people are working, protests against the war were even characterized by the phrase and even reporters themselves would refer to "how many boots on the ground" they as journalist had covering a particular story.
These type of catch phrases are ubiquitous on airways and now on social media in an insidious way with barely any analysis of how everyone started using them. “I know, right?”
I find less and less joy in reading articles and pieces due to the consistent slant a journalist must take to get published to a wide readership. I have found some solace in reading well written blogs and essays but alas the sea of algorithmic choices presented by Google always favor the commercially driven over the actual content a searcher seeks.
The changing nature of the English language as influenced by media is undeniable. Most new words accepted by respected dictionaries have to be sighted in media and print before consideration even takes place. I find this troubling due the amount of reporting controlled by corporate interests. This means corporate interests literally define our language and have a direct effect often outweighing that of the citizens and speakers.
These phrases and narratives using “hot button” phases can often be traced back to marketing. And much of our language and meanings inferred from these phrases can conceal a huge amount of “dog whistling.”
I often overhear conversations my husband has with his ESL students trying to explain these phrases which on the surface make little sense. It has me wondering how much phrasing in a particular headlines are a journalist's choice and how much is directed by monied interests to push a narrative- since most people only really read the headline.
Recently the Seattle Times had a caption on social media "Because everyone deserves an affordable home near work."- By Microsoft Philanthropies. I found myself unable to resist commenting that "everyone deserves an affordable home full stop."
My response was driven by someone buttkissing Microsoft instantly commenting "how wonderful they were for doing so much for the community" when arguably the reason housing is so unaffordable in Seattle was Microsoft and other billionaire corporate interests not paying their fair share of taxes and the uneven levels of income- where a once affordable neighborhood is taken over by high end salaried employees of their companies pushing everyone else out particularly the service workers who actually do need to live near the place they work.
Even the word philanthropy has been co-opted corporate interests. Anand Giridharadas has been writing for years about people like the Sacklers, now in the headlines, because despite being guilty of perpetuating the Opioid Crisis-which is another "catch me if can" phrase instead of drug crisis or creating junkies the media says Opioid Crisis. Not calling the Sacklers the drug dealers they clearly are- plays a big part in why these people will get away with the crimes they committed.
Think about this-even names can be used to bend the meaning in language: “Barak Hussein Obama” rather than “Barak Obama” or “President Obama” to dog whistle to racist Republicans who want to push the idea he is a Muslim not born in this country. These speakers make sure to say Hussein since uneducated people will associate that name with Saddam Hussein rather than recognizing it's a fairly common name. How many people, other than historians, even know most white President’s middle names? The only ones that will come to mind exist because that President shared a last name with another president.
Even the term "dog whistling" has been co-opted to mean racist talk- as in outright racist when "dog whistling" is supposed to mean signaling concealed references for groups who use certain terms in vernacular that other listeners or readers might not understand for example “family values” rather than Christian values. Saying absolutely obvious racist things like the 45th president does- is not, in fact, dog whistling. It is racist but for some reason the media has been hesitant from the beginning of his term to call "a spade a spade"
“Dog whistling” is the new “boots on the ground” as “Orange is the new black.” Having lost almost all of the original meaning because of incorrect inference by the media. Yet despite this- the more an incorrect meaning is used the more likely it is actually officially change the meaning even though people in the media constantly get simple phrases wrong.
People who are most often critical of ordinary citizens' grammar even though the majority of the mistakes singled out highlight the speaker's lack of education in English rather than not being able to understand the intended meaning- are the same people who misuse phrases for effect rather than adherence to meaning. English is a second language for many people and majority of the internet is in English so it's supremely elitist to focus on grammatical errors in a discussion if the intended meaning was obvious. Writing in a way that seeks only to inform a certain class people is also a supreme misuse of the gift of a platform.
Ordinary citizens who aren't writers-don't really understand all the rules of the English language so when writing on social media or in emails it will likely be conversational writing. To attack this use of language as incorrect while allowing the narrative veil of lies to be drawn over the public by incorrect use of or intentional dog whistling is one of the great shames of modern journalism.
One of the reasons fiction has more appeal to me than journalism or this blog business I am engaging in- is how much more meaning can be conveyed in a timeless way without having to navigate the political nature of catch phrases.
Twitter is particularly bad at encouraging a lack of depth and elitist behavior in journalism because it's a platform meant to glorify and regurgitate headlines rather than give context or meaning. I shudder to think how in the future the memes of what was once journalism will be co-opted to mislead the next generation having been born on twitter. Witty repartee some might say, but I have found it most often to be ridicule for the sake of attention- probably why the 45th president was so very found of Twitter.
How many parts of your speech are derived from unknown media from a past with no actual connection to you? You'd be surprised.
The Color of Disbelief
12-24-2020
In my life everything has a color. Whether an apple, the sky, a musical note, or the day of the week there is a color my mind associates with it. I didn't realize this was unusual as a child until I was reading about a man who sees colors when music is playing. "Doesn't everyone do that?" Turns out no.
A more perfect description of what I experience is ideasthesia via semantic vacuum hypothesis. A cluttered but accurate way to describe my learning experience. Being very literal as a child I had trouble processing abstract information so my brain seeks to replace the lack of meaning with something concrete I do understand. Color is a most obsessive interest for me especially as a child. I should have become some sort of visual artist but I found the colors I attempted to paint were never quite the ones I wanted to achieve so painting was intensely upsetting.
My entire life is organized by this associate set of personal concepts and ideas. So for example: Monday is White and Gray, Tuesday Red, Wednesday Purple (also rainbows and brown) Thursday Blue, Friday Green, Saturday Black, and Sunday Yellow and Orange. Weirdly, there are some old texts in western European magic as well as Vedic traditions that also assign some of these same colors to days of the week with a planetary bodies attached as well. I can't express how validated I felt when I discovered this.
In my world communication is also white so all my emails and phone calls often get done on Monday usually while wearing white or gray and drinking coffee from a white mug. The blank white page beckons on that day. Clouds are of more interest. Time as a concept is also white so scheduling is for Monday.
Passion is red (not just for me apparently) so on Tuesday I always engage passionate activity like dancing, music, sex. I pay attention to passionate people usually while wearing red. I drink red wine. Eat raspberries.
Wednesday is purple (or more specifically all the palette colors when you mix them together) details are also purple. Lists are purple- they have most everything on them.
And so on. Each day has an expanded version of this thinking that I just naturally live out.
I have fairly classic compulsive behaviors so I can wear blue on Tuesday instead of Thursday but it really doesn't feel right at all. I have worn the color of the day nearly everyday for over 30 years at this point. I view black as no color so that pretty much the only alternative to wearing the correct color.
Truly this extends into everything I think. If I meet someone on a Friday wearing all green I am more likely to want to talk to them than if I met that same person in the same clothes on a Sunday.
Once in pub called "The Green Dragon" I noticed a middle aged man in a green tweed suit sitting near me in a green leather chair reading a copy of Sherlock Holmes "The Hounds of Baskervilles." The book was one of those small green hard back versions common in old bookshops sold before paperback books replaced small tomes. He was a compelling picture for me on a Friday- I couldn't look away. Naturally, the fellow noticed a strange young woman with floor length blond hair staring at him.
"It's not his best but I thought it time to read it instead of watching Jeremy Brett and having done with it." He said as if to address my stare. I had no idea who Jeremy Brett was but I nodded still staring at him. "It's a good book though ye need more suspension of disbelief anna that." he continued in a difficult to understand accent what I now know as a Geordie accent.
"Suspension of disbelief?" I was extremely puzzled and had barely understood what he said. "Sorry I didn't understand you? What does that mean?" I asked with what I am sure was a pretty extreme southern American accent of my own that has since faded a bit.
"It's alright pet my own countrymen don't understand us doon south here neither" He laughed. "It means ye through out what good sense ye had and just enjoy the telling of the tale." He smiled a crowded crooked toothy grin. "Why don't come sit by us pet and tell me how a lass like you washed up in here?"
We chatted about each other's lives, Conan Doyle, British mysteries and drank pints until pub closed around midnight. By the end of the night he had invited to me to "come see us" at his local pub (he didn't own it- he meant it was just where to find him) outside Newcastle so I could tell him how my days in England were going and impress his mates with my ability to put away more pints than he'd ever seen a lass handle without stumbling. He was concerned about a young girl own her own with "villains about an all." I was so surprised by his kind hearted behavior and genuine care for me without any creepy old man mannerisms attached I did stop in and see him on my last days in the country on that trip. We took up chatting as if the intervening weeks has never passed.
"Suspension of disbelief," by the way, is a creamy golden orange with light passing through it-very similar to a pint of Boddingtons as it turns out.
Solitary Holiday
12-22-2020
Soon, all over the world people will be marking Christmas day. Many will be alone without family for the first time in their lives due to the pandemic. Many, despite desperate advice from health experts, will still meet in groups and celebrate while knowingly risking each others' lives and the lives of vulnerable people in their community - particularly in the United States. We are not alone in this foolish phenomenon but our death toll is the highest: 322,345 deaths from Covid-19 as I write this. Tomorrow, likely when some of you read it, over 2000 more will have died, just like everyday for weeks.
What is so compelling to us about the holidays that people are willing to potentially die for them?
Of course, many people are in denial, or have tricked themselves that it won’t happen - can’t happen to their family and friends. But the rest of us, the ones who do believe the real threat Covid-19 poses, why are some still choosing to go shopping and gather?
Fatigue is one answer. Compassion fatigue, loneliness fatigue, existential dread fatigue, fear fatigue. Most humans can’t be solitary - not for long periods of time.
During the holidays there is a special type of social connection many people only experience at that time of year. It’s really the only time in the western world when work is put second to family, almost universally. Even the most dedicated employee, hoodwinked into thinking the company really cares about her, would feel exploited by an employer’s demands on Christmas.
Modern culture always puts family and actual free time second to work. We are primed to believe that not participating in the cult of Christmas season makes us a Scrooge. The way Christmas is celebrated is profoundly classist, sexist, and bigoted in my experience. Not by every family or not intentionally by anyone. It is culturally this way by capitalistic design.
In a world where paid work is valued more than the other contributions to life - like mothers, and caretakers of the world because those vital roles aren’t monetized - is it any wonder? We tell children to be good so Santa will bring them presents like magic. Of course, poor children are never as good in Santa’s opinion as rich children it seems; evidenced by the presents they receive.
Black Santas are considered sacrilege even though we are talking about essentially a fairy tale so Santa could be black but he better be the fat, white-bearded caucasian if you want acceptance. I have seen far too many posts on social media in the past few weeks begging for help because many parents in financial distress have come up short of the required investment to pretend to be this obese mythical slave driver for their children.
Women still do way more than their fair share of holiday chores, preparation, and in many families male figure heads often drink and watch sports while the women clean up after the festivities having slaved away in a kitchen for family holiday meals. This is seen as normal.
In America it’s really the only true holiday-the week from Christmas eve to New Year’s day. It’s totally unfair, too, that Jews don’t get time off for Hanukkah, nor Pagans for Yule/Solstice, nor Persians on Yalda: arguably much older holidays. Many Americans have a hard time with even wishing someone “Happy Holidays” if that holiday doesn’t mean “Christmas,” as if the mere mention of something else takes from their traditions. There is no evidence at all for the so-called “War on Christmas” dreamed up by right-leaning pundits about twenty years ago to stir shit. Still, likely many conservatives will see this entire pandemic ban on gathering as some way to further what is seen by them as a liberal plot to destroy Christmas.
I don’t celebrate Christmas. My husband’s family does. They are feeling the burden and sadness of a year without each other deeply this year since no one wants to endanger the potentially vulnerable members of the family even for the sake of many decades of family tradition.
I can’t be social for long periods of time without feeling ill and holiday gatherings are no exception. I like being alone better than being around people. Being in a loving, committed relationship is enough for me - sometimes too much. Many of my other solitary friends and I have jokingly suggested over the past few months “it’s like we’ve been training for this our whole lives,” referring to our relative ease at accepting restrictions - or even at times, feeling relief at not having to attend any gatherings.
Frankly, pandemic restrictions aren’t really such a big change for me as far as home life goes. I’ve been living with a personal health crisis for almost twenty years that partly mimics the behaviors required for survival during this worldwide health crisis. Most of the past twenty years I’ve had to be frugal and live on small amounts of money or clever manipulation of resources, exactly the sort of skill people need to survive in a country were the government is more interested in corporate bailouts than helping stop millions of people from starving in poverty. 8 million more Americans slipped into poverty this year than last.
Personally, life has become more crowded for me. I don’t get enough alone time but that is way less painful than the disruptions others are daily experiencing. I’ve had decades to get used to this - everyone else took a crash course in the spring and still can’t pass the test. Not having a traditional life has served me well, as all of my troubles have become universal.
I am experiencing anxiety fatigue for the health of my friends and family. Every time another friend reports being infected, a weight settles on me until I hear they are in the clear. Some have died and I haven't grieved yet because I fear the weight might crush me if I give into it.
I lose sleep wondering if I’ll live once I am infected - which will eventually happen in all likelihood. Long after everyone else is vaccinated I’ll still have to live like a recluse until treatments and proper protection supplies become available again since I am in the group of people who can’t take the vaccine, though I wish it were not the case. I wrote pretty extensively in the beginning of the pandemic about becoming one of "The Sick."
Yet despite the state of things others see as temporary but unbearable, I must view this pandemic behavioral state as my new normal. A likely permanent stage to be endured in some form for the rest of my life.
To be alone in my world is to be free because others don’t have the capacity to risk my life or hurt me. It was like that before the pandemic and it will be same when the pandemic is under control.
I suppose most of the people who would rather risk the consequences of carrying on with Christmas as usual haven't ever had to live with any real restrictions. So now, even with harm reduction being the source of the new rules to live by, they can't actually accept any form of restriction that wasn't their choice.
Even though choice is commercial illusion. Most things we think we are choosing are the same thing with a different name. Generally, we citizens have no real power but we are made to feel we have the power to choose. This is so we will keep on buying, voting, and behaving without system disruption. That system is controlled by the powerful for the powerful. When real choices that have consequences enter the picture most people aren't equipped to make good choices. They aren't aware enough or in constant contact with reality enough to make good choices without leadership- which is why having an idiot, capitalist, narcissist, cult leader for a President has made the pandemic many times more devastating than it needed to be. We Americans really are a privileged, foolish lot in general.
I hope everyone has a Merry Christmas and Happy Holidays. Stay safe and healthy, and maybe next year you'll get to appreciate all the things you thought annoyed you about Christmas until they weren't there anymore. Give yourself the gift of shared reality and return to the magic of Christmas next year - trust me, we'll all be better for it.
You are Where You Live
12-20-2020
The undeniable truth behind “you are what you eat” holds true also for “you are where you live.” More people are coming to this inevitable conclusion than ever because of the pandemic. I don’t apply this only to the geographical location of a person- I refer more specifically to the home we live in.
When I was a little girl one of the odd old ladies (there were quite a few) at church told me if I wanted to know what kind of life somebody was leading go look at the state of their bedroom and it would show me all I needed to know.
“Learn to read a room like a book and you’ll know stuff a medicine cabinet or a face can’t tell you, trust me youngin” she patted my head, which I hated but I felt a kindness was being given to me- so I followed her advice.
She likely recognized I was not neurotypical and very obsessive but she would have called it “a bit off” or “queer”- pronounced “quare” rhyming with square as many of those folk did then. Or maybe she too was similar and recognized one of her own- I’m not sure. I took her words to heart.
Nearly forty years later I can read a room like a consummate expert. I ran a cleaning business for about ten years often clearing out hoarders. I knew my clients very well over time and discovered that the old lady’s words rang true but also that I could predict things about the person when a room changed.
These days I design the rooms I live in with the principles of who I want to be rather just a reflection of who I am. Our minds pay attention to what surrounds them whether passively or actively by design or by neglect. Just as with food if you have too much trashy food you will eat it- if you have mostly good choices around you that's what you will eat. If you have too much clutter or an empty room your mind responds. It’s not just about what “sparks joy” like the ever so trendy ideas sweeping the world about being tidy-it’s about who you really are and want to be.
I just moved into new home in August so this is much on my mind since our new place is about half the size of our previous. I must carefully construct our new environment since it will inform who we are a great deal more than usual due to the need to stay home because of the coronavirus. As per usual we inherited walls with the horrible neutral colors that have more in common with bird shit rather than the calming affect they are touted to have. Personally, I've never looked at bird poop and then felt but calm but to each their own.
One of the many reasons I believe the movement toward minimalism and neutral colors is misguided is the lack of recognition of the creative mind. I genuinely feel sorry for people trapped in minimalist apartments during this quarantine/lockdown hell loop of a world. If you are caged in one of these neutral boxes-get some supplies and change it now. Get more books than you can read, get some craft supplies you’ve never used before, make your world interesting- not by consumerism but by art, creation, and introspection about what you love and why you love it. Surround yourself with things you love and be grateful to have them. I agree with giving away things you don't want or need but the focus needs to be on not actually buying things first.
The pretense of believing having things is inherently wrong is denying the whole of human experience in order to adhere to a pop movement that is a reaction to over consumption rather than a truly rewarding way of life. Add things to your life that challenge you, inform you, heal you. Cherish those things and you can’t go wrong. You don’t have to become a pack rat but clinging to minimalism in a strict way can cause an emptiness of the mind that bleeds into your soul. Plus really lots of us hold onto things because if we aren't rich it's really possible we can't afford buy them again in a time of need.
If you are in a sparse space without much interest or even only one or two things of interest what does that do to your mind? Also in my experience consistent minimalists are people who have a hard time committing to things, are affluent, and get bored easily but that’s likely because they are surrounded by uninspiring boredom. Many aren’t good housekeepers which is why they chose to be minimal. I think designing your home around the fact you are a bit lazy or perhaps even depressed isn’t likely to change those things or improve the situation. Maybe instead try make your home a place you are proud of- then you will be less depressed and more likely to maintain it.
We are taught to believe our home should be as relaxing as possible but in this world full of inactive people with eyes locked to screens and working from home is that really a good idea? Of course, where you sleep should be pleasing and relaxing but the rest of your space needs to be practical with a flame of activity sparked by your mind not just joy. Organizing our homes around who we want to be rather than just correcting the mistakes of over consumption is a path I always advocate.
This is the part of the blog where I should be making a list of things to do to your house to get the most out of it. But dear readers you know what to do. Motivation is all you need. Start small- one corner or shelf at a time. Your pace is the right pace. The only important thing is to recognize “you are where you live.”
Change your home, change your life. I don't think everyone needs to live in a brightly colored home like mine but I do think most people aren't living in a space that is conducive to the creative inner self. I change my home all the time and it usually helps me feel better and live better.
Finding your metaphorical place in the world is directly connected to creating your actual place in the world.
I hope everyone finds time during these stay home periods to rethink the purposes of your rooms and spaces and maximize their growth potential rather than clinging to convention.
Remember to Remember
12-18-2020
I took a job working as a caregiver for an elderly couple who lived near the ocean on the edge of a golf course because they had reached the stage of near round the clock need for help with basic activities. Their retired children decided to hire two caregivers and take one shift themselves rather than put both parents in a nursing home.
The husband was in pretty rough shape by the time I met him- a stroke had taken his speech and he no longer walked around but I could tell he was still active in his mind He wrote responses to questions on little note pads that made me laugh. He cast an air of distinction and dignity even in his helpless situation.
The wife was in perfect health perhaps a bit frail but usual for an octogenarian. However, her mind was failing her. She had constant short term memory loss. I had worked with Alzheimer's and dementia patients but never with this extremely individualized form for memory impairment.
In their prime she was a pianist and he was a contract negotiator of some kind. A classy beautiful clever sort of woman who held regular fancy cocktails gatherings with their friends and his colleagues according to her children and evidenced by the photos all over the wall, their extensive fancy bar and by her husband's scribbling to me about letting him have one of her famous concoctions despite doctors orders.
Everyday I arrived to work she greeted me with utter surprise saying "My aren't you a lovely girl!" or "Who brought this beauty to my home? You'll have my husband falling in love." Or "Someone so lovely really should be working where you can be seen but it's very nice to meet you!" or similar complimentary greetings always with a warm smile and engaging laughter.
Next she would usually introduce me to her husband. She would tell me how he has long suffered listening to her music practice and now in his state he can't even leave the room so it's a good thing I came- she could use a fresh audience.
Eventually she would play piano and sing. Not the same song- many different tunes each day. She performed them perfectly often telling me about when she learned them, the story behind her first performance and even the history of the song. The more I engaged her, the more she played. She performed parlor tunes from the 1920's along side Beethoven, Chopin and even Rachmaninoff. Once in an attempt to connect to what she saw as youthful music for me she played some Tori Amos. She was amazing.
Her recall with the tunes astounded me as she often didn't need sheet music. She told me most of her life story that summer. I felt her type of memory loss wasn't such a bad affliction really if she still had all this, that is, until her husband died.
She had to be told everyday he was gone when she asked about him or she would spent all day searching for and asking for him. Everyday she relived the sorrow of his death afresh and couldn't be consoled. We were advised to get her to remember to remember- it was agonizing. The piano sat dusty after that. Her silence was louder than her tunes had ever been.
Memory and how it works has been a special interest of mine for years because I have some strange abilities connected with remembering. I collect images in my mind like in this collage I created of doors in Tallinn Estonia that I photographed as I passed by them. I remember everyone of those spots and the complete day I took the shot just by seeing this image. I use this image to trigger happy memories from my trips to the unusual European Capital like watching a movie of my travels.
Years ago it was suggested to me by a doctor I have hyperthymesia also called superior autobiographical memory or HSAM. It means a person can remember nearly everyday in their life with almost perfect clarity compared to most people from a specific point. This seemed a real possibility to me so I consented to some tests to see if I should bother getting assessed further.
I passed them all and seemed a real candidate but I refused to seek official diagnosis when I realized it would make me a seductive lab rat to researchers- a position I have been in before. Plus from my perspective I couldn’t have hyperthymesia- all the people with HSAM I learned about from watching 60 minutes interviews recommended by the doctor were way more interesting and seeming to recall way more important things than I could.
The doctor reminded me people with this form of super memory recall what they personally paid attention in the first place not everything that happened. So, of course, I couldn’t remember who won the Super Bowl in 1983- I’ve never watched the super bowl in my life or socialized much with football fans. I have some enlarged lobes in my brain and my amygdala is bigger. I have an unusual hippocampus and obsessive compulsive behaviors which at the time had been linked to HSAM.
I have resisted knowing for sure. There are already too many officially atypical things about me no need to expand- the message is clear. Your brain is not normal. Definitely I am not neurotypical, ok got it. Also I feared people would start testing me all the time or pull me out like some kind of parlor trick freak for their friends if I was found out. And they would find out since there are less documented cases of superior autobiographical memory in the entire world than people in my tenth grade science class.
I’ll accept that compared to everyone I have ever met-I have an exceptionally good long term memory- but that's it. Don't ask for proof. The proof will be in this blog.
I have tried to see my better than average memory as a gift rather than a curse. It feels like a curse because I can’t forget trauma I experienced as child and as a young woman. I don't forget the heartbreak a lover caused or how the death of a friend felt the day I found out. Any trigger I am right back there like it just happened sometimes trapped for days remembering, agonizing and suffering anew. When I was a little girl I thought this was why some people traditionally did not speak of the dead after the funeral- they too didn't want to be there again grieving all the time.
I experimented with drugs to try to kill off my memory for a time. I practiced active forgetting by intentionally seeking more and more new information to input and tasks to complete so I had no space for triggers or memories to bring me back to those moments. I tried meditation to no avail. It’s simply not possible to actually empty my mind so I fill it now instead.
Where others have felt the hollowness of forgetting something important I have instead spent large parts of my life exhausted trying suppress memories by filling up every second with activity. For about ten years I tried donating nearly everything I owned each year to help stop the triggering- which would shock most people who know me now because I am a collector. I have it under control these days, the collecting, but it really is a foundational part of what makes me- me.
Then there was the problem of believing everyone was a liar. When I was young someone would tell a story- something I was present for, and they would get it wrong but swear they were correct. Being autistic already makes me highly annoyed when people lie for no reason. Often I could excuse the storyteller because I just assumed they were honeying up the tale for effect but sometimes people were just flat wrong and refused to confess. I have since learned that for most people the act of remembering changes the memory each time. For me it only seems to deepen and solidify the recollection the way watching a TV series over and over would for most people.
I once assumed I must be a very forgettable person or that no one actually listened to what I said. (I do tend to babble especially when nervous- which is most of the time.) I didn’t realize then that people couldn’t remember things they way I can. What I said to someone last year on Halloween is gone forever even if I think it was spooky, clever and profoundly memorable- normal people don't remember things regardless.
If I met you, and I paid attention when we met, which I usually do- I remember our first conversation a year later, 3 years later, 5 years later and 10 years later with the same clarity whether or not you are still a part of my life without trying. I remember if there was music playing, what you wore, how you smelled (if I could smell at that time) whether or not you sat down with me or we were standing up and what day it was if I knew- even if we’ve met hundreds of times since- all of which I will remember too- again if I paid attention.
People have mistaken my honesty about what I remember for flattery or some think I am obsessed or more interested in them than is accurate. Often those persons don’t hold a significance at all- I just paid attention at the time. In my early twenties I realized if I could figure out how to pay less attention, to become unfocused I would remember less. It hasn’t really worked that well since hyper focus is my natural state when at attention but I am happy to report there are whole days in the past two decades that I am not sure what happened. It had nothing to do with drugs, alcohol or illness- at least I don’t think so. I still know the date of those less than clear days and what I was wearing, what I ate but it stops there.
There are, of course, advantages. I haven’t ever studied, not the way I’ve seen other students pouring over notes and books. If I pay attention to the subject from the start it’s there for life. However, it must hold my attention- then it gets logged and during the test I sort of watch a movie in my mind of a lecture or my notes which I often write out in big black stylized marker and never read again. I don't try- it's just there.
As a writer it is a singular gift to be able to remember so many details about so many places, times, and people but it doesn’t create the words or phrases. Most of my life I have been a consistent journal writer- originally hoping the darker memories would go away if I worked them out. It’s probably why I write fiction because these memories are like color pallets I paint picture with words describing real things I remember, from a time that existed, and can be expanded to a new world to meet up with other inventions from my highly developed imagination.
These days I write things down in journals so I will remember to remember as triggers for later. Most people could have a better long term memory by writing using a pen and a journal. People spend hours on tricks and mnemonic devices to get a better memory for facts but to me it seems a bit useless outside of a game show setting.
It’s better to remember something you don’t want to forget than to have a memory for something you weren’t interested in to begin with. If you don’t know the exact date of a particular important historical event but you understand what effect it had on the world and how that effect extends to this day maybe the exact date isn’t so important. I feel it is the same with personal reflection.
The mystery of how memory works is only just beginning to be unraveled by science. If it were an Agatha Christie novel we aren't quite at the stage where Poirot is gathering the suspects in a room but a few "Aha, of course!" moments have happened in the past decade concerning our little grey cells.
Sometimes I wonder if an intelligent force in the universe has created people like me to be rememberers- to carry stories forward from one part of time to another without effort. A tribe of keepers of days who are unaware they are the fabric for the coat of human consciousness. (I fall into these tangent like dream-like wonderings often due to my memory.)
Yesterday I forget Jane Austen’s name for like a whole twenty minutes- it’s not something that usually happens to me. In that moment I remembered every book of hers what day I read them and was beginning to associate the movies too when I remembered “Miss Austen Regrets” and then of course her name was there. I wondered why I forgot. Then I remembered the people I've known who forgot things.
And that is why I wrote this entry today.
I remembered the fabulous pianist I took care of on the edge a golf course near the sea who greeted me everyday as a beautiful new stranger. I hope she finally remembered to remember and found some peace.
It's My Turn
12-17-2020
In my mid-twenties I lived in a uniquely social world filled with artistic beautiful people who performed, painted, sculpted, wrote, danced, dined and celebrated life. Portland at the time was a magnet for such people.
Picture scenes from “Singles” but include gardeners and with some additional acoustic music rather than straight-laced, career-minded sorts going to see Alice In Chains- temper that scene with a more expanded yet less organized gathering of Dorthy Parker’s "Vicious Circle" if it took place in a tiny smoky Irish pub and you begin to form a picture of my life in Portland in the early days of my true adulthood.
It was a time when meeting at a coffee shop meant real conversation over an excellent organic locally roasted potions in a unique establishment. People talked to each other over beer rather than about the beer at brewpubs. It was a time when approaching strangers socially was ordinary. People attempted to seduce each other with glances and flirting rather than the digital dossier required before you actually lay eyes on anyone these days. A time when the standard meaning of “personal profile” was what a person’s face looked like seen from the side.
These friends were well read, had cocktails at noon, danced in clubs, wore clothing that conformed with their personality rather than prescribed fashion trends. They did yoga at dawn wearing no clothes on a rooftop. They had deep conversations about the meaning of art and life while downing pints of craft beer in cramp crowded bars while fiddle music from an Irish session, a bluegrass band, an experimental jazz trio, or a balkan band, or a musical traveling circus played on. They drank coffee from tiny cups at 2am-playing chess until dawn. They woke up with unconscious naked beautiful men on top of them on in the middle of the living room having both sexually exhausted their bodies the night before- yet eager to get up for coffee, breakfast, and a chat with friends. The rules that had applied to many of the my previous social groups just didn’t apply to them. And I loved it.
To this day I don’t really know what jobs most of them must have had- though some did earn a proper living as a musicians, writers and artists. It just wasn’t something we spent time talking about. A few of these comrades were bartenders, brewers, baristas, and chefs in the burgeoning restaurant scene- so naturally, we all went to their establishments. Some were retirees and some were living happily in their 50’s in group houses with other artists- these friends were really not defined easily- having vast age differences, types of taste and highly individualized romantic lives.
At the time I worked in mental health in residential facilities with children- many who had been traumatized by abuse, systemic neglect, and had behavioral issues that sent me home covered in bruises. The sad soul draining structured institutional experience of trying to help children in the way deemed appropriate by the state stood in stark contrast to my social interactions. It felt like I was living two different lives on two different planets.
Many of these friends recognized my weary situation and began a strategic campaign to remove me from my career and fully convert me to “one of them.” For the first time in my life I was surrounded completely by people who didn’t think a career was the point of living. These passion filled friends made the pride I once took in regularly working seventy hours in a week seem foolish. They encouraged me to pick up my fiddle again, to learn a new craft, to make experimental alcohol, to fuck whoever I wanted whenever I wanted. They pushed ideas of self worth centralized around creative process not commercial gain. They told me to travel again regardless of my career. And really they saved my life in many ways-before their intervention I often hovered on the edge of suicide.
They extended to me a type of hope and vision about living which I had fantasized could exist but never saw evidence until I moved to Portland Oregon in the mid 90’s. They mentored me in ways they likely didn’t realize at the time- though I am sure some of the older women in my circle gave me affectionate attention by design. I am perhaps most grateful in life to those women who taught me that being a woman wasn’t defined by being attractive or socially successful- but by being a useful, caring, creative, and capable person with respect for myself.
They taught me how to have a perspective on life, rather than a self centered definition of happiness as artists are so often unfairly accused of, a holistic approach to having a soul whether I believed in one or not. You can't buy or sell your soul only acknowledge or destroy it. No one else can save it either- only you. Those messages planted a seed in me that has grown into a life few could design and many envy.
I daily wonder if I am doing my part to help younger people swimming in the darker sea of society the internet era has created? It’s my turn to become the mentor to others like me- the odd balls, the actual weirdos, the others, the artists, the thinkers. I don’t feel I am as wonderful as the examples I have had. I feel crippled by doubt and despair as much as ever. But, as a good friend pointed out recently, so did my mentors. So, it’s my turn and I feel the weight of it now.
To those artists, musicians, thinkers, dancers, adventurers, and lovers that rescued me from the life of soullessness and touched my heart in ways no one ever had- thank you I hope to live up to your example.
My writing this blog is one of many ways I am seeking to share the stories of these wonderful sorts with an audience who might relate or who might find hope of another way to live instead of the one prescribed for them often by well-meaning but out of touch elders in their life- or by a culture gone mad with commercialism.
I don't pretend to be "on trend" with the youth of today but I wasn't in style when I was a young person either. I want to share the timeless lessons of stories too often dismissed as nostalgia along side "what your favorite song was as a teenager." I also hope to learn lessons from younger people I see as mentors and ambassadors that have built a bridge over that dark sea of the digital world from my past to my future in these past few years.
A Room of My Own
12-16-2020
I’m happily married and I don’t sleep in the same bed as my husband.
The atypical situation of a married couple not sleeping together in the same room has been judged by many experts to be the beginning of the end of a relationship. For me, it was when I became absolutely sure we had a chance of a life long bond.
By the time I married my husband I had already been in several long term committed relationships with really wonderful men that fell apart despite all efforts to the contrary. I felt if I was going to get married again I needed to use my non-neurotypical brain to design the right life for us.
I decided to approach this marriage with the same analytical behavior I do in the rest of my life instead of letting love alone guide me as I had been encouraged to as a young woman.
"Does he love you?" "Do you love him?" Those were the first and generally last questions I asked.
I want it to be my last marriage. My previous lengthy exclusive relationships weren’t traumatic, in fact, I’m still actual friends with those people. I have been lucky because I tend to fall in love with truly excellent human beings- but I learned love is not enough. This was to be my husband’s first marriage and I thought what if I could help us avoid many of the mistakes I made before.
It took some long weeks of uncomfortable introspection to make sure I understood what those mistakes actually were. I even consulted with my previous partners with deeply personal questions I felt they were likely to give a me a better perspective than I could achieve alone or by asking anyone who had not been in a relationship with me, or those sexist self help books. I needed to find the common thread.
My previous relationships had all faltered when the autonomous parts of our lives began to shrink to the point we weren’t separate people anymore. I have always had a tendency toward dedication, devotion, and care taking my partners. All good things right? Except I abandoned me. And naturally, I began to resent the relationship for my own neglect.
In relationships I have always hopped on the good ship “Us” as we sail off into the sunset eventually getting lost in the sea of love without any idea who I once was. The ship naturally wrecks and I wash ashore again on a lonely island wondering whether I’ll survive and how we went wrong.
So I decided to learn a bit more about navigating social conditioning. I spent too many hours watching and reading Helen Fisher and similar science lectures. Proximity has so much to do with who or what grabs our attention it lead me to the conclusion that solving my religiously devotional behavior would require a bit of physical distance in the form of my own room. We would have to be sleeping in a different bed. I sleep better alone due to being a light sleeper and often I wake people up with my nightmares too so we agreed to have our rooms.
It has worked like a charm upon our marriage.
We recently moved from our four bedroom house to a smaller one but we are still maintaining separate rooms as best we can. I feel I am still me and my husband is still himself. He changes, I change but the growth we experience is as much individual as it is as a couple.
I don’t think this would work for everyone. I do think everyone should at least consider having a space that is only for them- regardless of how much you love your partner. Keep in mind, the majority of Americans are privileged with having more space in our homes than most of the world-seems a shame to waste it on someone else’s notion of how to live. Even if you have to section off part of the common room it is small price to pay for harmony.
Construct your living situation to suit who you really are as a couple which has to include who you are as individuals. Rather than be controlled by antiquated ideas of what marriage has to be I have made the choice to be my own captain on the sea of love. It has helped us weather some serious storms in ways I doubt my past relationships would have survived. We’ve been living together now nearly a decade and married for over five years.
It must be said that we don’t have children so our possibilities of autonomous joy are much higher. I recognized the freedoms being child-free granted and they played starring role in my decision to not to have children.
I’m not sure if we would easily go back to having one bedroom now- especially now during the pandemic being inside and at home all the time. I hope we don’t ever have to find out.
Where My Witches at?
12-15-20
Recently and consistently throughout this year I have dealt with some serious push back over the fact I call myself a witch. My decision to be a bit bolder about this label (which has been more often applied to me rather than by me) and my use of this weighty moniker had more to do with stopping people from main stream religious beliefs assuming I am one of them than it does with wanting to be recognized.
Though I agree with much of the atheist perspective on life-I am not an atheist in the strict sense of the word. Atheists seem to spend an awful lot of time talking about God- to battle against those who believe-a seemingly a never ending battle. I have no interest in this battle apart from preventing and/or ridding the world of laws created based on someone’s “God” beliefs.
Being a “Witch” publicly is more about mixing with other witches in a community. In my experience these are the people that tend to be leading a creative lifestyle, gardening, spending time in nature, making a unique place in the world and mostly shunning the status quo. Even the shopping mall witches- who spend too much time talking about what crystal or witchy items they just bought- are easier for me to tolerate than the “Live, Laugh, Love” version of them existing in the Christian fundamentalist crowd.
I do have large collection of hats, brooms, tarot cards, bones, cauldrons, ouija boards, as well as being as a rockhound, obsessed with plants and I can brew many good things. I enjoy fire and nudity especially when combined. Seems a bit witchy, I suppose.
I'm not a Wiccan. Wiccans are called witches but that is only one of many beliefs using the term. Neopagans are one faction among the witch world of today- sometimes they are a bit heavy handed with the gatekeeping too- which personally doesn't dissuade me from my definition of witchcraft but I feel bad for young witches who are just beginning to explore these beliefs.
Recently I have been informed of so-called “Christian Witches” which seems more than a bit paradoxical considering most of the anti-witch campaigns and writings originate from Christian teachings in the western world. Seriously- Christians literally wrote the book on hunting, torturing and killing us- Malleus Maleficarum.
Asian cultures and African cultures are not devoid of this hate fueled behavior but the definition of witch I am discussing for our purposes is the western Eurocentric one.
One of many reasons I hate hearing the term "witch hunt" used by conservative Christian politicians in the US is because they are quite literally complaining about being scrutinized fairly by referencing a time when their sort scrutinized, tortured and killed women unfairly.
Do I come from a long line of witches? Not sure. I think probably a lot of women in my family history have been called a witch since they are strong willed, can read, know how to do things with herbs, are healers, have been leaders in small communities and frankly were pretty darn sexy too if the stories are to be believed. Sexiness is definitely connected to witching and glamour.
Most independent thinking women in the modern world are witches or would be seen as one if defined by the narrow logic from the era the term “witch” came into use. These days I am just happy to see being a "witch" become a bit more mainstream. It will make it harder to kill us without consequences. Plus there's more treasure in second hand shops thanks to shopping mall witches giving up the pursuit of being a witch when they realize you can't purchase an unorthodox life- you have to live one.
Based on the strict Christian definition of “witch” I doubt anyone is an actual witch. Of course, I don’t generally ask my female friends, male witch friends, or non-binary friends if they fuck the devil-seems like an odd opener for a conversation. But maybe I should investigate just to be sure!
Maybe that question should be on the pamphlets the churches pass out when they come around door to door even during the pandemic. I would at least save that leaflet rather than straight to the recycle bin where the rest of them end up.
Murders still a mystery, but kindnesses beginning to be understood.
12-12-2020
I see a murder at the beach nearly every time I visit but hardly any unkindnesses though last time I think I saw a small one. I refer here to our feathered friends Corvus brachyrhynchos and Corvus Corax not to be confused with the excellent German band of the same name.
Driving up Powell Blvd in Portland stuck in a traffic jam I saw some amazing bird behavior. Unusual for a Sunday, this stop and go driving made time drag by as my gaze began to wander all around. Absentmindedly, I wondered what could be causing this congestion. Surely not an accident-there would be emergency services by now or at least obvious movement to one side of the road but something was holding up both sides of the highway. Then I heard it.....
Beep Boop knock knock knock knock knock knock Beep Boop
There was a large crow, perhaps a raven, I can’t be sure, pecking the walk sign button that is normally used by school children for the crosswalk. It always stopped traffic within seconds of being pushed.
The corvid was pecking the button until it began to make the count down sound of beep. Then the clever creature flew to the middle of the highway near the crosswalk, grabbed with its beak from heaping pile of abandoned fast food wrapped in shabby brown wax paper then returned to the safety of the grass in the nick of time with its feast intact.
Immediately pecking the button once more, the shrewd little corvid did this six times while I watched in disbelief. One small creature with a taste for junk food had turned both sides of the four lane highway into a parking lot-making us all play a version of reverse musical chairs when the crow's crosswalk cued music stopped we all got to shift a few car spaces up in traffic some of us making it out- but most of us waiting for the next round of beep boop and knocking.
I remember thinking at the time how I had read that the two members of the animal kingdom which thrived along with humans and all our trash or possibly because of our trash were rats and crows.
But maybe not. What if we humans have the same type of cleverness and cognitive thinking as corvids?
Maybe we are all just "birds of a feather" that sort of stick together?
A recently released study about ravens shows that these iconic sleek black beauties forever immortalized in a poem by Poe seem to have some cognitive parallels to great apes (gorillas, orangutans, bonobos, humans etc) in physical and cognitive skills at least. This, among other studies, examines birds' cognitive function in ways not previously tested.
In fact, in the past ten years all sorts of new exciting information about some corvids and rodents has emerged to back up my "maybes" with some concrete proof. It seems we have vastly under estimated the intelligence of other animals and perhaps inflated our own.
The derogatory terms “bird brain” and “dirty rat” seen through the more accurate lens of science need some updating.
Rats, mice, ravens and crows all have aspects of intelligence believed potentially to rival our own. Yet comparisons between us and the animal world , in my opinion, are fatally flawed. We start with the idea that humans are smarter than animals before any examination even begins. Honestly, I just don’t see the evidence to back that assumption up.
More adaptable, sure humans are the dominate species for this reason but smarter? Nah. Look how almost half the American population has behaved recklessly risking their own lives and the lives of other people during the 2020 pandemic despite overwhelming evidence of how dangerous not practicing social distancing can be. This behavior continues with virtually no consequences from the larger human world which seems pretty stupid to me.
Rats have a developed sense of empathy and even crows scold unpleasant or threatening people.
The only proof we have for our supposed superior intelligence comes from our own species assessments of ourselves. I suppose all of this depends greatly on how intelligence is defined.
So until our rumored ever present aliens overlords descend from the sky and test us using unbiased scientific methods in a lab and give up on all this anal probing nonsense I say the jury is still out on what animal is actually the smartest.
We're just the biggest gang on the block but the murders and unkindnesses have a thing or two to teach us about how to thrive.
And don't get me started on the impressive worldwide cat cabal that has potentially enslaved most of us using their clever parasites to make us more docile and obliging.
How to be a Spectacular Failure: a Short Primer
12-11-2020
Spectacular failure only comes from putting your whole self into something and not succeeding. I highly recommend it.
I am a spectacular failure. There I said it. I admit it, particularly the "spectacular" part. The question is why? And whether or not "being a success" is something I really want in the modern world.
Days go by and you say to yourself "I'll get started on that ____ when I have time."
Then you find excuses to put it off:
"I'm not feeling creative."
"Too much to do for work and/or family."
"I need me time!"
And before you know it another year has passed with nothing started or having even attempted but at least you didn't fail right?
But you did fail. You failed to fail. True failure born of effort can teach you to succeed. Blogging, making online content and maintaining my virtual output has been my failure to fail story for the past decade. This blog is my attempt to fail or partly succeed in sharing my personal story and opinion with a broader audience. I've never done this before- unless facebook counts which really it doesn't count when it comes to genuine success.
I view social media as more of a hinderance to success though it should be a tool. Mostly, it provides distraction and repetition not depth or quality. It could be a tool, but for me personally, it's like carrying around twenty hammers when you only needed one to do the job.
We are a world filled with too many tools not enough builders.
The definition of success is one of the most contentious things in our modern world. In the western Eurocentric world- Capitalism rules the ideas that underpin what success means. The power market forces wield over everyday life has pushed this myopic definition into nearly every aspect of living including survival. Money, money, and oh yeah more money- defines the meaning of life in the modern world.
Somewhere deep within- many of us begin to question this Capitalist definition of what equals success or failure. Nearly everyone has been indoctrinated for multiple generations with capitalists ideals largely because the people with the most power are successful capitalists who really don't like being confronted.
Some only question these ideas after achieving the much lauded but often empty feeling of this definition success-becoming wealthy. The hollow feeling of being transformed into a commodity sets in along the way for many thinking persons. Often, I believe, this applies to the cliche discussions of rock stars or artists who succeeded too early in life or were part of the 27 club with "nowhere to go but down." I disagree wholeheartedly with the idea that being at the top whether a field, a career, or even a mountain should define what it is to succeed in life. We have to fight the idea of having more than we could possibly ever need as ideal and instead replace it with balance and consequence.
If we as a society are ever to make the world a better place we must come to terms with toxins of success as well as the lessons of failure.
Life coaches become successful by trying to teach other people how to define their own success. More often than not life coaches are an example of "those who can't do, teach."
While I might agree an important step to becoming a happier well adjusted human being is understanding how to cope with failure and with success- it is a bit too self-centric as a way of life. Being defined by any strict set of rules or edicts even those that are self imposed is a painful way to live not to mention an extremely narrow minded as well as overly privileged way of defining the point of living. Helping other people is a far more rewarding path often than striving for personal success. It's high time we stopped stigmatizing and defining altruism with commercial ideas of success and failure. And most of all we have to stop shaming poor people.
If I had not attempted to succeed and instead become a spectacular failure at many passionate interests- my life would be incredibly mundane now. Recently, I faced the very sobering but freeing truth that I've never truly wanted "success" at least not the success that requires large parts of my life to be defined entirely by money.
Early in life there was a window despite being born into poverty that I could have chosen the dark capitalist path of money above all and with the privileges of birthplace and race (not by the "pulling myself by the bootstraps" bullshit myth pervasively spread by rich people) and a bit of luck, success as defined in modern society was possible for me. I would likely have succeeded well enough to be comfortable, even in a world turned upside down by plague, famine, and war. Of course, that would assume I lived long enough to enjoy the comforts of said wealth. I am pretty certain suicide would have been far more likely outcome than old age had I gone down that materialist path.
Putting my interests and comforts second to my principles of integrity, justice and morality when presented with a choice has made me far happier to be alive than when I am not able to choose.
Science has said weighed in to say money can buy happiness. But happiness is not a permanent state of being and humans by their nature adapt quickly. So what was once enough is no longer enough. And "success" fades...
So join me in being a spectacular failure and chose a path of light through the darkness of a world ruled by greed rather than kindness and recognize that not succeeding in this world might just mean you have self worth combined with a moral compass others lack.
How do you become a spectacular failure? Start doing something that matters to you everyday and don't stop.